Home

SKED_GB-WISKI_UserGuide

1. Convert to KiBasic Fig 122 Copy regression function example Free formula 4 5 5 Formula in sections SKED is now able to construct polynomial rating curves in sections For this the following functionalities have been developed Display of inflection points for polynomial functions Implementation of the rating curve type Formula in sections with the features New rating curve type Formula in sections Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections Selection of intercepting points Fitting in an additional polynomial function of the third degree as a transition curve Extrapolation of rating curve with a polynomial function and extrapolation points OK Cancel Apply Help SKED Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods S e Please note The appendix The rating curve type Formula in sections on p 379 describes these features in detail Note the standard workflow analysis of gaugings and artificial data points followed by regression analysis and rating curve construction It is applied to the construction of rating curves of type Formula in sections as well In the main the construction with the Formula in sections method is a combination of the methods Free formula see page 199 and Power law in sections see page 179 e The calculated regression curves can be re edited manually with the amp icon in the Manual editing form so as to
2. 3 eee ee ee eel gf fee eee s gt i KE E E AR ORE AEE AR viiokstac AOTER BEE EREEREER TEE RETEN DORE ATEEN EEEE a m 00 i This section of the hysteresis r plot gaugings from 13 01 1998 and 14 01 1998 is used to calculate the flow on the right hand plot dashed r AE EEEE N AONTA wa Ms sccdiBacseicesnnsasbaosthiscansansacaesuns 1107021998 i oa t venaga t t m 0 50 100 150 200 GQ ms 13 01 1998 13 01 1998 14 01 1998 14 01 1998 Timat 00 00 12 00 00 00 12 00 Fig 286 Time related hysteresis rating curve Expected result 17 1 Requirements e Alarge number of gaugings measured on the rising limb and falling limb of a flood hydrograph 17 2 Actions Follow these steps to create a time related hysteresis rating curve and use this to generate flow values x gt e Create a new rating curve version of the type Free formula The process of creating a rating curve is covered in SKED use case 002 426 SKED How to use the time related hysteresis rating curve method Actions Rating curve management x Z Test Hysteresis fad Station J Rating curve le Version Q Selection Rating curves amp Hysterese fe Akima CubSpline Date changed Type 19 04 2005 Free formula y Enveloping curve Linear Version vi Parametric i a Training Upper limit om Hysteresis Param Lowe
3. m Selection VV always display selection Vv include selection for regression Show selected only Include selected only Apply plot style for selected points Standard Plot styles all visible and included points selected Fig 242 Filter options Select all measurements by activating the lt Select all gt button and quitting the dialog with lt Close gt A graph window is opened showing all measurements Qmeas numbered consecutively In addition the new created rating curve example power is shown as empty rating curve as you can see by the legend entry SKED Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula Creating and saving new rating curves Fig 243 Showing the value pairs Qmeas in the SKED To calculate the rating curve now you first have to call the function for the regression calculation Make sure that the measurements Qmeas are selected as the current curve in the SKED editing bar fd SKED Teststation Q Date Beabeten Anacht Werkzeuge Eerste 2 ksi s e ae MH Be ie EPR SB Arom UES hace e MRS WERK es 0 S fom ole Fig 244 Selecting the desired plot e Activate the toolbar icon EI A dialog for the regression calculation Q m3 s f S cm is opened where you specify the calculation settings SKED 355 I Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function wi
4. t t o 2 4 6 Q ma s Fig 221 Inserting new descriptor points In addition you may open a table to edit the descriptor points there for example to enter the discharge zero E ra omes t T t a 2 4 6 Q m3 s Fig 222 Editing descriptor points in the table e Use to undo the change e Use to shift descriptor points already set in the graph graphically interactively If the adjustments suit you e save the new rating curve 1 a SKED 315 I Editing Rating Curves Step New rating curve with proposal 316 SKED SKED APPENDIX OT The Eta Method Contents of this chapter Parameters and time series required eesssssssseesssteeecstessseessnteeenseets 319 Configuring the time series Origins sscesecseeccteccsesseeeseeesteeeteeseeees 319 Program technical requirements on the stage discharge relation 320 Application of the Eta method exemplified by the Burgberg Ort stati OERSTE A doh Miata anoint iene eae ceeds 321 Creating the envelope CUIVE eesssessstesssessseessstesssnsesssseessnteessneesaes 321 Configuring the time SCri S csscsseeccseecstesseesceeesstecseessseeseneeeseeeeteesaeeee 323 First results of the Eta Method c cssssssssssecessecsessesssessessessesseeseeseeseesers 323 Manual interventions in the Eta P time series essessesssssesseestessees 324 317 The Eta Method l
5. A Qi sp Poten Versi be Tyo GradVersch i P ajo so ec schoberm Potenc Log Tar exe vakaata mal 3 12985e 008 7 valuetW emp 2308 348449 M keine Regession an af f Kane Regession gt f pee 4 f reine Regression gt e 5 f reine Regrestion 7 f poaae Ke ke m E J f Te Linearer Korrelatorakoeltiaent tr den gesanten Daterbmech Statistik I Kontidenzintervalle d stelen Stalistische Auswertung 0K _tivemeninn __usechen_ _Abinechen Fig 246 Result of the regression calculation of the shifted power function e Close the regression dialog with lt OK gt Now you have to apply the calculated regression curve as active rating curve e Choose in the editing bar the rating curve version as active curve Daa Boatenen Aricht Webseuge Fonte 2 p Rosi t oe SA ML Eiee A o i O Biere O mini Tiefe O Umang O AmeseVmess O Pmsss Csali Fig 247 Selecting the rating curve version as active curve e Choose the menu item Copies the formula from regression Ei gt _ SKED 357 I Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula r Creating and saving new rating curves A dialog is opened where you are asked whether to copy the regression function into the selected rating curve version e Confirm with lt Yes gt e Open the rating curve table to edit by the icon E The dialog to edit t
6. F SKED RudiKanal Q Graph Ei Eie Edt view Tools Curvefitting Window Help hs 15 x N SH eegal ove z6 Ratna cuve constuction 1E K 38 te a e p RBBB S B QQGk 4h ar PRBRBBEM SEeE 4 BeeE eso lmamrnmmar r E Rudkanava 5 xf 2 AA I tee Pet rerio s awvm 2 4 i i ia Rating curve VIII SL digi EEEE LZ QN Measwements auwiliay FZ Force zero point Insert incded measurements day J J Py ON Be BERS MAS 4 i i Date Q or f2 J i f 0 0 0 000Forcing point Q 0 0 0 000 Valid i 01 01 2000 1 OTE Ummy point 0 0 20 0 z Dore p Rete a ieeere stam ane 2 0 25 0Dummy point 0 0 J i m 2 0 Dumry point 1 H m 20 Dummy point _ 4 2 0 Dummy point 200 Sennen ELL 5 0 rr 5000000000000000 10000000000000000 Zoom factor x y 100 00 100 00 a Fig 234 Editor for the rating curve calculation according to the Extended power law e Close the editor with lt OK gt to view the rating curve in the graph m SKED 341 I Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method r Creating and saving new rating curves 342 Amoldstein P_Amoldstein_Gail Q T i T 7 T 7 T T 0 100 200 300 400 Q m3 s Fig 235 Rating curve calculated by SKED according to the Extended power law Now you can recalculate this rating curve with ch
7. After these remarks for the present user manual we explain now the performance of Tab 1 Visual hints to improve understanding the program and what it does serve for SKED I Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 18 1 2 The SKED Rating Curve Editor The SKED rating curve editor serves to edit any number of rating curves you like in graphs and tables in linear and log log scale Here it supports different gauging analysis and rating curve construction methods The list of methods can be extended and reflects different methods of the users As it is a client server application with a WINDOWS user interface it allows direct access to all databases of your information system With that a direct communication with your information system and also with BIBER is ensured It comprises all graphic functions of your special information system and offers comfortable copy amp tpaste functions for graphs and tables SKED allows you to convert any parameters in any units To say it more generally it serves for a non linear conversion of any input parameters From the hydrological view SKED can be used in combination with your information system to develop effective storage capacity curves or to create S Q relations for example When editing rating curves you can use e g the single point method with spline interpolation or the power method with and without zero offset Predefined weir functions rectangular weir and V notch weir Th
8. Template River mY ETA GY Fall E B Reports Time series Adtitional attributes of Ses Name Feran a lan Long term values k E A Alarm thresholds Unit m z Rounding 3 digits according to ini a EEU Time series A i EE SFBG Fal 15 meas Production values Properties ye Time level figh resolution Y Plausiblty checks panoro z i a TE mi BON High resolution istance fequi istant 15 min epa ap s Day level Type Mean values Month level Begin e T Calculate time series with priority Year Conf database statistics M Transfer values into DB Data exchange number Cancel Help Fig 300 Time series for the theoretical gradient e ts origin is Rating curves enhanced SKED 44 m m 442 Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method V iParameter of station StageFall Base Gauge Surface water station Template River BY ETA BY Fal Valid from Active Calculate automatically H B Reports Hf Statistics lan Long term values enhanced Rating Curves 1 A Alarm thresholds EBU Time series Lu SFBG Fall 15 meas E E SFBG Fall 15 theor E Origins p Rating Curves enhanced YW Plausiblity checks Name DyN a p a Source a p s ETA Delta S External 0 1 21 Rating Curves enhanced No entry zl No entry M Selection Cancel Help Fig 301 Time series for the theoretical
9. m SKED 229 I Assessing Rating Curves r Deviation graphs Test the West Q Lol x fo QISKA Formel o gt PCQISK1 Formel 0 0010 PA T T T T T 0 04 dQ dW Q m3 s Fig 147 Evaluations derivations 5 3 Deviation graphs In order to calculate and represent deviations between included gaugings and regression and between rating curve and regression respectively in a graph list Bose 7 x gt e select the desired gauging time series Qmeas or rating curve from the drop down 230 Please note e Make sure that the graph shows gaugings and regression curve or the desired rating curve e The smaller the correlation coefficient in the Regression form the bigger the deviations e The deviation graph contains only those measurements that were included in the regression e Activate the icon H e or activate from the main menu the function Curve fitting gt Show deviation graphs gt or press the shortcut lt Alt gt lt K gt lt W gt The deviation graphs are created they allow you to assess in percentage terms the extent to which a regression curve fits to the actual gaugings from which it has been generated or the rating curve Here the relation between discharge and time and the relation between discharge and stage is taken into account SKED Assessing Rating Curves Deviation graphs Test the West Q 2 Plot of differences of QZSK1 Formel ojx r eo
10. 8 oi 5 a 5 ataagwa m3 s ae fp g 381 m Winas Wo jc cm E fe wW Wimax fi cm Wo Cancel Apply Fig 125 Theoretical approaches for the development V notch weir formula e Edit the formula as follows 198 SKED SKED Developing Rating Curves Using theoretical approaches for the development 8 AW e tan5 V2 g W W0 52 Apply your changes or close the window with lt OK gt 4 6 3 Formula rating curve You can develop rating curves by yourself using formulae Specify for the new version the rating curve type Free formula After you have entered the necessary data activate lt Next gt Activate in the next dialog the check box Enter rating curve data manually this opens automatically the 12 box where you can manually enter data for the new rating curve in the table 199 I Developing Rating Curves Using theoretical approaches for the development 200 Free formula rating curve xi m Formula if value 1 gt 500 then result value 1 500 elseif value 1 gt 250 then I result value 1 250 else result value 1 7 10 endif elseif value 1 lt 5 then result errorvalue else result value 1 20 endif F Lower limit jo em om Example Formula 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 Upper limit fi cm y m s Example KiBasic Script result 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 m Integration derivation Formula 7 in
11. Date Time Qualityflag SG FQ m3 s __ Al vi PIm C s Pim k sq Width m Me 00 00 00 F 2 13 a ma a 2 29 06 1971 00 00 00 11 3 3 05 07 1974 00 00 00 8 88 4 26 07 1971 00 00 00 8 95 03 08 1971 00 00 00 6 39 6 06 08 1971 00 03 00 14 6 7 2808 1971 00 00 00 7 22 8 0309 1971 00 00 00 18 3 9 13 09 1971 00 01 00 4 15 10 15 09 1971 00 00 00 3 49 44 17 09 1971 00 00 00 2 76 12 20 09 1971 00 01 00 2 12 13 22 09 1971 00 01 00 2 19 14 22091971 00 02 00 15 27 09 1971 00 00 00 146 2809 1971 00 00 00 17 13 10 1971 00 00 00 18 28 10 1971 00 00 00 19 03 11 1971 00 00 00 20 05 11 1971 00 01 00 24 08 11 1971 00 00 00 22 12 11 1971 00 00 00 23 18 11 1971 00 00 00 24 22 11 1971 00 00 00 2 2 12 1 79 1 50 12 3 13 3 6 42 14 0 26 5 16 4 16 1 O O O O O O O O O Q Q Q Q Q Q O alQ a a a ala Fig 22 Viewing the gaugings in a table of the special information system e Select now the first empty cell of the table on the top left e Open the context menu of the table with the right mouse button and e choose the function Insert The discharge measured values are inserted in the table Finally save the measured values in the database e todo so just close the table You will be asked whether to save the changed data in the central database m SKED 61 I SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Deriving disc
12. You can also add new validities e Activate the insertion mode l e Add new transitions by clicking on the desired points since the system cannot identify the assignment yet e Open the context menu with the right mouse button function Assign rating curve and assign a rating curve to the new validity limit or the status Failure or leave it on transition l f t 08 23 27 Transiti alae a a a 00 00 00 Rating 1 cane A5P SnakeHells 0 15 664 a Wineas a Qmeas ka Transition Refresh Rating 13 Axis properties RatingDocu Plot properties Legend properties Snake River below Hells Canyon Dam Or Q Validities Validity Synchronize chart s and table s Zoom in Zoom back Reticule 013025369 Regression ie Formula 08 12 1999 09 01 1999 Ss 07 23 1999 Fig 64 Assigning rating curves to a measurement e Use alternatively the table column Rating curve by Please note You can use the context menu only in editing mode e Terminate the editing mode for the validities e lt Next gt guides you then to the plausibility check of validities applied to the discharge time series e First of all confirm that the new validities are saved in the database m SKED 117 I Managing Rating Curves Specifying validities for rating curves Ls Please note Now at the latest you should
13. ae 78 SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED without WISKI What do you want to do xi 2 Create new rating curve Open rating curve manager p Plot flaw measurements J Show all rating curves tt Show all rating curve walidities hes Create graph Show flow measurements extended 4 Further assistance Help Fig 38 Starting SKED without WISKI Further works in the rating curve wizard m SKED 79 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED without WISKI o 80 SKED SKED CHAPTER 3 Managing Rating Curves In this chapter you learn all about the Rating Curve Wizard and the rating curve management Contents of this chapter Multi usability Checking out rating CUIVES esssesssstessstesrssteeesneesees 83 TRE rating CURVE WIZAIG sccciccccsaavetecassvecccoveratacantutccscutscccoutaarsaueeatcccetucceouiin 85 COMPOSING GraphS isaidie aiaia aiea 87 Extended specification options for the display of discharge measurements iisip aaia Ens Creating a rating Curve The rating curve manager Starting the rating curve MANaGel sssseccsecseeceeescseesseecsteeeeeesseeeees 96 Creating new rating CULVES escsssecseeccsecceessseesseessseestessatessteeeatessaeees 98 Creating VErSIONS mssi issii idiiiot 101 Deleting rating curves and versions sssesscssscsessessstesstesseeeeeeeee
14. 3 6 6 1 Viewing rating curve and time series values in graphs tables You can represent rating curve and time series values in a graph as well as in tables The standard is the graphical representation of such values The tabular display can be opened with the icon 126 SKED Managing Rating Curves Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series Newby Bridge Fms FQ 2 735430 FQ Gaugings Table Date Time Qualityflag SG FQ m3s Al vf Pim C s Pim k sq Width m Me 00 00 00 2 29 06 1971 00 00 00 3 05 07 1974 00 00 00 4 26 07 1974 00 00 00 03 08 1974 00 00 00 6 06 08 1971 00 03 00 7 2808 1971 00 00 00 8 03 09 1971 00 00 00 9 13 09 1974 00 01 00 10 15 09 1971 00 00 00 44 17 09 1971 00 00 00 12 20 09 1971 00 01 00 13 22 09 1971 00 01 00 14 22091971 00 02 00 15 27 09 1971 00 00 00 146 2809 1971 00 00 00 17 13 10 1971 00 00 00 18 28 10 1971 00 00 00 19 03 11 1971 00 00 00 20 05 11 1971 00 01 00 24 08 11 1971 00 00 00 22 12 11 1971 00 00 00 23 18 11 1971 00 00 00 24 22 11 1971 00 00 00 a ololalololololololaloaalaloalalaloaloalalaloaolaaa Fig 75 Viewing rating curve and time series values in a table Time series are represented in the graph and or table window Whereas the graph gives you a survey of the time series course the table shows you the single values exactly 3 6 6 2 So
15. Cancel Fig 256 Copy regression into rating curve You have to decide whether he wants to delete all existing section of the rating curve version or whether he only wants to overwrite the sections which are completely covered be the new sections from regression analysis The most commonly used option will be to delete existing sections m SKED 383 m m The rating curve type Formula in sections Implementation of the rating curve type Formula in sections E Bie Edt Yew Tools Curve fitting Widow Help CEAT Oe hm ETE E arn oo o o Jelle a OL eee BE e QQ ek NFE IFA SKED Test the West 01 FQ Graph MEE lalxi DPAAMMGE E BER 250s Eepo E eee feafeafeafeayic ic rail Test the West 01 F0 FQmeas Pa Standard Excluded from regression Forcing point Dummy point s Fana aem Ee E a 100 3 100 cm 2400 cm FQ m3 s Zoom Factor xy 100 00 100 00 26 11 102 66 W 2 Fig 257 Copy regression into rating curve result After regression results are copied into the rating curve version you can edit the transition between sections or the extrapolation of the rating curve at both ends For this the manual editing is used Manual editing is started by clicking on the symbol j 384 SKED The rating curve type Formula in sections Implementation of the rating
16. Q Selection Rating curves Rating curve User Validities wiskiew 3 1 Time series Gk River gauge 0 30 iad S River gauge S 30 iad River gauge ETA 1 E a River gauge S dw E kK River gauge Q Gaugings E as River gauge Q Manual values fe ETA YP N AY Q gt River g Q Instantaneous values ke River gau Q Extreme values Max ke River gau 0 Extreme values Min Fe River gauge 0 30 kK River gauge Q Baseflowline j River gauge 0 DayMax j gt River gauge 0 DayMean Fe River gauge 0 DayMin Fe River gauge Q Gaugings gt 4 01 01 1951 to 19 01 200 v Fig 39 Rating curve checked out SKED Managing Rating Curves The rating curve wizard The currently edited rating curve is displayed This means that it is now checked out Close the dialog In the graphic window activate again the icon 3 to deactivate it This will release the rating curve allowing other users to have potential access 3 2 The rating curve wizard The most important SKED functions can be called via the rating curve wizard Use it to create rating curves and versions as well as to display validities gaugings and time series in graphs and tables and to print them To call the wizard X gt SKED activate the icon in the toolbar of the main window The following dialog is opened What do you want to do xi Create new rating curve Open rating curve manager Hio y measur
17. Standard Plot styles hide and exclude all none selected values include and show all selected values Fig 83 Filtering by influences Ti Choose the kind of influence according to which the gaugings should be selected Use the check boxes e g measurements influenced by backwater measurements with special qualities or ice conditions 4 1 3 2 Filtering showing artificial data points To select discharge measured values by artificial data points see page 160 e open the Artificial data points tab page 143 I Developing Rating Curves Loading selecting filtering measurements m Selection 144 Range Derived data points Influence BIBER SG mj Fams Type 1 250 30 0 theoretical 1 700 80 0 theoretical Select Add selection Remove selection Select all Deselect all Selection VV always display selection Vv include selection for regression Apply plot style for selected points Standard x Plot styles Activate the check boxes of the artificial data points you want to load into the graph or all visible and included points selected Fig 84 Filtering showing artificial data points choose all existing ones with lt Select all gt Confirm with lt Select gt and lt Add selection gt respectively if you have already filtered gaugings 4 1 3 3 Gaugings according to BIBER In order to select disc
18. desired measurements are loaded first Special groups of measurements can be added or removed from the graph Development of rating curves in SKED can therefore be divided into various worksteps which are explained in detail in the chapters below e _ Loading selecting filtering measurements on p 139 e Working with regressions on p 154 e Creating rating curves manually on p 171 e Developing rating curves with regression methods on p 179 e Using theoretical approaches for the development on p 197 ys 15 This new rating curve type replaces from the program version 6 4 on the previous types Table Spline Table linear and Table power law 137 I Developing Rating Curves m 138 Loading cross section profiles and viewing them in a graph on p 203 Applying the regression results as attempt or as reference curve on p 215 Assigning gaugings to a rating curve on p 222 Editing assessing a rating curve in velocity mode on p 205 Calculating rating curve for a fixed Eta on p 212 Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler on p 399 Power law in sections Manual re editing on p 181 SKED Developing Rating Curves Loading selecting filtering measurements 4 1 Loading selecting filtering measurements Rating curve development requires access to specific gaugings e g flood gaugings low flow or mid range gaugings at any time of the development process For this the desired measur
19. 5 see the footnote 4 SKED Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 1 2 3 3 Regression analysis Setting regression options The regression options can be set from the development graph The regression type is set to Power law as default SKED will set the development of a single segment curve as default and will use the e Upper end of the validated range and the e Lower end of the validated range as default for the regression thresholds If this information does not exist for the plotted rating curve version SKED will use the highest and lowest gauging or ADP instead The regression thresholds are plotted as horizontal lines to the screen The user now has the possibility to proceed either graphically and or by using the table All possibilities in this area are explained in Working with regressions on the pages 154ff 1 2 3 4 Modifying regression thresholds in the graph and or table In the development graph the user can modify the position of the threshold directly with the mouse Additionally the user can add new thresholds to the development graph New thresholds added graphically will result in the insertion of a new line in the regression dialog How to shift thresholds graphically is explained in Shifting the regression limits graphically on the pages 159ff Furthermore thresholds can also be changed in the Regression form using the arrow keys The default increment with which the thresholds will be moved i
20. Both options are described below e In the first case the deviations of the measurements from the active rating curve are displayed over the total time range Here the measurements are sorted in ascending order according to stages on the x axis e Define the time range in a way that it is possible to evaluate the desired measurements e Make sure that the option ascending S order is activated see Fig 151 p 234 e Choose from the drop down list Calculate percentage deviation of gauged flow for your rating curve you want to compare with the current rating curve or leave the entry according to rating history e If you choose the latter option the current rating curve will be compared with the related discharge measurements e Afterwards activate the check box Show graph in new window The deviation graph should look as follows for example 234 SKED SKED Assessing Rating Curves Cumulative deviation graphs E Newby Bridge Fms FQ Graph FO eee eee a ee MD a as ease cee Bane on HO esc he et eae 2 ee Standard excluded from regression i Forcing point dummy point f FOD migrated a4 iT i ae ls O eee ee naii GAES n Meats Z Fara 25 FS cum arara d S o T T 60 80 FQ m3 s wi Fig 152 Example of a cumulative deviation graph The red line shows the deviation between the single measurements
21. Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Use cross hairs 7777mm 6 4 Zoom x gt e Select the desired plot e Activate the J icon e Use the mouse to draw a rectangle over that range you want to enlarge Fig 172 Zoom e To zoom back step by step activate the a icon e To adjust the value range automatically in zoom mode activate the amp icon When you scroll in this mode with the vertical scroll bar the displayed graphical section follows the curve automatically The button lt Value range to be adjusted automatically when zooming gt is active when the curve is in zoomed state m SKED 261 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Viewing additional information The control bar in SKED 262 6 5 Viewing additional information The control bar in SKED The graph allows you to activate a control bar for time series not for rating curves which graphically shows you important information about the current time series Furthermore you can view additional information For example e the source values of your time series e alarm thresholds or e minimum and maximum values of your time series In addition you can enter remarks and tasks for the current time series manually These remarks appear in blue They can be edited and deleted only by user entries How to create remarks and tasks is explained in the user manual of your special information system e Choose in the context menu of the graph
22. Specifying plot styles for gaugings se Editing symbol Styles scss cessasacessqsssiSeajaseasiccnnecs esbsbaigassiatsconnesSScsssasisdatatitansessCescbasatesstdtenacnssessuanietise Editing symbol styles later Adapting plot propertiCs csssssssssscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessesssssnes 149 Examples of how to set graphic styles Combined symbols 2 2 121221212 22 i Working with regressions 5 455825 n8esasCeacassnatbusdsiostentannedaeteessttnaspasdhiosssatesSensestarastuaiivedsionhanidoioeis Starting the TEQTES HOME 7 sscecxshadshvoactvastysdacanyyseccessaacstneotssnsetraina ree asteasdadennstansssedacisones One PMO Bosra lt sccsseers incase onearennen ARRON Shifting the regression limits graphically Regression analysis Further possible steps s ssssssssssssccccccscsccsccsssssssssssssssssssssnssnsanssnsnsssssssn Setting artificial data points c c 00000 Managing artificial data point types Creating artificial data points in the SKED Loading artificial data points in addition to the measurements into the graph Using dummy gauging cccssssssssssccscscsscsssssssssssnsssssnsonssssseeeeseseeeecesnstses Setting extrapolation points lt csccsssunesssieseosienivenan acanrnr mo aamAaGEnMEIeEREAN Including excluding measurement sscsscssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssnsutssssssssnsnsssssesssssesessscesesees Changing the colours of regressio
23. e t eae 75 100 125 150 1701 01 1988 01 01 1992 01 01 1996 Q m3 s W cm Zeit t Fig 148 Evaluations deviation graphs These deviation graphs can be printed e todo so open the context menu and e choose the function Preview Apart from the graphic the print window contains a list of the deviation and a statistical evaluation m SKED 231 I Assessing Rating Curves Cumulative deviation graphs the West Q J _Nschste vahin Eine Sete _Vetgr tem Test the West Parameter Q ss Test the West Parameter Q Soar pase Seiten 12 ZoomFakter fay 100 00 7 100 00 E3s1 016 Ei Fig 149 Evaluations Preview Printout of deviation graphs 5 4 Cumulative deviation graphs Cumulative deviation graphs show the relation between gaugings and regression and between rating curve and regression respectively With that you can check whether rating curves have the best fit Cumulative deviation graphs allow you to compare the rating curve with the related discharge measurements over the time or sorted according to stages The creation of cumulative deviation graphs requires an existing rating curve and related discharge measurements for the station e With the rating curve being active and the gaugings displayed open the rating curve wizard in the graph by the icon The following wizard dialog is opened
24. m SKED 305 I Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve Refresh Axis properties Plot properties Legend properties Zoom Zoom Zoom 100 Formula Cross ha Extend time range Nev R Update loaded tim Prevent vertical shift Prevent horizontal shift ad current tim 7 5 F Fit into another time series Synchronise graph and table Copy graphic to clipboard eoe Automatic scaling when zoomed Zoom settings Fig 212 Prevent horizontal shift e To be able to edit the descriptor points of the new rating curve afterwards in the graph switch to the editing mode 4s e Select all descriptor points in the range above 200 cm by the mouse The first point can be selected by just clicking on it Further points are added by clicking on them and pressing the lt Ctrl gt key by Please note The example says 46 cm to illustrate the tipping process we take 200 cm as lower limit 306 SKED SKED Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve euge SSSR hk EBETER SHE G N Yi f o ae EPP oO 4mn BRMSlPeee Be e o Se oe A BOD 4 eeeeeeeeeenen ds 400 A 300 4 j T T i f 200 Eri 400 500 e00 Q mays Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 7 100 00 512 698 300 402 nue Fig 213 Selecting the descriptor points To shift the
25. ql SKED Select in the Explorer of your special information system the editing mode Rating curves Choose the desired station and select the Q parameter In the right window you can see now the list of existing rating curves Select the rating curve 3 Choose in the context menu of the right window the function Edit The SKED is opened with the selected rating curve TO 297 I Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve 298 Ns Pe 682 t CRESS S R Raz 3 AEEA A z EAEE ie aI AE BEE SO hha f gt eee a 7 T 7 7 F C E mi A iE l 240 4 i i t t t i 240 310 aac 510 t Q m s Kurven edtieren ZoomFaktor xiv 18 77 14 45 F570 225 448 699 T nue Fig 200 Vertical shift of a rating curve To generate a new rating curve by means of the rating curve 3 we first have to create a new rating curve Choose in the wizard the top option lt Create new rating curve or new version gt The wizard guides you through the creation procedure SKED Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve What do you want to do xi 2 Create new rating curve Open rating curve manager Plot flaw measurements Show all rating curves Show all rating curve walidities Create graph Show flow measurements extended Further assistance
26. shifted power method method of logarithmic regression or Lauffer method choose free formula as the type of the rating curve Enter a name or a number for the version mandatory If this is the only version that exists for the special rating curve it is automatically set as the active version which is used for calculation If other versions exist you can activate here the new version Activate the entry Active version if you want to use this version for calculation If required enter a remark Open the next wizard page with lt Next gt SKED has now the total information it needs to save the rating curve including version type and validity in the database SKED offers different ways to carry out the actual construction now Enter data A special editor is opened where you can enter the rating curve data This mode is not recommended for a rating curve of free formula type as the formula has to be calculated first from the regression according to one of the two methods described above SKED Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula Creating and saving new rating curves e Show edit graphically Here you can edit the descriptor points of the rating curve graphically As for the shifted power function this mode is suitable only for visualisation because the rating curve determined by calculation does not have any real descriptor points e Show edit results of measurements graphically
27. 8 e 2 RE Af ORE Bae O 99DOKW 4 A i i i z Hysteresis Q Gaugings Z Hysteresis W 60 160 4 100 50 4 i E PREE ecnsscdvaesslancessccccccsscssscesedtenceSecteeseccccsacesssesecacusasectssdacacesaisscaet 02 21 00 i i t i t 13 01 1998 14 01 1998 15 01 1998 16 01 1998 Timet i 0 P Zoom factor x y 18 46 80 52 4 15 01 1998 20 02 46 219 06 X 2 Fig 285 Time related hysteresis rating curve A time related hysteresis rating curve will typically be loop shaped Where the gaugings for one single peaked event are plotted a line will be drawn through the points in chronological order As the flood event peaks so the rating curve will loop back down As the stage falls any gaugings recorded will typically have a lower flow value than gaugings recorded at the same stage but on the rising limb m SKED 425 I How to use the time related hysteresis rating curve method Requirements This example will involve creating a free formula rating curve plotting gaugings and then using the hysteresis curve options to create a suitable fit IA Hysteresis 0 60 z o EJ Gmeas 3 ee EE AET Cee OE H Standard Exciuded trom regressiork EJ gt Ww Forcing point Dummy point 3 o i K S7 Ohysteresis V1 i 7 d Hysteresis W60 e 7 J Hysteresis 0 60 9D 200 4
28. Besides the pure activation of the cross hair you can activate a search function allowing an intelligent snapping to specific non equidistant values x gt e Activate the check box Use search function e f requested set the snap range in millimetres and e define in the section Search criteria Priorities how the cross hair should snap e to gaps beginnings and ends e to local extremes and or e break points these are points where the gradient changes no reversal points in terms of mathematics Then you can allocate to each of these search criteria a priority for the search function choose it from the list e off deactivated e high top priority e medium mean priority e low low priority The cross hair snaps to the points set here within the snap range The point with the top search priority and with the smallest distance to the mouse position is snapped bs Please note e The status bar of the graph shows you the current mouse pointer position with date and time including the actual value when snapping to found points the exact values are read out from the database and displayed e When changing into the editing mode see the page 263ff the mouse pointer snaps to the points found 6 3 3 Deactivating the cross hair To switch off the cross hair pointer e activate from the context menu of the graph again the function Cross hair and e deactivate the check box Show cross hair in the Cross hair form 260 SKED
29. Delete You can also undo activities and print the tables SKED SKED Introduction a The SKED Rating Curve Editor 1 2 2 3 Windows dialogs and perspectives There are SKED specific windows dialogs and perspectives available to control the program Dialogs are opened either by main menu functions or by the toolbar icons The dialogs are displayed in the window area of the program e The windows can be moved like toolbars and are dockable E Midends Boyer Rivers EA Midlands Boyer Rivera Q 001 1 Qmeas Standard Excluded from regression Forcing point Dummy point Fig 10 Windows moved over the screen e Double click on the window border then it can be shifted Double clicking again activates the docking mode e The window arrangement can be saved in configurations perspectives You can load standard perspectives use the drop down list box of the toolbar or activate the function View D gt Perspectives or create own ones with the toolbar icon Existing perspectives can also be deleted 31 Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor m m Midlands Boyer River 0Q E Midlands Boyer River a 5 v Windows docked 22 01 15 STENE es m 9 0011 22 01 1998 14 01 1998 Delete perspective 22 01 1998 Load perspectives or use menu 14 01 1998 item View Persp
30. I Developing Rating Curves Assigning gaugings to a rating curve 222 4 11 Assigning gaugings to a rating curve Selected gaugings can be assigned to one or several rating curves Rating Curve Harp method The Rating Curve Harp method helps you with the allocation of rating curve validities Use this function to filter the gaugings by their assignment see page 140 Alternatively the gaugings are automatically saved with the rating curve in this case you need not assign the gaugings to the rating curves manually e First of all select in SKED the desired gauging curve Qmeas e Switch to the editing mode with the icon e Select the gaugings you want to assign to the rating curve e Activate either the E icon or the context menu function Assign rating curve for measurements to open the Relation between rating curve and measurements form Please note Measurements can be filtered and assigned to rating curves also from the table view e Select the desired gauging curve Qmeas e Activate the table containing the gaugings with the icon el 21 See the Appendix of this manual for a concrete example of how to assign discharge measurements to rating curves SKED I Newby Bridge Fms FQ 2 735430 FQ Gaugings Table H 1406 1971 2 29061971 305071971 4 260741971 0308 1971 6 06081971 7 28 08 1971 8 03091971 9 1309 1974 10 15 09971 41 17091974 12 20091971 13 2209 1971 14 22091971 15 27 09 1971 16 2
31. Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor e Descriptor points interpolation between the descriptor points using the following methods e Akima spline e Cubic spline e Linear e Parametric spline e Step Here you can also choose the transformation of values in a double logarithmic view log log with subsequent linear interpolation domain e Power law with several segments three descriptor points per segment max 21 descriptor points Q W a W 0 e Extended power law with one branch and regression over all measuring points included measurements are inserted via the 12 box the rating curve power law function is determined by the least square method of the logarithmic values and minimization according to Verbund AG Austria respectively you can force a zero crossing and shift the rating curve in parallel Q W a W cy e Power law in sections The rating curve may consist of up to 10 sections with one power law applying for each section here the single sections are determined by multi segment regression calculations e Formula in sections The rating curve may consist of up to 10 sections with one free formula applying for each section here the single sections are determined by multi segment regression calculations or can be copied from free formulae respectively e Formula develop rating curves by yourself using formulae e V notch weir 7 This new rating curve type replaces from the prog
32. SKED CHAPTER 6 Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph In this chapter you will learn how to use the varied functions of the graph where you represent the regression and rating curves results of measurements and time series as well as other parameters and data Contents of this chapter Loading and showing PlOts sssssssscseccsscseesseeesseessseessneessttesseessateesteesaees 251 Hiding plots isaer Ra PaE 252 Deleting plotse aee aeaea a ra EAA AEAT 252 Specific feature measured value CUIVES cesecseeesceesctesseteeteseeeees 253 Specifying Plot ranGes essesccsseccsssssesssescsscseeecntesstesseeeseeceeeesatesseeess 253 Adapting graph GIS play siscessccsesscsssetsarsecnesaenaneteeeseeniindencciaancte 255 Editing the representation Of AXES essssesssseccsescsetessnesssteseneees 255 Editing the representation of plots csessstescsescssessssesesessneees 256 Editing the representation of the leQend esses 257 o TO A E E EE 258 PE RErOSS MAINS aa Mipi aaeain 259 Activating the Gross Malin ssssssesssesescsesecsesssstsescstsescstsssstssssiessssies 259 Activating search function Smapping ssscsssssessssssssseeceesseeeses 260 Deactivating the Cross Nair sescssesssescstescsstescsessssteessntesssneessaees 260 TL UA Eor cc ee P AEA AEE E E 261 Viewing additional information The control bar in SKED 262 Inserting editing descriptor points ccsssssseesstsseseeseeeeceeeseeteee
33. T R 9 The Eta Method One method to calculate the discharge is the Eta method according to the German Manual for Water Level Gauging and Discharge Measurements In this chapter we will illustrate the Eta method based on the example of the Burgberg Ort Hurbe station 9 1 Parameters and time series required To apply the ETA method the following parameters time series must exist at the station e Eta P e Eta 0 e S highresolution e Q highresolution e Q gauging 9 2 Configuring the time series origins Time series Origin Input time series Eta P Copy values Eta O Eta O Calculate Eta Q gauging Q highresolution Rating curves Source S high enhanced resolution Eta Eta P Q gauging Unknown BIBER S highresolution Copy values S highresolution O S highresolution O Unknown Fetch Tab 4 Origin of the time series involved in the Eta method SKED 319 The Eta Method Eta method WISKI Times series organization Qmeasurem ent wee Eta 1 foriginal nn ae A jes i Eta 1 production W 60 production time series Sa l li Irport Data Interface Copy Data Eta Cakubtion Rating Cure Fig 223 Eta method time series organization 9 3 Program technical requirements on the stage discharge relation To apply the Eta method at least one valid discharge envelope curve must exist for the station 320 SKED The Eta Method Application of the Eta method
34. e 4 tile contains Ameas points and the area curve of the selected profile and if selected the representation of the profile e The colour presettings for plots and points are as follows m SKED 405 Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler m 406 e Qmeas points and A V meas plot red e k sqrt I points and plot light green Vineas points and plot light blue e Ameas points and the area curve of the selected profile magenta e previous plot designs function save temporarily light grey The line types are preset as follows e rating curves area curves calculated extrapolation curve solid lines e curves of the two calculated extrapolation parameters dashed lines When having finished the Strickler function a dialog will be opened asking you whether to apply the changes made during the session at the graph settings for this function graph layout saving SKED SKED APPENDIX Editing Q and Reverse Calculation into S Contents of this chapter General NIMES naa a a 409 Proc d fe minyiiinaisini iiini eE 409 407 Editing Q and Reverse Calculation into S T 15 Editing Q and Reverse Calculation into S 15 1 General hints You can do the rating curve calculation also reversely by reverse calculation of the S time series on the basis of the Q time series 15 2 Procedure Overview of the process Open in the rating curve manager the stage time series S time series for processing
35. 12 1993 21 12 1993 22 12 1993 23 12 1993 24 12 1993 25 12 1993 Zoom Faktor x y 0 15 81 47 24 12 1993 18 12 14 937 45 Fig 318 Stage fall method Final result 455 I Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method r Working in SKED 456 SKED WISKI APPENDIX Recalibration of Q This example explains how to recalibrate in WISKI and SKED the flows that were calculated from the continuous stage time series and defined rating curves Contents of this chapter Theoretical background iniinis 459 Calculation method procedure esscccsssssssssssssssssssescccssssssseessesssssssseeesssssess 459 More working options in SKED ssssessssessesecseessseesseeeesetesseessneeeseteesees 464 457 WISKI Recalibration of Q l Tooo 19 Recalibration of Q 19 1 Theoretical background In natural river cross sections with variable cross section geometry it is often necessary to recalibrate the flows calculated from the continuous stage time series and defined rating curves Use for this the origin Recalibration for the continuous Q time series The flow Q is calculated in two steps Within the calculation all relevant stage and flow time series are stored in the database Stage original time series e g S 15 0 Stage production time series e g S 15 Stage independent stage correction dS e g S dS Flow from rating curve possibly with stage correction dS e g Q 15 Stage related stage correction e
36. 122 02400 E Season 2nd half of calendar year al I Rating curve fn migrated z Select Add selection Remove selection Select all Deselect all m Selection VV always display selection Show selected only include selection for Include selected only a d tegression Apply plot style for selected points Standard Plot styles all visible and included points selected Close Fig 191 Selecting the desired discharge measurements for the display in the Selection area and combine them with each other All criteria being active at the same time e g Time range since and Lower limit source parameter are connected by a logical AND You can filter one data record several times in succession without having to close the dialog By the button e lt Select gt you can replace the previous selection by the discharge measurement result meeting the criteria defined in one step e lt Add selection gt you can add the special measurements to the ones selected before corresponds to a logical OR connection e lt Remove selection gt you can remove the special measurements from the ones selected before corresponds to a logical AND NOT connection e lt Select all gt you can select all measurements or e lt Deselect all gt deselect all measurements 288 SKED Selection of Discharge Measurements by means of predefined Criteria Stes 5 In order to se
37. 232 SKED Assessing Rating Curves Cumulative deviation graphs What do you want to do xi Create new rating curve Open rating curve manager Plot fow measurements Show all rating curves Show all rating curve walidities Create graph Show flow measurements extended Further assistance A OD FE ow Oe m Fig 150 Create cumulative deviation graphs e Activate the lt Further assistance gt button This switches to further options e Activate the lt Cumulative deviations gt button The Create cumulative deviation graph form is opened Specify here how to create the cumulative deviation graph m SKED 233 I Assessing Rating Curves r Cumulative deviation graphs Create cumulative deviation graph x p Measurements over time 5G F Fa I Sho Fs HEMS Time range 01 01 1950 To 19 01 2005 gt ascending SG order e series SG eres FA over time axis Calculate percentage according to rating hi deviation of gauged flow for according to rating his Y T overlay with deviations m migrated 7 ZEN Fig 151 Cumulative deviation graphs sorted in ascending order Deviation values can be represented for a time range to be configured either sorted in ascending order according to stages or over the time axis In the latter case you can additionally show source and target time series as well as the validities
38. 4 _ ___ on reference curve to join segments _ Iteration Results of Regression options _ Attempt Confirmed Iteration remaining on the screen __ Reference Rating Curve stored as Rating Curve Version Fig 17 Schematic view of the workflow of the repeated regression The workflow in the figure above shows the repeated regression to find the best fit for the upper segment of a two segment rating curve In this case the lower segment is excluded in the regression dialog The workflow remains the same if the re iteration is carried out for more than one segment but must be extended in order to provide a 40 SKED SKED Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor freeze option for segments where the best fit has already been achieved This functionality is needed to prevent this segment to be kept in the iteration process 1 2 3 7 Manual re editing The manual re editing of segment limits is carried out on the basis of the reference curve and is used to join segments Possibilities are e Straight line fit or e Continuation of upper or lower segment Please note The manual changes made to segments are lost when the edited segments are included in the regression and the results of the regression are applied as a reference curve during the new regression Manual re editing is explained in detail in Power law in sections on the pages 179ff 1 2 3 8 Sav
39. 5 After applying the results Showing the discharge measurements used for the development If you have developed your rating curve based on discharge measurements you can load these measurements into the rating curve graph To do so load the desired rating curve into the graph via the rating curve manager see page 96 from the Explorer of your special information system or the rating curve wizard by the lt Show all rating curves gt button see page 119 SKED Developing Rating Curves Applying the regression results as attempt or as reference curve IA Test_Import Q Grafik M E Fig 139 Showing rating curves e Activate the icon pe e The measurements used before to develop the rating curve are shown now IA Test_Import Q Grafik BEE 1000 2000 3000 4000 Q m s Fig 140 Showing rating curve Viewing used discharge measurements m SKED 219 I Developing Rating Curves Statistical evaluation of regression 4 10 Statistical evaluation of regression You can create statistical summaries containing information about minimum and maximum stages discharges quality of the regression result e g regarding the coefficient of determination that is the square of the correlation coefficient etc This information is then comfortably available to you for further internal or external analysis You can publish the statistics e g in the internet x gt e Sel
40. 7 11 Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula 11 1 The concept of the shifted power function Based on the shifted power function you can calculate rating curves in your hydrological information system semi automatically It is mainly used for the calculation of rating curves describing stage discharge relations in natural flowing water without fast changing weed growth influences It is not suitable for rivers influenced by backwater such as estuaries or water reaches in the upstream of controllable weirs One can approximate the rating curve of a gauge in flowing water with natural cross sections with a shifted power function of the following form T d z F e Q discharge in m3 s e W water level in cm e a factor e b exponent e czero shift To determine the coefficients a b and c of the function for a certain gauge discharge measurements are regularly taken at gauges The result of such measurements for the stage read from the staff gauge is the discharge determined by the measurement and other values When the measurements are regularly repeated at different stages a group of values is generated which describes the discharge behaviour over the range of the stages Then the shifted power function is adapted to this group of values by determining optimal coefficients This is done by using mathematical optimisation algorigthms The coefficients of the rating curve function are r
41. A OF a e Fig 201 Wizard Start e Choose the option Rating curve New rating curve or new rating curve version x rating curve includes as many versions as you like but at least one There is always one active version Rating curve versions can be used to try different variants What do yo like to create C Rating curve version Rating curve aci z Fig 202 Wizard Step 1 m SKED 299 I Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve 300 The second step is to set the status to preliminary and to enter a name for the rating curve here New Accept the standard proposals for source parameter and units Remarks are optional Status preliminary AE Number Name 1234 Source parametername Wo Marking of the Y Axis Unit of source m Unit of target mvs The units do not have to be identical to the units of time series There is a automatically conversion Remark tesi lt Zur ck Abbrechen Fig 203 Wizard Step 2 In the third step you may enter a curve validity if it is already known to you Activate the check box anyway to create a new version and click on lt Next gt to continue SKED Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve Create rating curve x You can enter the date where the rating curve will b You can create a new rating curve version also IV Create version lt
42. Close Fig 81 Selecting filtering measurements e Choose the desired conditions for selection that are connected with each other via AND connections e restrict in the Selection section the time range for which you want to display values in the graph from to corresponding to the range for which you want to develop a rating curve SKED Developing Rating Curves Loading selecting filtering measurements e if desired you can also restrict the graphical display of your parameters by upper and lower limits for source and target parameters to do so activate the respective check boxes and enter the values into the fields for upper limit and lower limit e you can also decide to represent only measurement results of a certain season to do so activate the respective check box and choose an entry from the drop down list e if you select a rating curve activate the check box of the same name those gaugings are selected which are assigned to the rating curve selected in the drop down list box e To select the measured values according to your filter activate the lt Select gt button e Please note This button deletes all previously selected data from the graph That means if you want to maintain existing selections e activate the lt Add selection gt button e Activating lt Remove selection gt removes the data from the graph which match the criteria set in the current tab page e You may also select all gaugi
43. Creating Normalized Rating Curves This example illustrates how to calculate rating curves for standardised cross sections e g tube profiles from normalized rating curves for h 0 100 A v Q height area velocity and flow semi automatically The resolution of h is set to a maximum of 1 o0 Standard fill is based on the Pecher normalized rating curves in the current version The curves are not versioned This functionality can be used for all standardised cross sections except for pressure pipes It is mainly used for however not restricted to closed sewer pipes Related topics 20 1 Requirements You require e a WISKI station type sewer station e across section profile assigned in WISKI in the station basic data tab page Cross section profile e For the target parameters of the v Q b rating curves a parameter with at least one time series and the Rating curve enhanced origin must exist at the station If SKED opens a parameter without the valid origin Rating curves enhanced you get a warning message e At least one calibration measurement from the Q Gaugings time series with the values h and v to adjust the rating curve to slope and roughness 20 2 Overview of the procedure x gt e in WISKI 1 Create a station with parameters h v Q A SKED e 2 Specification in the station basic data on the Cross section profile tab page e hat complete filling use the text boxes Max height and Max width e Aat com
44. Deactivate the write protection by the check box write protected Please note The stage time series must be referenced as source of a discharge time series through the origin Extended rating curve calculation if this is not the case make up for it now Click on the toolbar icon Temporary calculation Then a new time series having the name Q lt name of the stage time series gt is displayed This time series can be edited like a normal time series With the icon the Q values edited before and only those ones are reversely calculated into S With that you can view the effect modified discharge values have on the S time series directly in the graph without saving Please note Perhaps data points cannot be recalculated if the discharge lies outside the Q range representable by the rating curves As a result gaps would be produced in the S time series which of course is not desirable Therefore only those Q values changed before are reversely calculated into S Furthermore reverse calculation may slightly differ from the original values since the Q S reverse calculation possibly must be carried out iteratively After that activate again the S time series by the drop down list in the toolbar and save the reversely calculated S values with the a icon m SKED 409 Editing Q and Reverse Calculation into S m 410 This special saving is a safety measure ensuring that you do not overwrite S values which
45. Developing rating curves with regression methods 192 After you have entered the necessary data activate lt Next gt Activate in the next dialog the check box Enter rating curve data manually this opens automatically the 12 box where you can manually enter data for the new rating curve in the table AggerAblauf Qpeg Qpeg 18 1 erwpoty Messungen Hilfspunkte I O Durchgang erzwingen Eingeschlossene Messungen einf gen Datum Wpeg cm Qpeg m s Status Wmess Wber Qber Qmess C a Fa Formel KEINE L SUNG Zu wenige g ltige Werte f r verschobene Potenzfunktion I festesC 18 Parallelverschiebung 0 00 Zielfunktion Minimierung der Fehlerquadrate der log Werte 7 Ok Abbrechen Ubernehmen Fig 121 Manual development of a rating curve type Extended power law Please note The 12 box can be opened any time with the B icon First of all activate the lt Insert included measurements gt button and apply the result into the graph If your rating curve does not look as you want it to check whether it would be useful to select your measurements by the filter dialog If necessary select the measurements again and activate the lt Insert included measurements gt button For this method a fixed C can be preset corresponds to S c from the S O formula Alternatively there is only one option You can force a zero crossing here As an additional factor of influence you can define a para
46. Display gt button afterwards The validity will be shown in the graphics window e Alternatively use the rating curve wizard see Fig 40 p 85 to create a graph with the validities for the time range for which the overview is needed e Todo so activate the lt Compose graph gt button for the further procedure please read Composing graphs on pages 87 e Alternatively activate in the wizard the lt Show all validities gt button e to load all validities into the graph e Activate the toolbar icon to print the table of validities on the printer set before default printer is a DIN A4 printer in portrait SKED selects automatically only the tabular data e Alternatively open a preview by the Qj icon From page 2 on you will find the respective table e Print the required pages of the preview The validities are shown in form of a SKED standard report with all necessary header data SKED Managing Rating Curves Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series ZESA Print _Next Page Pages 1 2 Zoom factor x y 100 00 100 15 05 1969 15 59 08 0 INUM 4 Fig 70 Validities in the print preview 3 6 3 Showing time series x gt e Select in the Rating curve management form the desired time series in the tree view on the left m SKED 123 I Managing Rating Curves Showing and printing rating c
47. Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve float int 25 123 The value 25 0 is written into the result time series frac The function In lt float gt yields the natural logarithm of lt float gt In real number The input value can be any real number float In value 1 The natural logarithm of all values of the time series defined under 1 is written into the result time series Constant e The function log lt float gt yields the logarithm of lt float gt log real number The input value can be any positive real number greater than zero float log value 1 The logarithm of all values of the time series defined under 1 is written into the result time series 369 m m 370 See also value 12 2 0 10rnd Brief description Arguments Return value Example 12 2 0 11sign lt float gt Brief description Arguments Return value Example 12 2 0 12sin lt float gt Brief description Arguments Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve The function rnd yields a uniformly distributed random number between 0 and 1 The function doesn t need any arguments however the brackets must be indicated float md 10 In this example random numbers between O and 10 are written into the result time series The function sign lt float gt returns the sign of lt float gt 1 for values lt 0 O for values 0 and 1 for values gt 0 sign real n
48. H Lauffer Neue Erkenntnisse und Anregungen zur Pegelschl ssel Funktion Q K W W_0 E mit Anleitung f r Taschenrechner in sterreichische Wasser und Abfallwirtschaft Issue 3 4 1996 pages 109 121 m SKED 347 I Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula r Creating and saving new rating curves 348 11 5 Creating and saving new rating curves Creation and saving of new rating curves is done in the SKED rating curve editor A wizard guides you through the creation process inquiring the information needed e To create a new rating curve choose in the Explorer header of the information system as editing object the item Rating curve For this one of the views Stations or River must be active e Select then in the tree view on the left hand side that station at which you want to create a rating curve for a parameter e Choose this parameter at the station The tree view shows only parameters of a station where at least one time series has the origin Rating curves enhanced If there are already rating curves existing in the database for that parameter they are displayed in the list view on the right hand side If SKED opens a parameter without the valid origin Rating curves enhanced you get a warning message To create a new rating curve e choose in the context menu of the list view to be opened with the right mouse button on the right hand side of the Explorer of your informati
49. Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor AW Waktueii Z W Qaktuei Q F Wkorrigiert mit Worrigiert W The impoundage values can automatically be calculated from the gaugings e g discharge measurements carried out with current meters with BIBER with the actual rating curves The impoundage value calculation is used for that which calculatesA W as Original 7 AW AW Waktuell W Qartuen Here an uninfluenced stageQaktue is calculated from the actually determined dischargeW Q tue1 by the single curve That stage is then deducted from the actually determined stage Modifying values impoundage method Fig 5 Calculating the modifying values impoundage method 1 2 1 5 Envelope curves With the envelope curve method a discharge is assigned to a stage by the stage discharge relation depending on the actual condition Q tue of the river Two curves are used that cover the whole range of non influenced and influenced discharge conditions e anon influenced envelope curveQo e an influenced envelope curve These curves cover all discharge conditions Here is the calculation of the actual Q Osktuen t Qo t n 0 W ial Q W 25 m m 26 Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor The rating table shows here two values for each stage Q andQ an additional information in form of an Eta value in describes the relative position betweenQ orQ discharge respectively of a certain sta
50. Power law X in Austria 7 point method points each form function extrapolation beyond the first and the one power law on the last point possible but not yet function pages supported in the current version 177ff copying from regression is possible only if all sections are power law formulae 3rd 5th 7th etc point is used for 2 sections each max 10 sections with 21 points Power law in sections Up to 10 power Power law Extrapolation beyond the first and the sections defined in sections last point possible no graphical by lower limit and jon the editing only copying from regression upper limit and pages or entering the function parameters the coefficients of 179ff copying from regression is possible the power law function only if all sections are power law formulae overlapping of sections possible with the manual re editing being activated automatically see the page 179ff when copying from the regression the intersection points between the regression segments within the overlap are automatically used as section limits of the rating curve consideration of admissible tolerances for non constant rating curves with regard to direction and base unit usually m of the source and target values in two successive sections SKED Tab 2 Overview of available rating curve and version types 45 m m Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor cet Descript M
51. Q 15 unkorr SF Basis Gef le 15 gem T T t T T T T 19 12 1993 20 12 1993 21 12 1993 22 12 1993 23 12 1993 24 12 1993 25 12 1993 Zeit t Zoom Faktor x y 0 15 81 47 24 12 1993 18 12 14 937 45 of Fig 294 Stage fall method 18 1 Technical background definitions The discharge Q is calculated with the stage fall method as follows m SKED 435 Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method ss Qm Qr Fm Fr d with Qm measured discharge discharge measurements or stage calculated by the stage fall method respectively Qr discharge calculated via the rating curve Fm measured slope Fr slope calculated via the rating curve d exponent GAGE HEIGHT IN FEET GAGE HEIGHT IN FEET DISCHARGE RANO Um Or n a o G O x0 400 60 w0 1200 x 0 i00 OD 40 50 60 DISCHARGE IN THOUSANDS OF CUBIC FEET PER SECOND RATING FALL IN FEET Ficure 192 Stage fall discharge relations for Ohio River at Metropolis Ill Fig 295 Stage fall method 7 436 SKED SKED Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method 18 2 Example scenario Let s have a look at a gauge with variable backwater and a staff gauge downstream A stage discharge relation is developed with the stage fall method This stage discharge relation depends on the recorded slope 18 3 Requirements e Station main gauge with stage and
52. SKED from the Gauge Wizard x gt e Activate the toolbar icon E Gauge wizard BBE Selection of station Personal and standard selections Personal selections Templates O O S Defauttselections oe w Station Template_FQ FQ Number Start Explorer c Continue gt Help Fig 27 Gauge Wizard Selection of station e In the Selection of station dialog activate the lt Edit gt button m SKED 69 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED Selection Remark cfdyf Available BERGRIVIERSHOEK G1HO004 A01 Berg BOTSWANA OXENHAM RANCH AS5HO03 A01 Limpopo Camowen Terr 201005 Camowen Campsie Bridge 201006 Drumragh a r Selected Station River BOTSWANA STERKLOOP A5HO06 A01 Limpopo lt Back Filter Fig 28 Gauge Wizard Selection of single stations e Select the desired stations e To do so create a new selection in the upper list by the context menu to be opened with the right mouse button e Drag then the desired stations from the list of available stations into the list of selected stations by the Drag amp Drop function e Finally activate the lt Back gt button e In the Selection of station dialog activate the lt Next gt button 70 SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED x What do you
53. SOLUTION sisira a 437 WISKI basic data scssccais facies ane cna etude 437 Creating parameters and time series in WISKI esseesseeseeecee 438 Working in SKED isinsin 446 PRESU Gees eiscaseteuseccteseee tart eeattstastesccecturactveans a aa enema eateries 454 433 Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method amp d TT 18 Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method The stage fall method can be used if you want to calculate the discharge at gauges with variable backwater conditions The backwater is recorded via the stage slope which is determined between the main gauge and a downstream staff gauge With the stage fall method you can take backwater conditions into account resulting e g from weed growth in the river downstream cross section constrictions or backwater effects from receiving water course This method can be applied only to stationary conditions The stage fall method was developed in the USA It is described in the USGS Water Supply Paper 2175 Measurement and Computation of Streamflow Volume 2 Computation of Discharge AQ ee ee ee loj xj A Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Stammdaten Import Export Anwendungen Werkzeuge fenster Hilfe 8 x emiala LA S GRA MERE E LEQ QA sr asisas zo A Se eR Ae EME km O 4n DORR AA a t t t t t t 20 12 1993 21 12 1993 22 12 1993 23 12 1993 24 12 1993 25 12 1993 SF Basis Q 15 korrigiert SF Basis
54. Since the gaugings are the basis for the regression calculation they must be shown in the graph here Create new rating curve version Eg You can now enter data tabularly by hand or via a dialog Enter data E The new rating curve can be graphically displayed and edited Display graphically V The new version can later be further edited via the rating curve manager Display edit values JV graphically Switch to Rating curve V construction perspective lt Back Cancel Help Fig 241 Creating the rating curve and version e To continue with the rating curve calculation deactivate the first entry and activate the two bottom entries e Switch to the construction mode by lt Finish gt e Adialog is opened now where you can select the existing measurements by various criteria time range summer winter value range m SKED 353 m m 354 Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula Creating and saving new rating curves Filter options xi m Selection Range Derived data points Influence BIBER Time 14 06 1971 T to 0370172005 z r Source parameter SG ml T Lower limit fo 1239999 Blips ze Target parameter FQ m3 s T Lower limit 01537342 T Upper limit fiz2 02400 I Season ra half of calendar year 7 I Rating curve ot migrated 7 Select Add selection Remove selection Select all Deselect all
55. Terminating the rating curve management Activate lt OK gt to close the Rating curve management dialog 3 6 5 Setting time range In many operations e g when compiling data for the representation in graphs and tables or for printout you can specify a time range for which data is selected from the database for further use x gt e Enter the upper and lower limit of the range in the format dd mm yyyy manually or e choose the SKED calendar by the arrow button of the date box from or until m SKED 125 I Managing Rating Curves Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series 31 05 1999 00 00 7 Mai 1999 6 7 8 9 13 14 15 16 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 4 5A Januar Februar M rz April Mai Juni Juli 26 2 1 2 August 3 4 5 6 f 8 9 September 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Oktober 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 November 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Dezember GPi23 4 5 6 CD Today 12 02 1999 Fig 74 The SKED calendar e Browse with the arrow keys in the calendar header forwards and backwards month by month e Click the month in the calendar header to open a drop down list of months e click the year data in the calendar header to browse back and forward using buttons e Choose the desired day of the time range limit by just clicking on it in the calendar NSS e Please note that you can combine these selection methods according to preference and convenience 3 6 6 Graphs and tables
56. The regression can be influenced by setting artificial data points ADP and or dummy gaugings measured values without time stamp Single gaugings can be excluded from the regression analysis m SKED 19 I Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 20 The user has the possibility to store preliminary regression results as an attempt The attempt remains plotted on the development graph and can be compared with the regression results of modified regression options Various plausibility features are implemented in SKED to check the quality of the developed rating curves Show confidence intervals and evaluate them statistically Statistical analysis Evaluate velocity of flow wet and dry profiles Deviations of the measured value also cumulative compared with the rating curve e g dO Q dO S dO t 1 and 2 derivation of the rating curve Overlay of different rating curves comparison of the curves Product analysis of single regression functions Conversion preview of the target time series preview of the calculated flow time series A complete balancing module 1 In this manual we distinguish for reasons of clarity between segments of the regression and sections of the rating curve The regression analysis comprises up to 10 segments of the source parameter that may also be connected with each other or overlap The rating curve sections are defined by formulae For the linear interpolation with
57. Ubergan 22 06 1993 00 00 00 Ill 13 09 1993 00 00 00 Ubergan 17 09 1993 00 00 00 II 12 04 1994 00 00 00 Ubergan 14 04 1994 00 00 00 Ill 22 01 1995 00 00 00 Ubergani 23 01 1995 00 00 00 1 A 27 08 1995 00 00 00 Ubergan 28 08 1995 00 00 00 II 15 11 1995 00 00 00 Ubergan 20 11 1995 00 00 00 1 A 31 01 1996 00 00 00 Ubergan 07 03 1996 00 00 00 31 05 1996 00 00 00 Ubergan 01 08 1996 00 00 00 V 04 09 1996 00 00 00 bergani 03 10 1996 00 00 00 Zoom Faktor xy 100 00 7 100 00 28 02 1997 03 02 45 138 484 inom Fig 63 Graph and table representation of the calculated rating curve validities applied to the base time series S and the measurement results If the related validities change between two measurements the change is dated automatically to the highest stage between the measurements As for the 24 hours before the change there is a transition between the validities assumed see glossary topic transition on p 496 The table lists the newly determined validities e Now you can edit the validity limits manually in the graph e Check whether the validities are selected as an element to be edited Boyer River Q Validities 3 e Zoom into the transition range SKED Managing Rating Curves Specifying validities for rating curves e Switch to the editing mode I e Use the mouse to move the start of transition validity to the desired time e g start of transition to the beginning of flood rise
58. Zur ck Abbrechen Fig 204 Wizard Step 3 The fourth step is to define the new version e First of all choose the type Usually the SKED proposes the type Table spline The check box Envelope curve is used for the ETA method In our example however we create a normal rating curve e Enter a suitable name for the new version here 1 Upper and lower limits are optional The new version is defined as the active version Comments of change are optional e Activate the lt Next gt button m SKED 301 I Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve New rating curve version E Type Table Spline be The type cannot be change afterwards M Envelope curve will be used in the eta method Version Name fi 234 Upper limit reasonable range 100 Lower limit reasonable range feo IV Set as active version Changing comment test lt Zur ck Abbrechen Fig 205 Wizard Step 4 e Inthe final step we recommend to select the middle option Show edit graphically for a spline construction Create rating curve version x Now you can enter data manually or via a dialog V Enter data You can view and edit the rating curve also graphically M Show edit graphically The new version will be editable also later with the help of the rating curve manager lt Zur ck Abbrechen Fig 206 Wizard Step 5 Creation of a new rating curve with an active version is
59. a eke Eee EEI te E AETS i Wasserstand absolut absoluter Nullpunkt z B m ber Adria 0 00 m A Fig 330 Connection between measuring point height ground level and top edge of pipe low water State of the tide when the water level is lowest for any given tide tidal cycle parameter Coefficient in some hydrological model formula or other relationship which may be adjusted to apply the general model etc to particular cases For example fitting a rainfall runoff model to a particular catchment will involve determining parameter values appropriate to that catchment gauge datum SGZ Elevation at which a water level gauge zero is set Please see also the glossary entry measuring point height MPH SKED 493 Glossary m 494 gauge height gauging site gauge height Height of water surface above a gauge datum It is used interchangeably with the terms stage and water level Location on a stream where measurements of water level and discharge are regularly made position cursor Selection of a particular time series value on the curve in a time series graph when synchronising graph and table top edge of pipe ROK float In addition to the gauge datum SGZ and ground level GOK the top edge of pipe the top edge of the installed groundwater sounding pipe sometimes identical with the measuring point height MPH is the third value that is saved at usual GW wells From hydrological
60. a graphical element to the same time series with the same assignment you don t need to call this dialog but you can copy the selected element directly by pressing the key combination lt Ctrl gt lt E gt 6 7 5 List of all graphical elements You can have displayed any time a list of all user defined graphical elements created in the graphical window from this list you can even edit or delete graphical elements X gt 278 Activate the context menu entry List of all graphical elements from the total graph or activate the toolbar icon m Select the desired graphical element by clicking within the rectangle surrounding the element Open the following context menu with the right mouse button within the selection rectangle SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements 7 Insert graphical element Edit graphical element PEE lsewuecoecuee Delete graphical element Copy graphical element To foreground To background List of all graphical elements Fig 187 Context menu of the graphical elements e Activate the context menu entry List of all graphical elements The Graphical element dialog is opened Graphical element x m List of all user defined graph objects Type Grapharea Time series Metafile Metafile Plot area Greim 15 Cancel Help Fig 188 List of all graphical elements When opening the dialog the gr
61. active since fi0713 2000 until General Location Position Observer Water level Flow Parameter Additional attributes Parameter Type Air temperature General parameter Precipitation Flow Stage Stage M _Test Andieas 123123 Fig 25 Starting SKED from the basic data Select parameter m SKED 67 68 I SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED e Select the desired parameter e Activate the lt Edit gt button Choose in the Parameter dialog the high resolution Q time series for which the S Q calculation is to be carried out with the origin Rating curves enhanced see the page 62ff and e activate the Origins tab Valid from Active calculate automatically r Rating Curves enhanced Rating Curves enhanced Name Rating Curves enhanced ETA Greim ETA10 O Delta 5 External Selection Fig 26 Starting SKED from the basic data Origin Rating curves enhanced If you have not yet allocated the origin Rating curves enhanced specify it as described in Deriving discharge time series Specify origins on the pages 62ff e Activate the lt Call up SKED gt button SKED is started the rating curve specified by you is automatically started in the SKED graph SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED 2 6 2 Starting
62. and the rating curve for each measuring point the purple line rises with the stage increasing in this case the rating curve does not optimally reflect the discharge event as the distance actually should become smaller In the second case the deviation of the measurements from the rating curve are displayed over the time Activate the option over time axis This makes the upper area Measurements over time editable 235 I Assessing Rating Curves Tr Cumulative deviation graphs 236 Create cumulative deviation graph Eg I New graph window EE Gaugings over time rs Vg Le fe IT Display source time series Tl Display target time series G et P Display validities Time range 01 01 1950 x te 29 01 2008 Increasing value of S Overtime axis agate ells associated validities w Overlaid with foor x Measurements from an ee Fig 153 Cumulative deviation graphs over the time Activate e g the check box Q in order to show discharge measurements over the time and compare them with the rating curve Confirm with lt Finish gt The deviation graph may look as follows SKED Assessing Rating Curves Analysis offi IA Test_Import Q 2 Grafik Test_Import Q KennwertiQmess Standard ausgeschlossen Extrapolationspunkt Hilfspunkt dQiact akum d Q t 31 03 1979 31 03 1981 31 03 1983 31 03 1985 31 03 1987 31 03 1989 31 03 1991 24 00 00 24 00 0
63. aran Rating curve VII al H H i i Comment i H as i j i his m T 7 limes dnesday J 400 4 _ rr j Pa Measuemerts ausiliay I Farce zero point Insert included measurements 4 f HREM MAS pavin2 7 Date W cm Q m3425 Quali Smeas Sclac Qcalce Qmeas a ince Valid i Jo w O 0 i a 0 000000 3 6 oualityt 200 En SEEE eee X 4 H 4 1 Equatio NO SOLUTION Too few valid values for shifted power law function 100 PE eer eee vote el I Fed 0 00 Parallel shift 0 00 4 Function Least squares of the log value Cancel bil e 5000000000000000 10000000000000000 Zoom factor x y 100 00 100 00 8611245348498986 00 117 57 f num Fig 233 Starting the rating curve construction according to the Extended power law To calculate the rating curve now you first have to make some presettings for the calculation e Activate the entry Fixed C if you want to preset the coefficient C firmly e Activate the entry Force zero point if the rating curve shall go through zero e g Q 0 m3 s for S 0 cm The next step is to apply the measurements to be used for calculation into the editor e Apply all measurements from the graph into the editor by Apply included measurements SKED calculates the rating curve automatically and shows the result in the editor SKED Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method amp 4 Creating and saving new rating curves i
64. as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula 345 The concept of the shifted power fUnction sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssssssssscsesesceecceeceeseeeeeses 345 Method of the logarithmic regression cs sssssscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssnsssssnsessessesesseseses 346 later methods a E 346 Pr CI GUISES issan nionane aiaeei aaa atiii ain 347 Creating and saving new rating curves sssssscsssssssssccccscscccccccccccccccceceesssseesssesssssssansnssnssnsansnsanse 348 Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve ssscccsssscsssessssessessesesseeee 309 Data types supported csssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssusssssssssssssessssessscessessecessssessessessssssssssssesee 365 Standard functions cssesssccsssessccssssccccssseecessnsescssssseecessssecessssseceessssececcessuecesssuseessesssseeseessesessts 365 CSD o eseeessseesesscsssssssssssssssssssscssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssususesesesssssssssssuusessssssssssssssansees 365 ganlho iaee a S 366 COS lt OUE E NIEA E E E E 366 OX HOIS i eaa AEEA A AA REA A 367 kado assina AR 367 if lt intBool gt lt float gt lt flOdt2 gt essssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessssssssssssees 368 L e E E AA E E ET E E EN EEN E E A ENET N 368 E ESEE SA A O 369 l gleitt at ee E E E NAi 369 a ONOIR EN EAE N ATA A T A A AAA
65. corresponds to the regression formula S Please note With the types Formula in sections and Free formula you can copy the regression and also rating curve calculation formulae into the rating curve See Formula rating curve on p 199 x gt e To do so you have to determine the desired regression first e then switch to the desired rating curve version which must belong to the mentioned types and e activate the icon ike e To control it activate the icon B afterwards Depending on the version type the table to edit is opened for the free formula the corresponding formula is opened m SKED 193 I Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods 194 Free formula rating curve Eg m Formula if value 1 gt 500 then result value 1 500 elseif value 1 gt 250 then I result value 1 250 else result value 1 7 10 endif elseif value 1 lt 5 then result errorvalue else result value 1 20 endif Lower limit jo cm x em Example Formula 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 Upper limit fi cm y m s Example KiBasic Script result 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 m Integration derivation Formula 7 integrate Tower imt p em View result formula I deviate m Time dependent formula I Independent variable is the time M t grid i p Formula example pi easurement grid in s HON Walid from 29 01 2008 To 129 0172008 result sinft
66. curve has exclusive write access to it other users may view the rating curves and validities in process however are not allowed to edit them until the editor has finished his work For this the rating curve is marked for editing Taking over the editing process is only possible under the same user identification When rating curves a SKED 83 I Managing Rating Curves Multi usability Checking out rating curves or validities are being edited they are automatically marked for editing When saving the rating curves or validities they are automatically released again Apart from this automatic process there is the possibility of manually marking rating curves or validities for editing and releasing them X gt 84 Activate the toolbar icon 8 The rating curves and validities being edited are locked for other users Activating this icon again releases the locked rating curve It is automatically locked when changes are made to it Please note Manual check in is possible only if all changes have been saved i e if there are no changes which have not yet been saved The status of a rating curve can also be viewed in the rating curve manager Open the rating curve manager Expand the tree view on the left and activate the entry Rating curves From the right hand side of the manager open the tab page Editing status River gauge a fa Station Tt Validities Editing status
67. curve together with the correction points and the correction values dS resulting from the measurements The correction values can be edited graphically The corrected rating curve is updated immediately allowing you to check the quality The correction values are each valid for one point of time Between two sets of correction values the stage correction is linearly interpolated over the time The production time series of the stage and the stage related correction values are used to calculate a corrected stage S 15 corrected by the origin Stage correction That stage is the initial value of the Q calculation The Q is calculated by the rating curve correction values are not considered The result is the arithmetical Q that yields the look up table value for the corrected stage Then the Q is recalibrated using a linear calibration equation An example A station surface water station with at least one S stage and Q flow parameter with continuously measured stages and discharge measurement results gaugings must exist in the database in our example TestRecalibration e To calculate the Q values that are to be published the stage related corrected S values are determined first To enter the stage related correction you have to create a new time series Station S Stage shifted correction at the S parameter e Select in the WISKI Explorer on the left hand side the station where you want to create the new time series Open the context m
68. curves and time series of the selected parameter e in the window on the top right depending on the object selected in the tree view you can see the tab pages Station Parameter Time series Validities Versions Rating curve and Balance group Data on the tab pages Station Parameter and Time series is for information only and cannot be edited On the tab pages Validities Versions and Rating curve you configure and manage rating curves and time series On the Balance group tab page you configure the groups of stations that are needed for the discharge balancing upstream and downstream river gauges e On the bottom of the dialog you will find buttons to control the rating curve management e lt Plot gt applies the changes and shows the currently selected entry in the SKED graph m SKED 97 I Managing Rating Curves The rating curve manager e lt Close gt applies the changes made and closes the Rating curve management form e lt Cancel gt closes the form and discards all changes made that have not yet been saved and e lt Apply gt applies the changes made To display time series you have to set the desired time range in the date boxes 3 4 2 Creating new rating curves x gt e Set in the Rating curve management dialog the mouse pointer on the entry 98 Rating curves Open the context menu with the right mouse button Show Apply time range New Delete Copy Fig 48 Creating new rating c
69. curves have to be continuous and consistent inconsistencies at transition points between sections have to be eliminated In order to get a proper solution for transitions between rating curve sections you have the options described in the next chapters 13 4 Selection of an intercepting point as transition between sections If there are one or more than one intercepting points you may decide to choose one of the interception points as transition between the sections In manual editing dialog intercepting points are marked with a black cross Test the West 01 FQ FQ 1 1 BEE Edit Preview e LEAS eleme El TTT ppt 0 10 20 30 FQ mvs Section tansition 2 Transition function linear gt T T T TT TT 3 4 5 7 10 FQ m s Zoom factor fy 41 22 24 90 2 34 69 05 4 ue cat __ ty Fig 259 Selection of an intercepting point e By clicking on the cross the intercepting point is chosen as transition point 386 SKED The rating curve type Formula in sections Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections Test the West 01 FQ FQ 1 1 BEE Edt Preview e LEAH S ele mE al h em 0 Spee pet pepo 0 10 20 DFO mars Section transition 2 4 Transition function linear hd 3 4 5 7 10 FQ m3 s Zoom Factor xy 41 22 24 90 12 36 86 71 X f Ces aw Fig 260 Selection of an intercepting po
70. decide whether to save the proposed rating curves and their validity ranges completely in the database or whether to adjust them manually in the table of validities or to discard them For this you will be asked at the next calculation step whether to save the changes e Confirm with lt Yes gt Now the discharges Q are calculated in accordance with the created origins and the valid rating curves and displayed in the lower part of the wizard together with the results of the discharge measurements The message window informs you about the calculation process Ea skeD Unterkirchberg Q Assistent f r Kurvengiltigkeiten f r Unterkirchberg Q E Datei Bearbeten Ansicht Werkzeuge Fenster EEn CECE wR PML te TT TEA TEED BE Eg 2 EE E Ot pepe 0 ee 12 08 1990 15 08 1990 31 08 1990 05 09 1990 22 09 1990 23 09 1990 01 11 1990 03 11 1990 01 01 1991 05 01 1991 13 11 1992 22 06 1993 13 09 1993 17 09 1993 12 04 1994 14 04 1994 22 01 1995 23 01 1995 27 08 1995 28 08 1995 15 11 1995 20 11 1995 31 01 1996 07 03 1996 31 05 1996 03 10 1996 03 06 1997 04 06 1997 15 07 1997 15 07 1997 00 00 00 Ubergang 00 00 00 IV 00 00 00 Ubergang 00 00 00 VII 00 00 00 Ubergang 00 00 00 IV 00 00 00 Ubergang 00 00 00 II 00 00 00 00 00 00 A 10 56 03 Ubergang 00 00 00 Ill 00 00 00 Ubergang 00 00 00 00 00 00 Ubergang 00 00 00 Ill 00 00 00 Ubergang 00 00 00 A 00 00 00 U
71. description The operator band links two or more integer expressions The link is calculated binary and does not yield a true false expression but an integer This kind of link can be used to check the status of a value Example of the internal calculation procedure Integer 4 band 12 yields 4 Binary 1100 band 0100 yields 0100 374 SKED Example See also 12 3 3 3 bor Brief description Example See also SKED Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve T if valuestate 1 band pf missing lt gt 0 0 value 1 In this example it is checked whether a value of the time series defined under 1 is existing In this case this value is saved in the target time series otherwise a zero is saved Functions for status determination if functions for data determination from source time series status constants The operator bor links two or more integer expressions The link is calculated binary and does not yield a true false expression but an integer This kind of link can be used to check the status of a value Example of the internal calculation procedure Integer 4 bor 8 yields 12 Binary 1000 bor 0100 yields 1100 if valuestate 1 band adf_edited bor adf_autoverific lt gt 0 0 value 1 In this example it is checked whether a value of the time series defined under 1 is edited or checked In this case this value is saved in the target time series otherwise a zero is saved Func
72. e Extended power law method e Formula in sections These methods are described in detail in the following 4 5 1 Power law in sections For multi segment regressions you can achieve a more exactly regression result if you use separate regression functions for the single rating curve segment However this will mean a gap in the rating curve where two regressions meet the same threshold Two flow values exist at this point for one stage value the Zorro effect Here you need to re edit the thresholds of the regression segments manually see page 181 this will solve the problem of disconnected regression sections or double flow values for one stage value Here we distinguish between two different methods e Straight line fitand e Continuation For the power law in sections admissible tolerances for non constant rating curves with regard to direction and base unit usually m of the source and target values are considered in two successive sections These tolerances can be configured in the Advanced settings dialog The Power law in sections can be regarded as a copy function since the main procedure is here to copy the regression results into an attempt or into the final rating curve see page 215 The Power law in sections is carried out either by regression or by manually editing the rating curve equation using the 12 box These methods are described in detail in the following See also How to operate this functio
73. each measurement towards the time Captions shown are the assigned rating curve as well as the absolute and proportional difference between the stage of the measurement and the assigned rating curve u 0 989 4 3 86 ad hig all Fig 62 Deviation data in the graph Here the meaning of the single numerical values in the three lines is as follows m SKED 115 I Managing Rating Curves m 116 Specifying validities for rating curves top line number or name respectively of the nearest rating curve middle line absolute deviation relative deviation from Q bottom line Q in m3 s e lt Next gt guides you in the next step to the validities determined automatically TAE ZE i E Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Werkzeuge Fenster Se SSGR ee eee sla eae PEITA em a olnee er aoe zres waa _Abbrechen Schl sselkurven ein ausschiiessen Abweichungen i 1 0 01 2 66 pa H BEB mpeessacnanees 0 01 2 75 04 250 4 25 20 0 i i 0 01 5 08 03 H i 0 03 10 02 P03 iu 0 03412 67 1 02 0 0113 87 ost tl 0 02 5 81 03 T 01 01 1997 01 03 1997 01 05 1997 01 07 1997 01 09 1997 01 11 1997 Zeit t 22 09 1990 00 00 00 Ubergan 23 09 1990 00 00 00 IV 01 11 1990 00 00 00 Ubergan 03 11 1990 00 00 00 Ill 01 01 1991 00 00 00 Ubergan 05 01 1991 00 00 00 A 13 11 1992 10 56 03
74. functions along this design Since the option Rating curve is active in the Extrapolation parameter rubric the curves Vmeas and k sqrt I of the new rating curve are calculated and displayed automatically In that example it is no longer possible to compare these calculated curves Vmeas and k sqrt I with the curves of the previous design since the function Save was not activated in the selection dialog for Vinegs and k sqrt I so that the two curves were deleted from the graph after having confirmed the selection dialog with lt OK gt SKED 403 I Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler Test the West Q 2 Extrapolation nach Manning Strickler Vmess Aprof 2 Rprof Vzw Ksgrt hzw abar 00 01 02 03 04 05 R m 4 K sqrt Nber i a ee OT a re ae ek ee 6 Q m s Fig 272 Example graph for the extrapolation according to Manning Strickler 14 8 Intermediate saving of the extrapolation calculation results In the rubric Curve design of the Extrapolation parameter form you can specify that the extrapolation and calculation results of the curves y O Anrof Vmeas Vmeasand d Paar cw of the previous calculation procedure are kept up also when having changed the selection of extrapolation parameters or the rating curve The previous design is always maintained even if the extrapolation parameters are changed several times e To do so activate the special check box in the Curve desig
75. get a rating curve of good shape see page 181 e In contrast to the re editing options for the power law in sections you can here only choose between the transition functions Linear and Cubic Hermite spline polynomial of third order e You can also add descriptor points see here the cursor It changes to a plus sign if section limits are exceeded or subceeded bs e Please take also note of the possibility to show the reversals of the rating curves and measurements in the graph This is an indication for the quality of your constructed rating curve Reversals are displayed only if set so with the function Tools Settings in the Advanced settings dialog can delay the representation Proceed as follows to create such a rating curve x gt e Specify for the new version the rating curve type Formula in sections e After you have entered the necessary data activate lt Next gt e Activate in the next dialog the check box Enter rating curve data manually this opens automatically the 12 box where you can enter the calculation formulae for the new rating curve m SKED 195 m m 196 Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods Test the West 01 FQ FQ 1 1 m Rating curve sections Formula result 0 66699 101315997167 x1 0 0009 rem correlation coeff result 12 85980935 0 4639538333 x 1 0 004694 100 121 19 25237976 0 2364994984 x 0 0
76. gets an index in addition e If you insert the rating curve version into the entry Rating curve of the tree view a copy of the whole rating curve is inserted with only the copied version The name is allocated in the same way as when you insert a version The inserted version is immediately set to active e Copying an entire rating curve is done in the same way as described above here all versions contained in that rating curve are inserted SKED Managing Rating Curves The rating curve manager Using this function allows you to copy and paste also rating curves and rating curve versions of other stations e To do so select the desired station and its rating curve version in the tree view and e proceed as described above 3 4 6 Specifying rating curve limits For each rating curve version you can specify extrapolation ranges and validated ranges depending on the reliability of the curve If for example the stage exceeds the point of the highest gauging the regression has to be extrapolated Therefore the range above the highest gauging would exceed the upper end of the validated range Consequently it would be assigned with a lower quality flag rating to reflect the higher degree of uncertainty Thus you can specify an extrapolation limit for each rating curve version The default values assigned for the upper and lower ends of extrapolation are taken from the highest and lowest thresholds of the regression analysis If possibl
77. grid in s 0 Fmt example x Valid from 29 01 2008 To 29 0172008 result sin t Convert to KiBasic Cancel Apply Help Fig 251 Editing the free formula rating curve with various partial ranges e Activate the lt Apply gt button to calculate the rating curve according to the new formula and view it in the graph e In our example the composed formula for the rating curve is as follows e if x gt 2420 and x lt 2500 6 27801e 019 x 2276 61 7 57142 if x gt 2500 and x lt 2570 0 00615939 x 2463 1 27127 0 m SKED 361 I Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula r Creating and saving new rating curves 362 SKED SKED APPENDIX Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve Contents of this chapter Data typeS SUPPOFted seeccseescssesseeesseescetessseesseessntessueessseecatecsutessaeeseaeesess 365 Standard FUNCUON Siinne 365 Standard Operations sissssii aa ai 372 Arithmetic operators isc sessetstcsccanttheectieetaeteien inca ean lacialrs 372 Logical operator S iseer rosenie aaran aaea raaraa aE aa EAE 373 Boolean Operators siscccasssscsccsssccassstacccssnansacsestecascer becca tuseecsatenectentesesastes 374 363 Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve T 12 Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve If you develop the rating curve by applying the theoretical approach of a fre
78. gt button 3 4 3 Creating versions x gt e Select in the Rating curve management form the rating curve for which you want to create a new version e Open the context menu with the right mouse button m SKED 101 I Managing Rating Curves The rating curve manager Show Apply time range New version Delete Copy Fig 51 Creating versions e Choose the function New version Rating curve management x NAUL Station Rating curve Version Validities Q A Rating curves Changing date or ma Validities Type l Table hes o T Enveloping curve C3 Version New C4 Upper limit H c5 i E H C6 si H C7 2 E New g Time series NAUL Q 1 WNAUL W 1 NAUL Q Parameter Get as active version 47 inss i psn Show Bancel Apply Fig 52 Creating version Specify data e Specify on the tab page Version e the type see Your guide Overview of the rating curve types on pages 42 e the version number name and e the upper and lower limit if known The graphics window shows the rating curve above the upper limit and below the lower limit as a broken line 13 13 Please read in this context also the hints in Specifying rating curve limits on pages 105 102 SKED Managing Rating Curves The rating curve manager e Finally activate the lt Apply gt bu
79. in the range above 46 cm Furthermore the new rating curve shall go through the same zero as the existing one that means it is to be tipped in that area and possible offsets are to be removed e For the Unterkirchberg Weihung gauge we want to create a rating curve by means of the discharge measurements since 1987 A corresponding proposal shall be made here by the program 8 2 Prerequisites Rating curve as well as measurements for the special gauge must exist in the database 8 3 Steps Rating curve extrapolation Ey e Select in the Explorer of your special information system the editing mode Rating curves e Choose the desired station and select the Q parameter In the right window you can see now the list of existing rating curves e Select the rating curve 3 e Choose in the context menu of the right window the function Edit The SKED is opened with the selected rating curve 3 m SKED 293 I Editing Rating Curves Steps Rating curve extrapolation N WISKI Explorer ol x tl View Stations z Edit Rating curves fd gt ya S a C New Rating curves of parameter E now IC RC O3 IC RC 04 a RC 05 IC RC 06 C RCO7 IC RC 08 Ic RC O9 aC RC 10 ale RC 11 we RC 12 we RC13 we RC14 aK 1 GRiverGauge 14477 H A Gtest 11477 ef Lake01 8080 a pa Oberhausen 300014 arns sann nninannannar Greim a T S fs cece se A A A a aA Fig 195 Starting the SK
80. in the wizard for new rating curves or assignment specifications Each rating curve is identified by a rating curve type which types are available is described in Your guide Overview of the rating curve types on pages 42 The rating curve manager allows you to work on a multi gauge basis So you can for example load rating curves of another station into an already existing graph For this the rating curve manager uses a tree view having the same organizational structure Furthermore there is the possibility of loading any other time series that might be useful for the rating curve analysis into the graph also from the tree view 3 4 1 Starting the rating curve manager You can start the rating curve management from SKED by the icon or via the start up dialog of the rating curve wizard see page 85 SKED Managing Rating Curves The rating curve manager The Rating curve management form is divided into three areas Rating curve management x Z ABITIBI RIVER AT ABITIBI CANY Station 28 Hier River A Stations Catchment area size Distance from confluence p Station height in m OD 0 Station number Cartesian Cartesian 01201 1951 to 19 01 200 d Aiea Close Cancel Apply Fig 47 The rating curve management structure e On the left hand side you can see in an unfoldable tree view analogous to the WINDOWS Explorer a list of rating
81. just before and straight after the weed removal of the measuring cross section the sudden change of the flume condition must be expressed by additional Eta help points Such an event can be observed in May June 1997 The water surface in the measuring cross section increases continuously until the weed removal on 04 06 6 12 324 SKED The Eta Method Application of the Eta method exemplified by the Burgberg Ort station 05 05 1997 12 05 1997 19 05 1997 26 05 1997 02 06 1997 09 06 1997 16 06 1997 23 06 1997 Zeit Fig 226 Weed removal of the measuring cross section Discharge measurements were taken approx 7 days before and after the weed removal The weed removal event is not recorded by measurements just before and straight after the weed removal The Eta time series behaviour is in accordance with that above On the basis of the measurements that are approx 14 days apart the related Eta values are determined and connected linearly with each other The time distance of the measurements is too big here so that the discharge centre light time series cannot be reduced sufficiently The Eta P time series is completed by help points in a way that the weed removal event is expressed sufficiently The completion of the Eta values Is an iterative process First approximations can be achieved by a linear extrapolation of the Eta values before and after the weed removal The duration
82. law function Configurations Activating settinjs lt c cscssccxsccsnistscesecsonaesosestsabasatsssCuastesaessttienteasussdesseastudetsnvel ossttvessciabsstacssoceusstblatvanselscctbeed Viewing cross section profiles in graphh sssssossoscsssssssssssscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesesssesssuasssnssssssesesseee Calculating rating curve for a fixed Eta c cccssssssssssscsccscsscseceesee Applying the regression results as attempt or as reference curve Saving the regression as attempt sccscsssssssssssssssussssssssssnsssssssessessssssssnsusussssssnsnsssssssseceeseceeseeseessnss Recovering regressions from attempt Applying the regression results as reference curve in the graph Recovering regression from a reference curve ssssssscsssscssssssssssessssssssssssssessuensnsssessesessnssseeeeseeseusssne After applying the results Showing the discharge measurements used for the development 218 Statistical evaluation of regression Assigning gaugings to a rating curve 6 SKED Contents Assessing Rating CUrVeS essosecosooscoseosooseosoossoosoosoosoosoossossoosossoossossoseosoossossssse LED Showing rating curve sections in different colours sscscssssccccscssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessssessesessns 227 Derivations serne r E N RENER 229 Deviation graphs cess ceezceesebe sv ocaecccects cena scare tiai aissis 230 Cumulative deviation graphs sssssssssssssssssssssssss
83. lt OK gt the dialog is closed Now the types can be selected m SKED 161 I Developing Rating Curves Regression analysis Further possible steps 4 3 1 2 Creating artificial data points in the SKED Creation of artificial data points in SKED requires that the measurements of the station are represented in the graph with a corresponding regression x gt e Activate from the main menu the function Curve fitting Manage artificial data points The List of derived data points form is opened List of derived data points x r Table SG FQ m3 s T Sort by 30 0 theoretical aj C Type 4 700 80 0 theoretical C Flow Stage OK Cancel Apply Fig 97 Creating artificial data points in the SKED e Enter the following stage flow pairs respectively as follows for example e S 180 190 and 200 e Q 1000 1100 and 1200 e Save with lt Apply gt the dialog remains open or with lt OK gt the dialog is closed 4 3 1 3 Loading artificial data points in addition to the measurements into the graph To select discharge measured values by artificial data points see page 160 e open the Filter options form by the icon w or e activate the main menu entry Curve fitting Filter gaugings e Open in the Filter options form the Artificial data points tab page o 162 SKED Developing Rating Curves Regression analysis Further possible steps Filter options xi r Selection all visi
84. measured flow Qc flow for steady flow conditions dh stage at end stage at start change of stage during a measurement dt end time start time duration of a measurement Sm measured energy slope Sc Sm 1 vw dh dt energy slope for steady flow conditions vm measured flow velocity VW 1 3 vm for natural channels wave velocity af 1 Sc vw adjustment factor m SKED 413 I How to use the Boyer method Actions 414 Staze scharge rekan Ss 82 8 8 Bw amp KE Felson botavan gage taie and adjustment factor Uvw SeT T 5 LLIT E J w w m 0 nn D oys OISCHARGE IN THOUSANDS OF ADJUSTMENT FACTOR try Se OUBIC FEET PER SECOND Ficus 197 Adjustment of discharge measurements for changing discharge Ohio River at Wheeling W Va during the period March 14 27 1905 Fig 274 Boyer method Theoretical background 16 3 Actions To carry out a flow measurement correction in SKED according to the Boyer method act like this The Boyer method should first be activated in SKED This can be done as follows x gt e Click the SKED main menu Tools and select Settings from the drop down menu In the Settings dialog click the lt Advanced settings gt button SKED How to use the Boyer method Actions m Method for calculation of the profile value Manning Strickler C Rinsum m Flow year Start
85. measurements a dialog is opened now where you can filter the discharge measurements according to criteria These criteria can be entered by yourself The envelope curve consists of two partial curves Q and Q that have to be defined now in the graph Q is the top partial curve and Q the bottom one The steps for the creation of rating curves are common SKED functionalities which are not explained here in detail Please note here that these two partial curves must not get into contact with each other except at the discharge zero After you have calculated the partial curves of the envelope curves e g by a regression through the discharge measurements you have to define the validity and set the status to released SKED The Eta Method Application of the Eta method exemplified by the Burgberg Ort station wosecsnege F Q0fSK ETA P Qz SK ETA V1 1 2 3 Q m3 s Fig 224 Envelope curve of the Burgberg Ort station 9 6 Configuring the time series The Burgberg Ort station has an ETA parameter which the time series Eta O and Eta 1 are defined for The original time series Eta O is the target time series of the Eta value calculation according to the German Manual for Water Level Gauging and Discharge Measurements Appendix D 10 6 Eta 1 the production time series is a copy of the calculated Eta values Production time series with the origin Copy values allow to edit and proc
86. middle of the transition period the weight will be 0 5 This means that both rating curves are used with the same weight The effect of this transition will be a smooth change of flows during the transition period for more or less constant water stage For your hydrological information system like WISKI it doesn t matter how long such a period lasts This depends on the hydraulic conditions In case of for example very slow sedimentation processes the transition can be active for weeks or month Otherwise if there are wash out effects during a flood the transition can be active for some minutes or hours Rising land bordering a river margin of a channel at the left hand right hand side when facing downstream Vertical distance of the water surface of a stream lake reservoir or groundwater observation well relative to a gauge datum SKED Glossary active basin area 77 active basin area Basin area excluding undrained parts time series Set of observations in order taken at successive points of time commonly at a fixed interval SKED 497 I Glossary time series 498 SKED Index A Active version 94 101 103 Ameas 89 238 Analysis of fit Area 89 238 Artificial data points 35 15 227 Index display with without time stamp 34 Assign measuring points to a rating curve 222 Automatic format recognition 52 Axis representation 255 Axis settings 120 Balancing module 227 Base time serie
87. must be calculated according to Manning Strickler if you want to carry out the extrapolation see Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler on p 399 m SKED 209 I Developing Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development L discharge with X 1 R discharge with X 1 DQ1 Y L DQ2 R Y DDQabs DQ2 DQ1 DDQrel DDQabs 100 DQ1 With exact solution the following calculation instructions apply X stage of the descriptor point f left Gradient of the left segment at the descriptor point in 100 b a X c b 1 frechts gradient of the right segment at the descriptor point in 100 b a X c b 1 f links frechts difference of the gradients in f links f rechts alpha atan f links f rechts 100 4 acos 0 360 In case of a vertical shift one can expect with both methods differences in the deviations 11 569 12 742 A ATAMEB ERY Teo 0 5 10 15 20 Q m35 Fig 133 Evaluations cross section profiles power law function e When activating the check box Force calculation a solid rating curve is always created even if the parameters of Q a S c b cannot be determined by iteration o 210 SKED Developing Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development e See the information about the power law method in Power law function on p 177 4 8 4 4 Activating settings x gt e Activate lt OK gt e Since your settings will become effective
88. next step of the stage fall method is to create a rating curve for the stage fall relation It is assumed that a rating curve already exists for the Q parameter which can be selected directly in the rating curve management Choose the desired rating curve version and activate lt Show gt 447 I Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method Working in SKED Fs4SKED Beispielpegel SF Basispegel Q Grafik 0 x A Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Werkzeuge Kurvenanpassung Fenster l8 x seH Sesal Bos o 5 Pee BE FARER A VE ot Ele h e ANEB 5 zz 2 _ amess a ee ee d H Zwangspunkt Hilfspunkt Ma o an Q1 E 3004 21 12 1993 21 12 1993 pE 4 Aj 7998 15 02 1990 ri An 1 16 03 1988 2004 a 16 03 1988 24 03 1988 29 42 1993 23 10 1986 5 3 1988 pe 24 01 1986 yz 204 111998 45 01 2004 ot 01 1986 15 01 2004 100 Se o 15 022000 93 04 1986 ee 02 02 1988 pe osisas x 4743 4003 BA041987 99 04 30nd 170Z 12 01 21 022005 i 124 1888 GEA A Sonn fi 0 r S eN 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Q m3 s LOES Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 100 187 34 64 05 NuMl 4 Fig 309 Showing the Q rating curve for the stage fall relation The rating curve of the correction factor Fall is created by the icon Select in the Choose the target parameter form the desired station from the stations edited last choose Fall as the target
89. of the weed removal event can be determined by the stage time series The leap in the stage time series should be closed by Eta help points as good as possible SKED 325 I The Eta Method Application of the Eta method exemplified by the Burgberg Ort station 20 i _ E as i H 11 06 1997 dh dite alii 4 T t t t iai t t t 05 05 1997 12 05 1997 19 05 1997 26 05 1997 02 06 1997 09 06 1997 16 06 1997 23 06 1997 Zett Fig 227 Effect of the Eta correction on the discharge calculation The help points added manually in the Eta P time series are not overwritten when updating the time series the next time if the options Expand complete gaps and overwrite valid data are set in the origin Copy values An example of how to create these results is explained in the following Ey e Open in the Explorer of your special information system the following time series in the same graph ETA P Q 60 his Q gauging e The time range should comprise at least the validity period of the rating curve With that the first results of the Eta method are shown in the graph now you can decide whether it is necessary to adapt the Eta P time series manually In order to correct a sudden change in the flume condition for the discharge calculation we want to adapt the Eta P time series For that purpose the Eta P time series is extrapolated before and after the weed removal e To do so choose
90. on the left the desired parameter the group for which you want to display the rating curves e Choose on the right hand side in the list view the editing type Rating curves 72 SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED e The existing rating curves will be displayed in the list view on the right This list also shows you how many versions of the created rating curves are existing e Select the desired rating curve version e Open the context menu with the right mouse button N WISKI Explorer _ Oo x view Stations Edit Rating cuves gt on 4x BAe Naw Rating curves of parameter wa E e Common CsumC SCS E RARARARARA 3 8 RK DD 22 EOD ak 1 fm GRiverGauge 14477 H A Gtest 11477 ff Lake01 8080 A anunn nnnannnnnn H Oberhausen 300014 meee Greim 200003 a E e es Fig 31 Starting the SKED From the Explorer of your special information system e To create a new rating curve for the selected station or a new version for the selected rating curve choose the function Wizard e SKED is started with the rating curve wizard see the page 85ff if you have preset the use of this wizard if not the Rating curve management form is opened see the page 96ff e To open the selected version directly in SKED choose the function Edit NSS Please note the following specific features in the rating curve graphic e f the graphical view of a rati
91. one power law function maxs 10 segments i e max 21 descriptor points see the page 177ff 6 6 1 Editing plots x gt e Select the special rating curve e Activate the 8 icon Fig 173 Editing plots 6 6 2 Selecting descriptor points x gt e Switch to the editing mode e You select e a measured value by clicking on that value m SKED 263 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Inserting editing descriptor points e several values by clicking on these values with the lt Ctrl gt key held down Fig 174 Editing descriptor points 6 6 3 Changing descriptor points X gt Switch to the editing mode e Descriptor points are shifted with the left mouse button ae 264 SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Inserting editing descriptor points Fig 175 Shift descriptor points e distorted with lt Ctrl gt and the left mouse button and Fig 176 Distort descriptor points e flipped with lt Ctrl gt lt Shift gt and the left mouse button m SKED 265 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Inserting editing descriptor points Fig 177 Flipping descriptor points 6 6 4 Adding descriptor points x gt e Switch to the insertion mode with the l icon e Set new descriptor points by the mouse 6 6 5 Removing descriptor points gt e Select the special descriptor points e Activate the icon 6 6 6 Undoing restoring
92. parameter and activate lt Next gt Choose the target parameter xi Last edited station E Stage Fall Staff Gauge Ve E StageFall Base Gauge v Ve E Boyer River H E River E Stations Ej River Network Back Cancel Help Fig 310 Selecting the target parameter Fall E 448 SKED SKED Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method Working in SKD In the What do you want to do form opened now activate the lt Create new rating curve gt button to create a rating curve for the Fall parameter Follow the instructions of the wizard see page 85 After you have created this rating curve activate the rating curve management and represent the rating curve in the SKED graph which already contains the discharge measurements and the rating curve The SKED graph now contains the following basis for your further activities e The selected flow measurements Qmeas e A rating curve for the Q parameter and an empty rating curve for the Fall parameter Activate now the rating curve for the Q parameter and start the function Curve fitting Stage fall method Display Qm Qr to Fm Fr Choose in the next dialog Select slope rating curve the rating curve to be used The result in SKED is a three part graph KK SKED Beispielpegel SF Basispegel Q Grafik 5 xj KA Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Werkzeuge Kurvenanpassung Fenster E la x ek teessa r d eevee eal m
93. phase were not used and stored together with the rating curve version Nevertheless in order to have all the gaugings within the validity period s of a rating curve version at one s disposal for additional validation purposes the filter criteria of the filter dialog must be extended By overlaying the gaugings used with the available gaugings within the validity period s of the rating table the excluded gaugings data points will become visible on the screen 1 2 4 Your guide Overview of the rating curve types Since the type of the rating curve depends on the used development method you will find below a list of all rating curve types you can use Choose your favorite and read then the indicated chapter explaining you in detail how to construct your rating curve type This way you will learn all about the methods of constructing these rating curve types e the manual construction by entering the construction point data in the table and inserting shifting deleting in the development graph respectively with interpolation between the construction points using different approaches e by regression methods and e by theoretical approaches which can be used for the construction of the rating curve 1 2 4 1 Rating curve types The following rating curve types are available 6 When applying this method SKED is not needed for the actual calculation The construction data is taken from external programs or models SKED
94. points Power hay in sections Allowed deviation of the source value 1e 005 Allowed deviation of the target value 0 0001 Fig 108 Presetting number and distribution of descriptor points type Descriptor points 4 4 1 2 Editing Set descriptor points more densely thin out For a better construction it is possible to insert or delete interpolated descriptor points automatically x gt e Activate the EA icon to add descriptor points e Activate the amp icon to delete the additionally inserted descriptor points step by step by Please note e Inserting or deleting such additional descriptor points has NO effect on the rating curve They are just further editing points useful for your construction 176 SKED SKED Developing Rating Curves Creating rating curves manually 4 4 2 Power law function For quite a long time the power law function has replaced the 3 5 7 point method now up to 20 points can be set You can make presettings for the power law method see Power law function Configurations on p 209 Specify for the new version the rating curve type Power law function After you have entered the necessary data activate lt Next gt Activate in the next dialog the check box Enter rating curve data manually this opens automatically the 12 box where you can manually enter data for the new rating curve in the table Support points Coefficents for QW a W c b In a b c 2 6084 1 82135 2 25
95. segments is divided according to the weighting The closer the border of the segment the stronger the weighting of the respective segment At the point of intersection the weighting is distributed equally Jump SKED searches for the transition from one regression segment to the other Please note During the import from external programs ZRXP for example rating curves without descriptor points get descriptor points according to the settings Confirm your specifications with lt OK gt The dialog is closed 217 I Developing Rating Curves Applying the regression results as attempt or as reference curve 218 With that you assigned your regression to a version and saved it as rating curve 4 9 4 Recovering regression from a reference curve A regression once saved can be restored reloaded from a rating curve version This can be done as follows Close the current graph Activate again the same rating curve by the Explorer of your special information system or the rating curve manager Activate the desired curve in the graph by selecting it in the drop down list of the toolbar Activate from the main menu the function Curve fitting gt Recover regression from rating curve Confirm the message window opened now with lt Yes gt Please note When restoring a regression or an attempt you restore also all symbol styles How to set symbol styles is explained in Changing the colours of regression segments on p 167 4 9
96. set the status to preliminary and to enter a name for the envelope curve Accept the standard proposals for source parameter and units Remarks are optional e In the third step you may enter a curve validity if it is already known to you e Activate the check box anyway to create a new version and activate lt Next gt to continue m SKED 321 I The Eta Method Application of the Eta method exemplified by the Burgberg Ort station 322 e The fourth step is to define the new version First of all choose the type Usually SKED proposes the type Descriptor points e Activate the check box Limit value plot to enable SKED to create an envelope curve e Enter a suitable name for the new version Upper and lower limits are optional The new version is defined as the active version Comments of change are optional e Activating lt Next gt you get to the final step e Here it is possible to set spline points for the new version manually in a table Furthermore you can display the empty envelope curve in a graph for example to calculate a regression and create the rating curve graphically e Activate this check box anyway since the graphical construction of the envelope curve is the most suitable method The last of the three options allows you to represent not only the envelope curve but also discharge measurements in the same graph e Activate lt Finish gt to create the empty envelope curve If you decided to show the discharge
97. so activate the table column Rating curve and choose the desired entry from the drop down list Finally activate the lt Apply gt button 109 I Managing Rating Curves Specifying validities for rating curves 110 3 5 2 Automatic setting of validities The wizard for curve validities You can assign validities also with the wizard it serves to automatically calculate rating curve validities on the basis of the discharge measurements S O values or measurement results respectively and rating curves defined at the station in WISKI At the end the wizard makes a proposal for the further use of the rating curves The program automatically calculates the next rating curve on the basis of the discharge measurements S Q values or measurement results respectively The next automated step is to determine the validity ranges of the rating curves The module identifies the event peaks in the stage time series between two discharge measurements and sets a necessary discontinuity of the rating curve to this highest event In case of two or several successive measurements lying on the same rating curve the rating curve segments are joined and defined as one validity range To avoid breaks in the dependent Q and q time series in case of a rating curve change the wizard calculates a transition of one day between two rating curves Finally you can either accept the wizard s proposal and save the validities or cancel the changes In addition th
98. special cases however it may become necessary to define a new report or a new evaluation This can be performed in SKED through KiBasic programs 21 2 Generating a simple example report gt e Start SKED from the WISKI Explorer for the Q parameter e Choose in the rating curve wizard the option Further assistance and then User defined evaluation User defined evaluation Eg Available user defined evaluations Name Description Validities report on RC validities 4 New Delete Edit mea ee Fig 327 Starting the user defined evaluation e Activate lt New gt to define a new evaluation e Enter a name and optionally a description for the report e Start entering the KiBasic functions m SKED 477 m m Creating a User defined Evaluation Ls e Please note The KiBasic functionality is described in 478 W Edit user defined evaluation Eg Name Description freport on RAC validities integer report integer periods integer periodsV b periods rcgetperiods remanager periodsb accgetvaluebutfer periods report recreatereportt Gaugings rcreportaddvaluebuffer report periodsb Overview about validities rcshowreport rechart report I Aor Cancel Fig 328 User defined evaluation Entering the KiBasic script Confirm with lt Ok gt and the new report is shown in the list Activating lt Next gt generates the report which is disp
99. the 155 I Developing Rating Curves Working with regressions regression curve Use the correlation coefficient as an indicator for the adaptation quality of your rating curve you are developing if you make changes in the single segments that s to say change the regression coefficients see page 168 Please note If you apply non linear regression methods the correlation coefficient is internally converted on the basis of a linear model Such an internal conversion is not possible for polynomials that s why the field Correlation coefficient is then greyed out and empty IE Newby Bridge Fms FQ Graph olx Standard excluded from regression Forcing point dummy point AAH pa H H Tiza Pa Fig 93 Regression result in the graph 4 2 2 One example A range of stage flow pairs will be plotted on the development screen Regression options will be set for overlapping segments and the linked segment approach In order to make repeated adjustments of the regression parameters possible the regression is stored temporarily as an attempt So it can be restored if necessary Finally this example describes how to use the finished regression as a rating curve One requirement for this is a suitable station with existing measured values furthermore the rating curve must have been created already as an empty data container see page 98 x gt e Activate the E icon or the main menu function Cur
100. the Eta P time series in the list to set it active e Activate the lt Add values gt button to add extrapolation points directly before and after the weed removal see Fig 226 page 325 e Save the changes e Choose for the new calculation of 0 60 his the desired time series here 0 60 his in the list to set it active current e Activate in the context menu the function Reload current time series The program recalculates the discharge by using the new status of the Eta P time series OY 326 SKED The Eta Method Application of the Eta method exemplified by the Burgberg Ort station e Repeat the steps 2 and 3 until you get the desired result for the discharge time series SKED 327 The Eta Method Application of the Eta method exemplified by the Burgberg Ort station 328 SKED OT APPENDIX Extended Power Law Contents of this chapter The concept of the extended power Method eescsscceseseescesesee 331 Least square method of the logarithmic values s s seesseesees 332 Least square method according to the Verbund ou sees 332 PrereguisiteS nnrir AE E E Ee 333 Creating and saving NEW rating CUIVES csceccseeecsessetesstesseeeeeeeeseeees 334 m SKED 329 Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method The concept of the extended power method 7 10 Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method 10 1 The concept of the extended power method With the extended power
101. the axes in the SKED graph are shown in accordance with the selected type of transformation linear axis sectioning if no transformation was chosen logarithmic sectioning with the log log view e The transformation and interpolation with this rating curve type corresponds to the previous types Table Spline Table linear and Table power law as follows e Table spline no domain interpolation with cubic splines e Table linear no domain linear interpolation e table power law domain log log linear interpolation m SKED 175 I Developing Rating Curves Creating rating curves manually 4 4 1 1 Presetting number and distribution of descriptor points The number and distribution of descriptor points is configurable e Activate the function Tools D Settings e Activate in the Settings dialog the lt Advanced settings gt button e Specify in the Advanced settings dialog the total number and distribution of descriptor points on the lower and middle rating curve range The remaining percents apply to the remaining data range Here you also specify the calculation of the distribution default setting Logarithmic normalised Stage fall method no KONT of FIORT curves FORDHAM SECIS Allowed deviation of the source value 1e 005 Allowed deviation of the target value 0 0001 AN N satiny carve Distribution of descriptor points Lower range with 1 3 of the values Middle range with 1 3 of the points Total number of supporting
102. the calculation formula into the current target rating curve by Please note This is possibly only for target rating curves of the types Formula in sections and Free formula e Confirm with lt OK gt and specify in the dialog opened now whether existing rating curve sections are maintained or deleted and set again Only those sections are overwritten that are completely covered by the sections from the source rating curve All formula entries are explained in the Appendix Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve on p 365 m SKED 201 I Developing Rating Curves Envelope curves 202 4 7 Envelope curves All methods of development mentioned above can be used to develop envelope curves Here you develop an upper and a lower envelope curve e g winter and summer curve This rating curve type is used in the Eta method see also the Appendix chapter The Eta Method on p 319 Please note Development of envelope curves by regression methods should be carried out very carefully since it is envelope curves that must be developed instead of balance curves How to create an envelope curve is explained in Creating a rating curve on p 90 SKED Developing Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development 4 8 More options for the rating curve development When developing your rating curve you can use further options that are important especially for the extrapolation e Loading cross section profiles a
103. the quality Open SKED Load the S related correction time series into the SKED graph by the function Curve fitting gt Rating curve shift Stage shifts from time series Use the main menu and select the respective shift time series Select shift or time series Shift time series Greim S Stage shifted corecti Shifts ay Close 15 01 2008 00 00 00 Date fi 5 01 2008 Time 00 00 00 Cancel iii S min 123 00 das 10 00 Help S Break fi 35 00 dS 5 00 New shift S max 149 00 dS 10 00 Delete shift Fig 319 Recalibration Origin Loading S related correction time series That configuration dialog allows you also to add new shifts or to delete existing ones The correction values are each valid for one point of time Between two sets of correction values the stage correction is linearly interpolated over the time 461 I Recalibration of Q e 462 The production time series of the stage and the stage related correction values are used to calculate a corrected stage S 15 corrected by the origin Stage correction That stage is the initial value of the Q calculation For this configure in WISKI at the time series TestNE S 60 corr the origin Stage correction with the source time series TestNE S 60 and TestNE S Stage shifted correction The result could be as follows Grafik 1 Ek e 8R LEESE HR SA OQ Al Tesnewwanknedur z B eo SOFEST EBE O A rem aeaeo Fal e 0 T T T T T 11 01 1
104. the stage fall method is applied The time range can be set at the bottom border of the rating curve management The check box write protected must be deactivated Fn SKED Beispielpegel SF Basispegel Q Grafik R loj xj 6 Date bette cht Werkzeuge ssung Fenster 18 x 65 c e ee x __ He He be Beispielpegel SF Basispegel a Station T EY Q Auswahl i Schliisselkurven FECES estbach ele i Gr e des Einzugsgebietes ia T Giitigkeiten Flusskilometer bis M ndung 0 6 m y i H he derStationiberNN 2725 044 SY Zeitreihen Stationsnummer Al b SF Basis Q Handwerte Fechiewert Al TE er b SF Basis Q Kennwert Zr f SF Basis Q 15 unkon Hochwert Be 0 0 Ff H Q ETA E 4 00 o BY Gef lle y S Schiiissetkurven pes E i l T Giiltiokeiten pe a s in E L SF Basis Gef lle Exponent J 8 SF Basis Gefalle 15 gem SF Basis Gefalle 15 theor 5 200 4 ee N 1 i p a a Ww f 100 4 S WW 7 0441 j7 il i 0 zh taot 1992 bis for 04 1992 _Anesigen Schie en Abbrechen Ubermehmer G F 36 36 a6 6 0 6 2 64 6 6 Gef lle m Bereit Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 100 Fig 316 Stage fall method Opening the time series for the exponent d 72 59 839 02 l Nmf 4 Activate lt Plot gt to show the time series in the graphic window Make sure that the time series a SF Basis Getal
105. then lt OK gt e If you do not want to have firm settings activate lt Cancel gt The rating curve version will be shown in the graphics window A NAUL Q olx Fig 68 The selected rating curve is shown in the graph e Activate lt OK gt to close the Rating curve management dialog by Please note e The axes are scaled to zero only if e the minimum of the rating curve is greater or equal zero and e the rating curve covers at least 33 of the screen area Thus e g for a rating curve lying in the range between 10 50 the axis would be scaled from O to 54 and for a rating curve in the range between 110 150 it would be scaled from 106 to 154 The difference of 4 to the limit results from 10 of the range e All sizes and positions of table and graphic windows are saved by default and reused when activating SKED the next time m SKED 121 I Managing Rating Curves Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series 122 3 6 2 Viewing printing survey of validities There are various ways of viewing and printing if required validities e Select in the Rating curve management form the desired curve validity in the tree view on the left e To apply the data range automatically as editing range open the context menu in the Rating curve management form Show Apply time range New Delete apy Fig 69 Viewing printing survey of validities e and choose the function Apply time range e Activate the lt
106. to be opened with the right mouse button the function Plot properties The Plot properties form is opened Here you can specify the regression segments and also the plot style e g line and line colour the symbol styles for the representation of the single measured values labels of the curves and grid settings colour and style of the current graphic grid as well as axis settings for splitted merged axes of single curves e Open the tab page Regression sections Plots 5 Style Regression sections Symbol styles Label Grid Axis r Regression sections line styles for all sections of the regression Ctsqrttl Section 1 m automatical Section6 Ml automatical P c gt 5 Kesqrt l Section 2 m Red Section MM automatical Width Section 3 Purple Section8 Ml sutomatical x Mean depth C Perimeter Section 4 am Green gt Section ll sutomatical Specific flow fa Section 5 mmm Section 10 i automatical T VoMax xl Attempt Line style for regression attempt r Percentile standard error Line style for percentile standard Save as template Cancel Apply Fig 101 Rainbow regression Showing regression segments in different colours 167 I Developing Rating Curves Regression analysis Further possible steps 168 Choose in the Regression sections section the line type for th
107. value of the source time series is converted into the height system of the rating curve here the history of position and height data of stations and parameters is used The flow is then calculated from the rating curve with this height system data Thus the height system of the time series involved may differ from the height system of the rating curve however both systems must have been assigned correctly If required enter an explanation regarding the new rating curve Activate lt Next gt 12 Position and height data for stations and parameters are managed in WISKI in a history To do so you first of all specify the height systems and position states in the key lists of the station descriptions These can then be assigned to a station or a parameter Here you can specify validity periods so that changes in the height or position data of a station can historically be documented SKED Managing Rating Curves Creating a rating curve Create rating curve x You can enter the date where the rating curve will You can create a new rating curve version also IV Create version lt Zur ck Abbrechen Fig 44 Creating rating curves The wizard III e Define the start of validity A validity period starts with its start date and ends automatically with the beginning of the next valid period of the following rating curve the last validity is valid indefinitely e If you want to create a new version of the curre
108. various cases By means of the if function you can compare values with each other The result is either true 1 or false 0 The following comparisons are possible lt less lt less or equal equal gt greater or equal gt greater lt gt unequal Example if value 1 lt 100 value 1 value 2 In this case the if function distinguishes as follows If the value of the time series defined under 1 less or equal 100 this value is saved in the target time series otherwise the corresponding value of the time series defined under 2 is saved in the target time series SKED 373 Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve m 12 3 3 Boolean operators By means of the Boolean operators you can link and negate true false expressions Operators available are and band bor or and not 12 3 3 1 and Brief description The operator and links two or more true false expressions The operator returns the result true 1 if all conditions are true otherwise the result is false 0 Example if value 1 lt 100 and value 2 lt 50 value 1 value 2 The condition checks whether a value of the time series defined under 1 is less or equal 100 and a value of the time series defined under 2 less or equal 50 If both conditions are met the value of the time series 1 is saved in the target time series otherwise the value of the time series 2 See also value if 12 3 3 2 band Brief
109. want to e delete the related validities e replace them by a failure identification or e replace them by another rating curve m SKED 103 I Managing Rating Curves The rating curve manager 104 e In the latter case select the desired replacement rating curve from the drop down list e Close the dialog with lt OK gt The rating curve is deleted 3 4 5 Copying rating curves and versions Whole rating curves and or single versions of them can be copied Here all necessary data is copied as well regression methods and regression parameters for all possibly used regression segments rating curve limits used measurements artificial data points dummy gaugings extrapolation points e In order to copy a rating curve version select in the Rating curve management form in the tree view on the left the rating curve version you want to copy e Open the context menu with the right mouse button Show Apply time range New version Delete opy Fig 54 Copying rating curves and versions e Choose the function Copy The rating curve version is now copied into the clipboard e To insert the version you stored intermediately choose in the context menu of the rating curve or of the entry Rating curves the function Paste e When inserting a rating curve version into a rating curve this version is added to the existing ones and gets the prefix Copy of If there is already a version of the same name the new version
110. want to edit i Edit basic data of stations Digitization Call DIGIT Input and import of data Import or input time series directly ere arene peer err Graphical input control raphical input contro Display Ue time series Show and edit time series Discharge measurements Overview of discharge measurements Rating curves Validities Edit rating curves Reports OE Create reports port Export time series Edit settings lt Back OK Help Fig 29 Gauge Wizard Further working possibilities e Activate in the What do you want to edit dialog the lt Rating curves validities gt button m SKED 71 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED Gauge wizard BEI Rating curve r Selected stations Station Number BOTSWANA STERKLOOP AS5HO06 A01 Limpopo m Rating curves lt Back Show rating curve Help Fig 30 Gauge Wizard Rating curves e Choose in the Rating Curve dialog the desired rating curve e Double click to open the rating curve in SKED 2 6 3 Starting SKED from the Explorer of your special information system lt gt e Activate in your special information system the toolbar icon Qi e In the heading line of the Explorer choose on the left hand side in the tree view a suitable view e g Stations if you want to view edit single rating curves or Group types if you want to edit several rating curves at the same time e Select in the tree view
111. wiski ini m SKED 273 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements 274 The graphical text element will be shifted according to your definition e Text orientation section Angle Specify here the angle in degree of the text O degree corresponds to a horizontal text orientation The text will be turned according to the specified angle clockwise around its end point with a rotating angle of 180 the text will be upside down Drop down list box for horizontal orientation Specifies the origin of the text in x direction The following entries are possible right central and left Drop down list box for vertical orientation Specifies the origin of the text in y direction The following entries are possible above central and below An example right above means that the origin of the text is in the bottom left edge of the text i e the text is oriented to the top right e Text section In the text box of the section you can enter an own text such a text can also be combined for example with punctuation marks and the variables described below In the list box Text variables you will find a lot of time series specific for example time series name or station name or preconfigured variables operator place of creation that can be inserted into the text 2 Here you can display for example the Axis time range as text element To do so select the variables first timestamp of
112. with regressions e After that the lower limit of the second segment can no longer be edited it is automatically set to the value of the upper limit of the first segment e Activate then the lt Apply gt and lt OK gt buttons e Now you can check the changed regression in the graph The two segments do no longer overlap but have a common limit in the height of the stage at 0 7 m They are still two separate regressions even if they do no longer overlap as before FA NewByBridge FQ Graph Biel x i 14 Q m3 s a Fig 95 Result of a regression with two linked segments e Leave the graph open and activate from the main menu the function Curve fitting gt Save fit as attempt The graph version will be saved and it can then be edited further without the problem of losing the original Concerning the temporary saving see page 215 e Using the mouse click in the graph on the horizontal dotted line and drag it upwards or downwards e As the plot is changed the original regression is retained as a dotted line This assists when making comparisons and evaluations e Leave the graph open and activate from the main menu the function Curve fitting gt Recover regression from attempt see page 216 The regression is reloaded in the previously saved version 158 SKED Developing Rating Curves Working with regressions Finally in this use case an iteration will be applied as a reference curve Her
113. xmln unqualified elementFormDefault qualified http wow kisters de kml KISTERSRatingtableFormat e http wind W3 org 2001 xMLSchema attributeFormDefaul lt xs annotation gt lt xs documentation gt XML Architecture Schema for rating table exchange Author Rudolf Strehle KISTERS History Version 1 0 Date 2005 11 04 Original Release lt xs documentation gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs element name lt xs complexType gt lt xsisequence minOccurgs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs element et cower Men maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs documentation gt Contains Information of the station and is used to identify the station during import lt xs3 documentation gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element nane Paraneteruindccurs lt xs annotation gt lt xsidocumentation gt Contains Information of the parameter and is used to identify the parameter during import Each parameter may have a unlimited number of rating curves lt xs documentation gt lt xsiamnotation gt lt x comp lexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name Ro inOccurs lt x annotation gt lt xs documentation gt The rating curve definition Each rating curve may have a unlimited number of versions but only one version can be active The Validities define the moment from when the rating curve is used lt xs documentation gt
114. 0 Implementation of the rating curve type Formula in sections 382 Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections 386 Selection of an intercepting point as transition between sections 386 Inserting a transition curve in between an existing Gap 388 Inserting a transition curve general CaS ssssscccccssceccceeeeetteeeeeeseee 390 Extrapolation of rating curve using extrapolation points 393 Formulae used for rating curve definition sssss ssssssesrrssssessrrsseserrrrrsssse 394 377 SKED The rating curve type Formula in sections TT 13 The rating curve type Formula in sections SKED is now able to construct polynomial rating curves in sections For this the following functionalities have been developed e Display of inflection points for polynomial functions e Implementation of the rating curve type Formula in sections with the features e New rating curve type Formula in sections e Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections Selection of intercepting points see page 386 Fitting in an additional polynomial function of the third degree as a transition curve see page 388 e Extrapolation of rating curve with a polynomial function and extrapolation points see page 393 e Finally we have a look at the formulae created see page 394 Note the standard workflow analysis of gaugings and artificial data points followed by regression analysis and rating curve construction It
115. 0 Pict a sistant Cancel Apply Fig 196 Released rating curves The extrapolation in the flood range can be carried out best in a double logarithmic view By the icon you switch from the linear axis scaling to the double logarithmic view To display the rating curve as a straight line the stage axis has to be shifted by the difference between discharge zero and gauge zero Generally this movement corresponds to the smallest stage of the stage discharge relation In addition the Sand Q axes are to be scaled according to the maximum values that are expected When changing to the double logarithmic scaling the SKED inquires these settings automatically e Enter the zero shift for the Y axis S if the discharge zero is unequal to the gauge zero This is here 20 cm e Adapt the scaling to insert extrapolation points in the upper range For example S from O to 600 cm and Q from 0 to 1 000 m3 s m SKED 295 m m 296 Editing Rating Curves Steps Rating curve extrapolation xi Scaling of x axis _ Scaling of y axis _ Tl Auto scaling T Auto scaling From pooo From pooo Until fiooo Until 600 Step 125 Step 125 X Offset i Offset fq Cancel Apply Fig 197 Double logarithmic view e Confirm your adaptation with lt OK gt Beret la x Ansicht Werkzeuge Fenster l8l x CELT TNA TARS G e
116. 0 24 00 00 24 00 00 24 00 00 24 00 00 24 00 00 Zeit t Fig 154 Cumulative deviation graph over the time Result e With that method it is also possible to compare different rating curves and their deviations respectively with each other e To do so activate the check box overlay with deviations and e choose from the drop down list that rating curve the deviation of which is to be displayed as well 5 5 Analysis of fit With the analysis of fit you can use various result parameters to check your regressions over the gaugings from the gauging time series Qeg over Omegs With this you determine the percental deviation of the product from the cross sectional area flowed through and the regression over the mean velocity of flow Aprof Vreg over Vimeas from the regression over the gaugings NS Please note e The cross sectional area and the profile value can also be determined directly from a measured cross section profile This is interesting when estimating a rating curve course m SKED 237 I Assessing Rating Curves r Analysis of fit e Cross section data is required for that Proceed as follows e Activate in the Rating Curve Wizard the lt More assistance gt button This switches to further options e Activate the lt Analysis of fit gt button The Analysis of fit form is opened Specify here how to analyse the fit Area from C Cross sec Fitto Ameas Area curves above right hd Flow curves above l
117. 00 400 FQ m s Fig 159 Comparison of rating curves Result The following conclusions can be drawn from the example illustration e With the stage increasing the variance between the discharge values increases as well e If the hydrographs passed through identical points in the graph the rating curves would be identical e The second possibility is to compare the rating curves regarding the absolute difference 242 SKED Assessing Rating Curves Standard error x times confidence areas 77 e Activate in addition the check box absolute difference Here is an example of comparing rating curves for the absolute difference between the curves E Test the West FQ Graph FQ m3 s Fig 160 Comparison of rating curves Result This graph contains e the already existing comparison Q over Q and e a hydrograph representing the absolute difference bent downwards between the two rating curves 5 7 Standard error x times confidence areas In order to assess the quality of your rating curves you can have the 95 percentiles confidence intervals standard errors x times and similar displayed in your graph With that you can check statistically whether your regression curve is within the extrapolation range or whether it must be modified x gt e Select the desired gauging time series e Activate the icon m SKED 243 I Assessing Rating Curves Standard erro
118. 003188852826 x 2 1 824188517e 00 121 170 rem correlation coeff result 225 4003276 5 386990298 x 1 0 042571 Add formula Edit Delete formula soh cme Fig 123 Manual development of a rating curve type Formula in sections Please note The 12 box can be opened any time with the B icon Activate the lt Insert formula gt button to record calculation formulae manually or use the function Edit gt Copy rating curve to import calculation formulae from other rating curves For the manual editing of the formula the same dialog is opened here as for rating curves of type Free formula Activating lt Edit gt you can edit existing section formulae With lt Delete formula gt you can reset the rating curve calculation When constructing rating curves by applying the Formula in sections method admissible tolerances for non constant rating curves with regard to direction and base unit usually m of the source and target values are considered in two successive sections These tolerances can be configured in the Advanced settings dialog See the detailed description of how to work with free formulae in Formula rating curve on p 199 That chapter also explains how to copy rating curve calculation formulae into rating curves of the types Formula in sections and Free formula SKED Developing Rating Curves Using theoretical approaches for the development 4 6 Using theoretical approaches for the de
119. 05 x 4 Calculate Close Fig 109 Manual development of a rating curve type power law function Either edit manually the descriptor points in the upper table or activate the lt Edit coefficients gt button and edit them in the table below the single coefficients are described in Power law function Configurations on p 209 Alternatively activate the check box Show and edit the rating curve graphically With that you can view and edit the rating curve in a graph Finish the creation by activating lt Finish gt If the check box Show and edit the rating curve graphically is activated you can add further descriptor points to your rating curve Switch to the insertion mode with the icon Set new descriptor points by the mouse 177 I Developing Rating Curves Creating rating curves manually 178 Finally save the new rating curve filled that way by the a icon Alternatively you can fill the new rating curve also by applying the regression result see page 215 and edit it in a graph or table by the H icon in the table or by the 4 icon to edit the descriptor points edit plots SKED Kl E SKED Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods 4 5 Developing rating curves with regression methods In SKED you can use the following rating curve types being created with regressions e Power law in sections including manual editing of the regression segments
120. 1 1950 01 01 1950 Test the West Z W Z W 1min nequi fiir Formel 01 01 1998 20 02 1 998 Test the West Z W xml Import 01 11 1980 02 01 1981 Cox Cancel Help Fig 279 Select time series S OO The values are then calculated and should then be visible in the dh dt column when the gaugings table is opened W Beginn m _ Transient status_ _dhfdt mis iremen surement ment TFET Fig 280 Table Slope 000 0 1 0 0 3 04 Qc 417 I How to use the Boyer method Actions The gaugings can now be labled with the dh dt values e With the values displayed on screen right mouse click and select Plot properties e From the label tab page select dh dt from the label drop down e Click lt OK gt Pa Style Regression sections Symbol styles Label Grid Axis Activate label Alignment Diagonal x K sqrttl Areg Vreg f Label l dh dt m s v Preg k sqrt l Apply Cancel Help Fig 281 Plot properties The dh dt values are now displayed on screen The next stage is to calculate the correction of the flow This is done as follows e Select the main menu Tools gt Boyer Method Correction of measurement according to Boyer The adjustment factor values are now plotted 418 SKED How to use the Boyer method Actions TT OO W cm 150 4 100 4 50 4 meas Sta
121. 3 Filter Cancel Help Fig 23 Rating curves Specify origins e Select the desired parameter e Activate lt Edit gt e n the Parameter dialog open the tab page Origins o 62 SKED SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Deriving discharge time series Specify origins Valid from Active calculate automaticall r Rating Curves enhanced m Rating Curves enhanced Name Rating Curves enhanced ETA Greim ETA1 0 O Delta 5 External Selection Fig 24 Rating curves Specify the origin Extended rating curve calculation Choose in the context menu of the table the function Insert or Add Choose from the Type list Rating curves enhanced as the type of origin In order to define the origin of a time series by a rating curve follow one of the methods described in the following Defining a single plot Defining an envelope curve Defining a delta S procedure Combination Define additional time series After the program launch SKED automatically looks for time series with the origin Rating curves enhanced Please note This origin is absolutely required if you want to work with the rating curve editor SKED 63 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Deriving discharge time series Specify origins 64 e f SKED opens a parameter without the valid origin Rating curves enhanced you get a warning message 2 5 1 Defin
122. 370 ELl r E EE E A AEE E EAE 370 sn Toal lecsap Ea N AR 370 soned earo artes scnrescc ae ahae A nc eeetattas Realstion eats ATA 371 tonl elole onana aa a raaa ae AAAA RREA 371 VOUT lt in lanena aa aa a e ai aae EEEE EER 372 Standard operations 2 2 nests nha veeaeaceeemenswinweeie outer nerenaieemaoeatanren 372 Arithmetic operators ssccsrsicssni resect neiaten suman ea nanmnnanemanaGecaanwEnennnie 372 Logical operators sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscsesssscsssunsssussssnsnsnsessssssessessssnsuuuutsssnsnsonssssssseseeceesesseceee 373 Boolean operators lt ccsscassisisntsrasasewssieneeariretieaic taestiras rns ad arate en acdnan manne oe 374 The rating curve type Formula in sections ccssssssscssssssssessesssssssesssssseecees 37 9 Display of inflection points for polynomial functions sssssssssssssssssssssssssssscccccsccccceccececssssesessnsee 380 Implementation of the rating curve type Formula in sections cccsccsccsccscssessesssssssssssssssssessee 382 Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections sccsccscssessssssssssssssssssssessessne 386 m SKED 9 I Contents 10 Selection of an intercepting point as transition between sections ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesee 386 Inserting a transition curve in between an existing gap sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssccssccsccccccccssecsssssnsensee 388 Inserting a transition curve ge
123. 526 293 ow Fig 216 New rating curve Result To use the new rating curve for the calculation of discharges you must allocate a validity period to the rating curve 8 5 Step New rating curve with proposal Ey e Select in the Explorer of your special information system the editing mode Rating curves Choose the desired station and select the Q parameter In the right window you can see now the list of existing rating curves Choose in the context menu of the right window the function Wizard 310 SKED SKED Editing Rating Curves Step New rating curve with proposal N WISKI Explorer Mim Ei Ej View Stations z Edit Rating curves fd sco gH i H New Rating curves of parameter SE ReO o 2 2 2 RARARARRAARRA 3 8 5 2 2 we 1 if GRiverGauge 14477 H Gtest 11477 ff Lake01 8080 H Oberhausen 300014 T A ain rann panenn of Greim 200003 a Fig 217 Starting the SKED with a rating curve version Choose in the wizard the top option Create new rating curve or new version The wizard guides you through the creation procedure cf Fig 201 page 299 Choose the option Rating curve cf Fig 202 page 299 The second step is to set the status to preliminary and to enter a name for the rating curve here New Accept the standard proposals for source parameter and units Remarks are optional cf Fig 203 page 300 In the third step you may enter a curve validity if it i
124. 6 Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph In the SKED graph you can represent and edit regression and rating curves results of measurements and time series as well as other parameters and data Via the drop down list 1 o sk1v1 7 in the toolbar you activate for example e rating curves e gauging time series e product curves e validities and e time series for further editing The drop down list shows the current status of a curve in square brackets e J plot is not shown in the graph plot is shown in the graph e blue plot is selected Note that the desired rating curves must have been selected for display so as to be able to view e g a product curve or the developed rating curve as the result of your regression extrapolation see the page 137ff This chapter gives you an overview of the varied working options e Loading and showing plots e Adapting graph display e Use cross hairs e Viewing additional information The control bar in SKED e Inserting editing descriptor points e nsert user defined graphical elements e Synchronising graphs and tables 6 1 Loading and showing plots x gt e Activate the see the page 119ff icon SKED e Set in the Rating curve management form the cursor on the entry of the desired rating curve or time series 251 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph ss e When selecting a time series specify the time range e Activate the lt Show gt button e Activate l
125. 7 e As already mentioned the fixed axes are represented in a value range between 0O and 1000 e f the x axis is not fixed its value range represents the number of seconds beginning at a fixed start date e Apart from this an individual name can be allocated to each graphical element in the field Name of element at the lower window border so that it is easier to identify it later for example in the list of graphical elements see the page 278ff 6 7 3 1 Inserting editing a text element When you have inserted a text element the property dialog is opened automatically the tab page of the text caption contains all data that can be used for layout of the graphical text element horizontal TE alignment Text position Origin Text orientation vertical in the graph 0271 2246 27 x Angle j0 alignment fo 66577897700 y right align below X manual text Tet entry variables Text recognition Time series name variables for Format text Name of the text ra formats for n exl graphical element variables transparent background Eont with time Name of text Text texts variables UGernehmen sie defined up to Fig 183 Defining the layout of the graphical text element x gt e Origin e This section contains the position and original coordinates of the graphical text element You can enter here other coordinates manually 26 The start date is specified in the initialisation file
126. 809 1974 17 1310 1971 18 28101974 19 03 11 1971 20 05 111974 24 08 11 1971 22 1241974 23 18 11 1971 24 221111971 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 01 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 alolalolalalalalalalalalalalolalaloalalalalala a Developing Rating Curves Assigning gaugings to a rating curve o e Select the gaugings rows you want to assign to a rating curve e Note Multiple selection is possible Fig 1 43 Assigning gaugings to a rating curve Table e Use the icon Ej to open the Relation between rating curve and measurements form SKED Assigning measurements to rating curves x Assignment Selected Fig 144 Assigning gaugings to a rating curve 01 migrated 02 migrated RC2 RC RC zero flow New Information Legend Hint All selected measurements will be assigned to the Assignment remaines unchanged Assignment will be removed Hold down the SHIFT key while holding the mouse over a rating curve to see the rating curve name use SHIFT mouse klick to see more information Ce e oo 223 I Developing Rating Curves Assigning gaugings to a rating curve 224 By activating the check boxes you specify the assignment Confirm your assignment with the lt OK gt button the dialog is closed or lt Ap
127. 8914 11 1996 12 04 1989 28 021996 46 03 1989 28 02 1996 18 01 1989 4723 011989 2 beeeecccceceeeeeeeee J 10084930 28 01 19858 05 1995 0118 07 1997 2403 406 04 1993 NA NE 1996 411 071995 13 01 1993 46 02 1990 Qmeas Standard Forcing point Excluded from regression Dummy point 1 2 2 2 aaas aaa PEPE EN E PE AEE ERTE EF EEEE t T 100 E E J 400 500 Q m s Fig 82 Show measurements 4 1 3 More filter options In addition you can also filter by e Considering influence e Filtering showing artificial data points and e Gaugings according to BIBER Use the corresponding tab pages 4 1 3 1 Considering influence To select discharge measured values according to their influence e open the Influence tab page 142 SKED SKED Developing Rating Curves Loading selecting filtering measurements p Selection all visible and included points selected Range Derived data points Influence BIBER l Influences Standard remarks selected he Influences Standard remarks selected VV Backdraft J7 In the gauge profile M Stage Constant z M Quality Excellent 2 x Me Select Add selection Remove selection Select all Deselect all m Selection Show selected only VV always display selection Vv include selection for Include selected only i regression Apply plot style for selected points
128. 998 12 01 1998 13 01 1998 14 01 1998 15 01 1998 Zeit t TestNE W 60 VL Testne W 60 korr TestNE W W abh Korrektur T T T T T 11 01 1998 12 01 1998 13 01 1998 14 01 1998 15 01 1998 Zeitt Boom Faktor Gly 9 40 756 69 12 01 1998 19 34 30 1 53 mj Lu n 3 Fig 320 Origin Recalibration correction time series result The Q is calculated with that corrected stage time series by a rating curve as origin without considering any correction values The result is the arithmetical Q that yields the look up table value for the corrected stage Then the Q is recalibrated using a linear calibration equation For this create a correction time series at the Q parameter Choose in the parameter and time series configuration dialog the tree entry Time series under the Q parameter and open the context menu Add a new time series Q related correction A newly created time series in WISKI has no origin by default For the manual entry of time series data in the table or graph the origin Unknown must be created see above Configure the origin Unknown for the new time series WISKI Recalibration of Q l Tooo The new time series Q dependent correction contains the following parameters for the calibration equation e Date e Time e Smin e Qmin e factor Fmin for Qmin e summand Smin for Qmin e Qmax e factor for Omax e summand Smax for Qma
129. Conf database statistics Data exchange number Cancel Help Fig 304 Time series for the discharge corrected by the stage fall method FaiParameter of stat tageFall Base Gauge Surface water station mplate River a ETA oY Fall mY N apa cB Reports ta tf Statistics llat Long term values E A Alarm thresholds EEL Time series ft SFBG O 15 Eby SFBG 0 15 conected v Plausiblity checks H 6 SFBG Q Baseflowline ft SFBG O DayMax Ly SFBG G DayMean E E SFBG O DayMin Ly SFBG Q Extreme values t E Ej amp es e E E SFBG Q Extreme values E E SFBG Q Gaugings H P SFBG Q Instantaneous v H E SFBG Manual values tE SFBG O MonthMax E SFBG Q MonthMean E SFBG Q MonthMin GLA SFBG Q Related Stage E E SFBG Q System values 0 FLA SFBG Q Tidal peak selec E E SFBG O YeaMax E E SFBG Q YeaMean E H A SFBG Q YeaMin M E Valid from alculate automatically Formula Name Formula Delete destination before calculation Formula rem result value 1 value 2 0 5 value 3 0 5 0 float dood valuebefore 4 Eo dt dt Selection Time series Lp ap 3 a Pp ab aa Pp sp 3a Dp Sp m Dp ap m Lp ap 3 _s Pp ab a T E Lp ap 3s Cp ap m ial Cancel Help Fig 305 Time series for the discharge corrected by the stage fall method Configure formula 444 origin SKED Calculating the Discharge by the Stage
130. Cubic hermitian spline 7 T T T T T 4 FQ m s Zoom active Zoom Factor x y 22 49 27 43 3 11 50 95 x Coes toy Fig 262 Inserting a transition curve in between an existing gap e To insert the transition curve into the gap you can click on either end of the neighbouring sections marked with a black cross Then SKED calculates a polynomial transition curve for the gap m SKED 389 The rating curve type Formula in sections Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections oi Test the West 01 FQ FQ 1 1 Edt e LEBAS eee F f i H i i H 0 pet te f f o 10 20 FQ mas 70 4 i i Section tension 1 i H Transition function Cubic hermitian spine 7 E E A o0 50 f 3 4 5 FQ m s Zoom factor fy 100 00 100 00 a s2 90 13 Cancel Apply Fig 263 Inserting a transition curve in between an existing gap result 13 6 Inserting a transition curve general case e f there is a gap or a jump between two sections you can insert a transition curve in order to create a continuous rating curve 390 SKED The rating curve type Formula in sections Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections Loi Test the West 01 FQ FQ 1 1 Edit e LEAS S ekek h em 0 10 20 30 FQ m3 s Section tanstion 2 Transition function Cubic hermit
131. Datum in Ireland or Sea Level in the USA That means for the rating curve that it is calculated in the system of the staff gauge first Q measurements and readings from staff gauge and afterwards is transformed into the system of the water stage recorder As for rating curves based on the shifted power function this is a vertical parallel shift of the rating curve from the calculated zero crossing c to a coefficient value c to be preset by the user 11 4 Prerequisites To calculate a rating curve by the shifted power function the results of at least three discharge measurements with different stages and discharges must exist in your information system used and saved in the gauging table of the special station The minimum number three results from the number of free coefficients of the power function used for the process To determine steady and well adapted rating curves we recommend to use more measurements so that the whole range of water levels is covered Since only the read stages and calculated discharges are required for the determination of the shifted power function see manual of the BIBER program system chapter External evaluation or Import of old data you can apply this method also if the database does not contain any detailed information on the measurements Data concerning the mean velocity the cross section area flowed through and other evaluation results supplied by the BIBER are not needed for this method 30 Source
132. E Fe IE E Bs i E Abweichungen z IEE TETA AA To o e E lt Zur ck De Eertigstelen Abbrechen Schlisselkurven ein ausschliessen H q Za Abweichungen i i i 22 09 1990 00 00 00 bergani 7 i i i 23 09 1990 00 00 00 IV 01 11 1990 00 00 00 Ubergan i 03 11 1990 00 00 00 II i 0 01508 i 01 01 1991 00 00 00 Ubergan one ee i 05 01 1991 00 00 00 A H boa 13 11 1992 10 56 03 Ubergan E 0 01 2 75 TTT eee 0 03 10 02 22 06 1993 00 00 00 III og 1 9 13 09 1993 00 00 00 Ubergan 17 09 1993 00 00 00 II i 12 04 1994 00 00 00 Ubergan N 14 04 1994 00 00 00 Il pd a 22 01 1995 00 00 00 bergan i 0 01 3 87 jop i 23 01 1995 00 00 00 I A oe EES EEEE E EES E E 27 08 1995 00 00 00 Ubergan ai i H i 28 08 1995 00 00 00 II 0 02 5 81 i i 15 11 1995 00 00 00 Ubergan 1 8 i f 20 11 1995 00 00 00 A 31 01 1996 00 00 00 Ubergan 07 03 1996 00 00 00 31 05 1996 00 00 00 Ubergani 01 08 1996 00 00 00 V 04 09 1996 00 00 00 Ubergan 03 10 1986 00 00 00 25 20 0 t t t t t 01 01 1997 01 03 1997 01 05 1997 01 07 1997 01 09 1997 01 11 1997 Zeit t l Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 100 00 f 28 02 1997 03 02 45 138 484 Num Fig 61 Graph and table representation of the deviations bs Please note Including excluding rating curves changes their status only for the current session permanent changes are to be made via the rating curve manager This graph shows you the stage for
133. EAE emtacetensnatintt 17 The SKED Rating Curve BOiOK cssssesscssesievssssesoesacaossoveonsanssossvestensesaesanbnebuebGeseussinvibvaesinthansessasvesi nves 18 Technical background sssssssssssssssssssssssessssssssssnsssssssssssssesssssuutussussssnsnssssessesesssesssesssutsnsssuassnansnsssesee 21 Rating curves The stage discharge relation S Q as a CUTVE essssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssnsssssssssssussessseeesasssessesessute 23 Single CULVOS ennenen re a E ha a SEE A NAA E R nE GS Impoundage value curves ENVOIODG CUI VO5 toc eesti sccctes acta E O orate ta A E EAA User MPO IMIDE lt cescceeaexsvcoececazsSaoceette fas tas een edev descendent ever oaeenezeh devessdectensa nec bsccte tecreeeeteicts Main menu Toolbars ssssscssssssssssesssssssssssssees Windows dialogs and perspectives sooccssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssussssssssssssseeseessssusssssssssssseesssessouinsssssssssssee Contat MENU Serian A e a RR 32 OV OE VIEW iip a ERE EERE E R 32 User admini tolon ssscoossssssssssssssssssssssssssessesssssssesssssssssssesussssssssessassssssseesuasssssseesuassssssessusnsssssssssnte 33 EAE i cas sce sseceta od enscedserbctslacasecdene asa ceecndagehasiaure ivirlescaifiaeritenieosbiaetedeatiarene 33 Rating curve management s ssscccccsssssssssssssssssssessssssssssssssssesssssssssssssssssssnsssssssesesssssssssssussssssesesessssssssnsanes 33 Loading curves into the SKED graph sssssssssocsssssssssssssss
134. ED with a rating curve version e Check whether the rating curve status allows you to edit the curve e Open the rating curve management via the main menu File D Rating curve management or by amp J e Set the status to preliminary or accepted respectively Apply the changes and close the dialog with lt Close gt Now you can edit the rating curve NS Please note Do not forget to set the rating curve status to released again when you have finished your editing work 294 SKED Editing Rating Curves Steps Rating curve extrapolation Rating curve management Eg RudiKanal Station JE Rating curve ff validities Q Selection Rating curves Rating Curve Status aje Rating Curve Number fi a 1 bie 4 FRR Z 55 Active version number 55 a 2 Source parameter name fw Unit of Source m y Height ref of RC Relati fe to staff gauge zero Y Unit of Target Units and height stati will be automatically calculated to the source and target time series during the calculation Select function for enhanced Active version gt tating curve calculation e varon For selected function not equal to the active version the names of the versions must be numerical Comment K 1 aA Last changed by productora64 01 01 1950 f To 09 01 2008 v Jo oe 01 01 1950 To 097 01720
135. Een a o e sEm i H H H i 33 m 5 E E A ai KY SO T Gef lle m 2s LL a 0 100 200 300 400 500 Q m3 s lite Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 100 950 30 934 52 Nm 4 Fig 311 Stage fall method Display Qm Qr to Fm Fr The lower left graph contains the information represented up to now Qmeas Q rating curve fall rating curve The lower right graph represents the measured slope for the single discharge measurements plotted against the stage The upper left 449 m Working in SKED graph contains a representation of Qm Qr against Fm Fr and lines for various exponents e First choose the slope rating curve and shift it into the right partial graph 44 SKED Beispielpegel SF Basispegel Q Grafik lol x E Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Werkzeuge Kurvenanpassung Fenster l8 x Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method XB E tlees E SF Basispegel Gefalle 1 z m IA TOA ste ta oesi ML Ba Be fee ee rs et yb AR tar oat it 1 Nur ein Kurvenbereich Neu arrangieren I T 0 0 0 2 04 0 6 0 8 Fm Fr susgeschiossen Hilfspunkt SF BasispegelGef lle l 1 Gef lle ae gt Standard lt Zwangspunkt Hilfspunkt ausgeschlossen 4 QmOr Q 1 uber FrvFr Gefalle l 1 e The next step is to construct th
136. Fall Method TT e Enter the formula rem result value l1 value 2 0 5 value 3 0 5 float d d valuebefore 4 result value 1 value 2 d value 3 d m SKED 445 I Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method r Working in SKED 446 18 5 Working in SKED After you have created all necessary time series activate SKED to construct here the rating curves needed for the stage fall method Start SKED for the Q parameter of the main gauge for how to start SKED see page 67 In the SKED wizard activate the lt Plot flow measurements gt button and select the required discharge measurements You should especially select those discharge measurements that were carried out with different backwater conditions and discharges For how to filter measurements see Loading selecting filtering measurements on pages 139 Before you start with the stage fall method you have to check whether this method is unlocked in SKED Activate for this from the main menu the function Tools Settings In the Settings form activate the lt Advanced settings gt button where you can activate under Methods the stage fall method with yes Now the first step of the stage fall method is performed calculating the slope of the single discharge measurements Start for this the function Curve fitting gt Stage fall method Determine stage from high resolution time series In the following dialogs you have to choose the paramete
137. Font Position Below x D vanced settings F Active Title centered Cancel Fig 168 Editing the representation of axes e Confirm your selection with lt OK gt 255 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Adapting graph display 256 6 2 2 Editing the representation of plots For the time series represented in the graph you can specify the plot style e g line style or colour the symbols for the display of the single measured values captions of the plots and grid settings colour and style of the current grid Select the desired plot Activate the E icon or choose from the context menu of the graph to be opened with the right mouse button the function Plot properties Make in the Plot properties form the desired settings To do so open the special tab page and make your specifications When captioning plots you can insert e g the date of each measurement or the current stage in the graph Furthermore you can draw a connecting line between caption and measuring point Open the tab page Label and activate the check box Activate label Choose then an entry from the drop down list of the Label field In order to show a connecting line between label and measuring point activate the check box Show line Confirm all your settings for the plot layout by activating the lt Apply gt button the plot dialog remains open or when your settings are finished with lt OK gt the dialog i
138. K gt e The cross section profile is loaded into the graph and overlays the rating curve i e the regression result 204 SKED Developing Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development IE Maxau Q Grafik _ ol x a qr QiNeu Neu mess i art Standard ausgeschlossen i Extrapolationspunkt Hilfspunkt i n PRF o f i ETE Hs Querprofil z e a a a a a ao a a a a a a a te j Ke J woo ae 1119 pa x ee i i 3 A Sosa 1985 3 03 1989 N a 1sr4o B T EPEE EE E E DOM OES __ 02 03 1989 01 084 400 j RA Go 088 cee Gosoteer 2401 soto vests as sis 14 10 1989 242 1985 Y x 19 a 44 03 1989 9 8 12 1389 n2 N2 19 1 101386 10 1986 H 2 11 1885 N SRDAN i 104 z Q 3 Lo j S 05 104989 28014987 ii 11 001988 f 3 12 1989 28 01 1987 200 J 2 nceeeseeesefeceeeeeee 600 800 1000 1200 1400 Q m s T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 500 1000 1600 Q em Fig 129 Overlay cross section profiles Result 4 8 2 Editing assessing a rating curve in velocity mode Rating curves can be represented assessed and changed if required if for example the rating curve is not plausible also as velocity curves v S by means of the profile area flowed through Aprof s Here the cross section profile and the velocity are evaluated by representing the rating curve and editing it as v S The result of the displ
139. MeASUFEMENLS csscssssssssssccssssssneeeesessees 139 Loading ME ASUrE MENUS ssia 139 Selecting filtering MEaSUFEMENS sccsssssssesccsssesssssssccssssssseeeecesssses 140 More filter Options scisccscdeectuvada i niesienia inini arainn 142 Graph presettings for gaugingS ssescssesssssssesssessstessnesesneees 146 Specifying plot styles for gaugingS 0 essssessstesssstescsstesssstesesnteesses 147 Working with regressiOns sssscsssssssssesssescssesseecstsscaeessaseeseecateesneesaseeees 154 Starting the regreSSiO Nikiri 154 ONG EXAM le isisisi isinai a tiain 156 Shifting the regression limits graphically 159 Regressionanalysis Further possible Steps essssssscssecssesseesseeeseteeeees 160 Setting artificial data points ne sesssssesssstescseesssetesesntesssntesentensnee 160 MBS IG dY GAUGINGS csescccseseccseeecsseeccsstesesneesesntesssstesssstesssstessnsses 163 Setting extrapolation points on essescsssscsstescseesssstessstesssesenessans 165 Including excluding measurement sssssssssssesssssssseeecesseeeettes 166 Changing the colours of regression segments esses 167 Changing the coefficients of the regression Curve ss 168 Automatic break point Optimisation sess 169 Creating rating CUrVeS MANUAllY esssescssescsescstescsseeesentessstesentetey 171 DeSCriptOr POINTS sescssescsseescsstesssseesssseessseesssseeesneessnntessnatersnneetsnsees 174 POW EL LAW FUNCION secssecectesiccscasccwenetete
140. Outside the extrapolatable limits the flows are beyond the limit of the rating curve Below you can specify how the flows outside the extrapolatable area beyond the limit should be treated The limits can also be changed in the rating curve manager When the limits are displayed they can be moved graphically m Limits for Extrapolation Lower limit fo 18018 Upper limit E flows beyond the limit extrapolate and flag as beyond limit 7 5 extrapolate and flag as bevond limit m Limits of the validated 9 do not calculate flows set gap use last valid flow but flag as beyond limit Lower limit Cancel Fig 55 Rating curve limits In the four boxes you have to enter the upper and lower limit for extrapolation and upper and lower limit of the validated range In the Limits for extrapolation section define in the drop down list box beyond the limit how to treat the value ranges beyond the upper and lower extrapolation limit use threshold and flag as beyond limit max Q if above the upper limit or min Q if under the lower limit extrapolate and flag as beyond limit or flag values as invalid Please note The results of this specification can be viewed in the graph and the control bar use threshold has the effect that the rating curve is cut off at the defined upper and lower limit value SKED Managing Rating Curves Specifying validities for rating curves e extrapolate and flag as beyon
141. Rating Curve Editor SKED V 6 5 WISKI version MEK KISTERS Copyright 2003 2007 KISTERS AG Charlottenburger Allee 5 52068 Aachen Germany Internet www kisters de e mail info kisters de Author Ulrich Schneider MA Translation Katja Mertesacker Creation of this manual including changes 12 02 2008 Date of print of current edition 12 02 2008 5 edition Last documented program version 6 5 Service Release 370 x x All rights reserved It is not allowed to duplicate this manual without the approval of KISTERS AG KISTERS AG and the author cannot guarantee that this manual is absolutely free from mistakes KISTERS AG is not liable for damages resulting directly or indirectly from the use of the program KISTERS AG reserves the right to change this manual without prior notice The hardware and software designations and all further proper names used in this manual are registered trademarks and are as such to be treated Contents Contents ntroductiOh ssssissssscssoisorssscsss cirosssosssssss casossosossssts soecossossts s s soto ssee sissi sesos D Notes on this MAING sssicssacsosasdascssvcNonbssusss vsavsasas nada ndesnwantoeaaanaameromunnacaunenuainnebons 15 Layout and StructUre ccccscssssssssssssssssscsecsesssssssssessstssssssssnsns AE E AS A 15 Hints concerning spelling and nomenclature 16 Hints concerning the optical design of this manual 000 PO
142. SKI Here you can choose special stations and their parameters in SKED without having to select the station in WISKI before lt gt e Start SKED with the appropriate icon without WISKI The Database connection form is opened Database connection Ed m Log in information User name produktora202a Cancel Password iesin i Help Database riesling di Fig 35 Starting SKED without WISKI Database connection e Specify your user name password and the database SKED is connected to e Confirm with lt OK gt e Alternatively you can start SKED also via WISKI e g via the context menu of the WISKI Explorer with the edit type Rating curves and selected rating curve for the parameter Q e From the SKED wizard select one of the options e g the rating curve manager e Now close all active windows in SKED e All icons appear in grey now only the toolbar icon S Choose target parameter can be activated e Activate this icon The following dialog appears ae 76 SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED without WISKI Choose the target parameter x River E Stations El River Network re Fig 36 Starting SKED without WISKI Choose target parameter e SKED can now be opened for any particular station by accessing the tree view shown above The sites which are available are those which contain a time series with the origin Rating curves en
143. TERS AME FIIT CUVE BE R Cancel Type definition Sto Validation of XML file after export yes XLST Template Help This option defines whether the export file include an embedded 4 document type definition Fig 18 XML settings e Activate the lt Open gt button in the Data import form to start the import All rating curves of a Q parameter are loaded Please note e The rating curve import is available to you any time During the import of a file all rating curves created are being opened If there is a rating curve of the same name already existing it is skipped and not imported Hence overwriting is not possible the rating curve must be deleted before 2 1 0 1 Unlocking and using the XML importer This importer can be activated in KISTERS applications which support this functionality by the following wiski5 ini entries in the Im Exporter section Im Exporter XML Name e g XML XML files XML_DTD Name e g XML DTD XML files with type definition DTD XML_SCHEMA Name e g XML SCHEMA XML files with schema m SKED 53 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Importing rating curves XML NAMESPACE Name e g XML NAMESPACE XML files with namespaces KBDIF Name e g KBDIF Kisters basic data exchange format AQUACOUP_BD Name e g AQUACOUP_BD AquaCoup basic data files bs Please note 54 Th
144. YE Boa zl Fle gt oo 8 B 6 m e ee S O ce elha o e A oes me i 7 R aB 2 eee 2 nE 140 4 j H i eal i H a 640 4 210 4 sao 5 Pa 510 4 Pa 240 4 3 i wood i 0 LY 110 4 Pa a i 10 4 240 4 t t i t t t t i t t 1140 210 sagt 140 210 510 240 sig 110 210 5 10 Q m3 s Zoom Faktor xjy 100 00 100 00 F17 416 20 746 now Fig 198 Double logarithmic view Result e Zoom into the graph in order to optimize the display format a e Activate the insertion mode by the icon in order to insert descriptor points for the extrapolation SKED Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve a St tzpunkt fur die Extrapolation i t Q m s Zoom Faktor jy 18 77 14 45 570 225 448 699 T n Fig 199 Descriptor point for the extrapolation Activate the editing mode by the icon in order to optimize the descriptor points for the extrapolation For your information the current S and Q coordinates of the mouse are permanently shown by the SKED at the screen edge on the lower right 8 4 Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve In this example we want to construct a new rating curve 4 that is shifted vertically in the range S gt 200 cm compared with an existing rating curve rating curve 3 at the Plochingen gauge The range S lt 200 cm of the new rating curve is adapted by tipping
145. afen 2470040 Map type 1 50K mf Greim 200003 E Ground water site 990854321 Lahnhof Geiersgrund 5115901 River const km To reference poit zx i bai ell meal Distance to wer Pp km Position at water iY cf Marburg 25830056 a Coordinates i n e ee Point number Survey re off Old s Man Bridge 200005 Meridian gt Coordinate system a Plochingen 200011 Easting B480242 Longitude ara E Quality Flag Station 1 200007 Eara s J uoo Quality Flag Station 2 2000 Northing 6417775 Latitude 00 00 00 Quality Site 1400001 Remark ff RainfallStation 9988778899 Edit H Raunheim 2490010 a i S s SODA Station 200004 ai Sewer 1 5W01 a fA StaneFall Rase Ga oau E 4 OK Sorted view Cancel Fig 296 Basic data of station Specify the distance to the confluence 18 4 2 Creating parameters and time series in WISKI e First of all create the parameter Fall at the main gauge For details about how to create parameters see the WISKI User s Guide e Choose the parameter type Freely defined parameter as the type and Fal 1 as the name e The parameter must have the unit m e Now assign the parameter with a time series type equidistant non equidistant mean value instantaneous value and a time interval that suit the stage parameter 438 SKED Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method Time series properties Fall properties can be sel
146. alculation into S e How to use the Boyer method e How to use the time related hysteresis rating curve method m SKED 15 I Introduction 16 e Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method e Recalibration of Q e Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve e Representing Time Series describing all features for the representation of time series data with the graphics and table tool of the WISKI suite e Editing Time Series Interactively all features you need when editing time series data in the graphics and table tool of the WISKI suite e At the end of the manual you will find a glossary defining and explaining important terms and an index containing page references to significant topics 1 1 2 Hints concerning spelling and nomenclature All manuals of KISTERS AG are created considering the conventions stated below regarding spelling fonts and description of computer specific commands entry texts by the user or menu items functions TimesRoman CourierNew Important lt gt lt Ctrl gt lt C gt Text using this font is always computer specific text e g names of menu items and functions buttons or dialog titles Texts in this font always indicate entries made by the user Italic text indicates particularly important system or function contexts With angle brackets keys of the keyboard are identified thus lt A gt means the key with the letter A lt Esc gt the Escape key lt F1 gt the functi
147. alog is closed SKED searches for the related Eta in the Eta time series Then the rating curve is shown in a graph m SKED 213 I Developing Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development Cuerda del pozo Q 1 Grafik QiTest 1 ETA 0 1 QiTest t ETA 0 2 QsTest 1 ETA 0 3 QTest 1 ETA 0 4 QTest 1 ETA 0 5 orenen orenean orenen orenen QMest 1 ETA 1 1 5 1 2 Fig 137 Rating curve calculation with fixed Eta Result 7 214 SKED Developing Rating Curves Applying the regression results as attempt or as reference curve 4 9 Applying the regression results as attempt or as reference curve If the regression yields the best fit the regression results are taken over either as e reference curve or as an e attempt For non overlapping regressions the regression results are copied over as is 1 1 copy The one to one mode will not use any functionality to the join the segments of a multiple segment rating curve The lowest and the upper segment must extend to the regression threshold value When a rating curve is created for the first time the regression results must be applied as reference curve For overlapping regression segments the apply mode will use the intersection points of the regression results per segment as thresholds for the rating curve In this case the attempt or the reference curve is joined by Please note e When applying the regressi
148. also choose the automatic format recognition in this case the correct subtype is automatically identified 2 2 1 1 Boundary conditions background An XML file is characterized by the fact that information is enclosed by tags These tags describe on a comprehensive and functional level the information enclosed by these tags An example the tag Station indicates the position of the station name As a consequence not the position of e g the station name within the file corresponds with the station name but the tag description that encloses the station name The same applies to the time series data and other pieces of information SD Hane ar Seios n DstUnit m gt s State Released SrcParaName H gt Validities gt Start 2000 01 01T00 00 gt gt Start 2000 02 01T00 00 00 lt Walidities gt QVersionpName 1 Actives true Type Spline EnvelopeCurve false Comment Reference AboveGaugeDatum gt lt TablePoint st 3 0 Y 9 be 7 gt lt Table gt lt Version gt lt Re gt lt Parameter gt 9 lt Station gt 0 lt KISTERSRatingtable gt Fig 19 Example of an XML import export file The structure of the rating curve data is described by a schema file SKED SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Exporting rating curves lt 2 ersions LILLE ings is0 8859 1 gt Kxs schema id KISTERSRatingtable EMSS WH histers de hm KISTERSRatingtableFormat
149. an spine gt t FQ m3 s 7 10 Daaa O ma aw Zoom factor x y 100 00 100 00 Fig 264 Inserting a transition curve general case 1 To insert the transition curve you can click on either end of the neighbouring e sections marked with a black cross and move the mouse along the section SKED 391 The rating curve type Formula in sections m 392 Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections BEE Test the West 01 FQ FQ 1 1 Edit e LEBIR SaS elke errhp H 0 10 20 30 FQ m s 100 oscsssssedinssisinenssansssie t i File f Section transition 2 4 o 0 Transition function Cubic hermitian spline Ez T T t t 7 10 FQ m3 s Escape lt ESC gt Position 16 63 117 45 10 66 100 00 Cancel Apply Fig 265 Inserting a transition curve general case 2 By this a polynomial or linear function will be inserted within the selected range SKED SKED The rating curve type Formula in sections Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections Test the West 01 FQ FQ 1 1 olx _ BE Qo 9 e e pie a E a E E i E Transition function Cubic hermitian spline z t 7 10 FQ m3 s Zoom factor xy 100 00 100 00 14 68 120 91 Cancel Apply Fig 266 Inserting a transition curve general case result 13 7 Extrapolation of rati
150. anged settings e by opening the editor again e or save the result in the database with File D Save e When closing the editor without saving you will automatically be asked whether to save There are two ways to select the data record in case you do not want to calculate the rating curve with all measurements One way is to select and include the desired parameters via the filter dialog in the graph Only these selected parameters are applied in the editor Another way is to apply all measurements and exclude single measurements afterwards from calculation by the context menu delete rows Furthermore you can also insert help points in the calculation table insert row You have then to enter values for source parameter e g S and target parameter e g Q for these help points The help points are used afterwards in the calculation like real measurements SKED SKED APPENDIX Shifted Power Function with Free Formula Calculation Contents of this chapter The concept of the shifted power FUNCTION 0 eesssessstessstesenteseneees 345 Method of the logarithmic regresSiOn ssscsssssssssessteseesseesseteeeees 346 Lauffer MCL Od siiin aA 346 PREFEQUISICCS iste arein einate a Erara AE a S REEERE 347 Creating and saving NEW rating CUIVES csceecsesecsesceeesstesseteeseeseeees 348 343 Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula The concept of the shifted power function
151. aphical element currently marked in the graph is selected in the single fields of the list The list entries indicate every graphical element by e its name e its type m SKED 279 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements 280 its assignment and the name of the time series which it has been assigned to Use this window to select edit and delete an element Choose the desired element from the list and activate the lt OK gt button The dialog will be closed and the special graphical element becomes the selected element For editing purposes activate the Edit button The tab page of the selected graphical element will be opened To delete a graphical element from the list as an alternative to lt Del gt or Backspace key for a selected element in the graph activate lt Delete gt First deletion is only temporary the graphical elements will be inserted in a deletion list When leaving the window by lt Cancel gt the deletion list is emptied and none of the graphical elements is actually deleted When activating lt OK gt all elements in the deletion list are irrevocably deleted without any inquiry When you have shifted a graphical element into the deletion list and then want to change another element by lt Edit gt a popup dialog is opened asking you whether to delete the elements in the deletion list before editing or whether to cancel the deletion process i e no elem
152. ase width of a flood hydrograph Time interval between the beginning and the end of the direct runoff produced by a storm vigil basins Series of small up to 25 km observational areas mainly for long term monitoring of hydrological geomorphological and related characteristics datum level Horizontal surface used as a reference to which elevations are related 487 I Glossary m 488 data exchange number data exchange number database The data exchange number DE number serves to identify time series for the data exchange This number ensures that the data of a time series is written into a time series of the same name or the same station The DE number allows a unique identification if e g numbers of transducers or stations are not unique The DE number is used by the application Service Provider e g WSP for data exports and partly also for imports Comprehensive set of related data files for a specific application usually on a direct access storage device data collection system Coordinated system for collecting observations from a hydrological network and the transmission of the observations to a data processing facility data processing Handling of observational data until they are in a form ready to be used for a specific purpose duration curve flow ebb Graph representing the time during which the value of a given parameter e g stage is equalled or exceeded regardless of continuit
153. ating curve is not copied from a regression e Activate lt Apply gt The graph is updated based on the new formula 180 SKED Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods 4 5 2 Power law in sections Manual re editing The manual re editing of segment limits with the amp icon is carried out on the basis of the reference curve and is used to join segments Possibilities are e Straight line fitand e Continuation NSS Please note The manual changes made to segments are lost when the edited segments are included in the regression and the results of the regression are applied as a reference curve during the re iteration 4 5 2 1 How to operate this functionality S Please note the following hints e Manual editing is carried out for the rating curve desired for this the result of the regression must have been copied into the rating curve before in addition it is possible to save the results in the course of the rating curve development as attempt These procedures are explained in Applying the regression results as attempt or as reference curve on p 215 e The used gaugings can be switched off by the toolbar for how to do so see Including excluding measurements on p 166 e You can shift the thresholds of the regression segments if existing and visible graphically by the mouse however this is possible only if the segments do not contact each other If you move the mouse pointer durin
154. ation below a slide gate with the function Q W depending on the slide gate position If only a certain number of slide gate positions is admissible you set best version in the Select function field For the further procedure see the first example above e If the number of slide gate positions is arbitrary you may also interpolate here Thus for example if the slide gate position is 0 5 interpolation would be carried out between the values of the rating curve versions O and 1 NS Please note m SKED 65 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Deriving discharge time series Specify origins 66 In order to use an external time series that way the name of the rating curve version must be numerical This external time series can also be used for example to map the Eta method which is explained in detail in the Appendix The Eta Method on the pages 319ff To do so create two rating curve versions e g 0 and 1 and allocate for the Eta time series no origin in your special information system In addition you reference in the origin Rating curves enhanced of your Q discharge time series the Eta time series as external time series and choose in the rating curve management in the field Select function for enhanced rating curve calculation the entry Interpolation Extrapolation Thus external time series can be combined with the dQ Eta the dS or the Rating Curve Harp method Rating curve validities are
155. avoid time consuming repeated inserting and drawing procedures you can copy single graphical elements Copy graphical element xi m New assignment of graphical element Assigned to plot Greim 5 15 x Graph area Plot area ha Plot Plot Fixed 0 1000 C Fixed 0 1000 Horizontal coordinates Vertical coordinates I Delete original _ tenet C Fig 186 Copying graphical elements SKED 277 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements The drop down list box Plots shows you all time series of the graphic window The time series which the graphical element to be copied belongs to is selected The section Assigned to contains the assignments specified by you when inserting the graphical element see the page 267ff X gt Choose the time series plot where the graphical element is copied to Define the assignment as described in Inserting a graphical element on the pages 267ff If you want to delete the graphical element to be copied irrevocably after the copy process activate the check box Delete original Start copying by activating lt OK gt afterwards the graphical element is copied to the selected time series with the specified assignment e g Axis vertical The copied graphical element is shown approx one centimetre on the right under the original and becomes the selected graphical element Tip If you want to copy
156. axis and last timestamp of axis All variables with time data2 can be specified even more exactly Choose in the combo box Formatting active now the date format from the list or enter it manually Use the WINDOWS standard D one digit date without zero e g 1 DD two digit date with zero e g 01 DDD three digit abbreviation of the weekday e g Mon DDDD long name of weekday e g Monday 27 For the entries Operator and Place of creation of the drop down list Text variables the respective variables are read in from the initialisation file wiski ini section Report_Configuration entries InstAdministration and InstLocation 28 In addition to the axis time ranges you can display for example also the time stamp of the first the last or the current value of the time series as text element SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements e M one digit month without zero e g 1 e MM two digit month with zero e g 01 e MMM three digit abbreviation of the month e g Feb e MMMM long name of month e g February e YY two digit year with zero e g 01 e YYYY four digit year e g 2001 NS e Please note When opening the dialog there is no date format selected yet When selecting a text variable with date format repeatedly the format selected last will be offered e Select the desired variable from the drop down list e check by the display
157. axis values 23 Z Zoom 261 Zoom rectangle 261 SKED
158. ayed rating curve corresponds to the quotient of discharge by area which is firmly predefined by the profile area i e is the velocity Changes based on this operation are recalculated directly into the rating curve This method of developing a rating curve is applied for spline interpolated curves x gt e Activate the toolbar icon SJ The program generates the representation of the rating curve via the formula v W Q W Aprof W under consideration of the profile area and shows it in the graph e After that the graph can be edited with the standard tools m SKED 205 I Developing Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development 206 Sennfeld Q Grafik olx T K 4 300 A esse xi Po VESP KIA QDWB ULM 1 mg V QDWB ULM 1V 9 101998 te os ae nee oe DO H yas qaqqy tr 99 1997 2 Le TI a a agg cnr eres O17 1072000 124710 200070 252000 zs Alma oo 20 11 2001 10 15 20 25 V ms a aa aa a 0 50 100 150 Q m3 s Fig 130 Considering the profile area for the rating curve representation 4 8 3 Extrapolating the rating curves with profile and velocity data To extrapolate rating curves you use for example A and v parameters The product Q A v describes the rating curve where the A and v parameters can be extrapolated beyond the measured value range better than the actual rating curve Since the area values Ameas for high stages usually are not available you can use here direct
159. bar to undo activities m SKED 29 I Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 30 File eX s t Se SSHR 2 In the File toolbar you call functions for general editing such as Open Save or Copy Graph oP be be bo BS FB QO eC b it In the Graph toolbar you choose functions for the layout of the graph view such as Axis layout Zoom or Plot ranges Perspective Scrtissokcrverkonetukion ERI With the Perspective toolbar you can rearrange the window select an arrangement or delete existing ones see the page 31ff Active curve fav x By the drop down list Active curve you specify which plot is the active one SKED MMi e 4 6E je Oc pipop o A l a aA In the SKED toolbar you choose functions to edit the rating curve such as regression deviation graphs or derivation extrapolation according to Manning Strickler calculation of a rating curve with fixed ETA or display of the rating curve as v S Interval DHA gt dy With the Interval toolbar you can set the zoom interval a day a week a month or a year and browse through the represented graph according to your specifications i e forwards or backwards by the day week month or year you can also jump to the first or last interval Edit in the tables 12 boxes BO hE m Se a AS In the Edit toolbar of the tables 12 boxes you activate functions to edit the table like Search for single entries Copy Paste
160. be calculated errorvalue is returned float rccreatereport string title SKED Creating a User defined Evaluation i Generates a report and returns the access variable e rcreportaddvaluebuffer int report int valuebuffer string title e rcshowreport int rechart int report Represents a report e rechart here the global access variable rechart must be handed over e report the access variable of the report that is shown e int accgetvaluebuffer int accessobject Returns the access variable of a value buffer for an access object e accessobject the access variable of the access object e string accgetname int accessobject Returns the name of an access object e accessobject the access variable of the access object m SKED 481 I Creating a User defined Evaluation o 482 SKED CHAPTER 7 Explanation of Terms The Glossary m SKED 483 Glossary runoff coefficient 77 22 Glossary runoff coefficient 1 Ratio of runoff depth to precipitation depth 2 Coefficient used in the rational method formula dimensionless from IHP OHP Berichte Heft 12 Koblenz 1998 International Glossary of Hydrology Second Edition 1992 Version English German Deutsches Nationalkomitee f r das Internationale Hydrologische Programm IHP der UNESCO und das Operationelle Hydrologische Programm OHP der WMO ISSN 0177 9915 Quotient of the height of the direct runoff effective rainfall and the precipitation height of t
161. be deleted however edited if required gaugings When setting the symbols you will see a special symbol called automatically If you choose this symbol the representation results from a combination of symbols see Combined symbols on p 152 and may differ from the symbol type shown when editing the styles SKED Developing Rating Curves Loading selecting filtering measurements e As for the setting of colours you can choose the colours and also the options automatically brighter and darker If you choose one of these colours the representation results from a combination of symbols see above and may differ from the colour shown when editing the styles e Ifthe Symbol size field remains empty the representation results of a combination of symbols see above and may differ from the symbol size shown when editing the styles e In order to save these settings permanently activate the lt Save as template gt button otherwise the changes you made are valid for the current session only 4 1 5 2 Editing symbol styles later Adapting plot properties by Please note You can adapt the representation of the symbol styles even after filtering use the plot dialog for this e Activate from the context menu of the graph the function Plot properties or e activate the toolbar icon The Plot properties form is opened e Open the Symbol styles tab page e Select in the Plots list the time series with the loaded measured value
162. be preset by the user 10 2 Prerequisites To calculate a rating curve by the Extended power function the results of at least three discharge measurements with different water levels and discharges must exist in the special information system used and saved in the parameter table of the special station The minimum number three results from the number of free coefficients of the power function used for the process To determine steady and well adapted rating curves we recommend to use more measurements so that the whole range of water levels is covered Since the Extended power method requires only the read stages and calculated discharges this method can be applied even if the database does not contain any detailed information about the measurements Data concerning the mean velocity the cross section area flowed through and other evaluation results supplied by BIBER are not needed for this method m SKED 333 I Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method r Creating and saving new rating curves 334 10 3 Creating and saving new rating curves Creation and saving of new rating curves is done in the SKED rating curve editor of your information system A wizard guides you through the creation process inquiring the information needed To create a new rating curve choose in the Explorer header of the information system as editing object the item Rating curves One of the views Regions Sites Stations or Rivers
163. ber New E E RE zero flow Active version number l ke vi Source parameter name fea RC2 2 1 formula Unit of Source fin kk New Unit of Target mazs X I Newt Select function for enhanced active version E V New 2 rating curve calculation aciyo varsan Z New 3 For selected function not equal to the active version the kw names of the versions must be numerical Z Y2 formula Remark 7 t Validities x 5j le New Last changed by El Time series xl 01 01 195 To 19 01 2005 ed Cancel Apply Fig 103 Creating rating curves via the rating curve manager or the rating curve wizard see page 90 18 This new rating curve type replaces from the program version 6 4 on the previous types Table Spline Table linear and Table power law m SKED 171 I Developing Rating Curves Creating rating curves manually Type Table Spline x The type cannot be change afterwards Envelope curve will be used in the eta method Version Name fi 234 Upper limit reasonable range 100 Lower limit reasonable range feo IV Set as active version Changing comment test lt Zur ck Abbrechen Fig 104 Creating rating curves via the wizard e After you have entered the necessary data and selected the rating curve type activate lt Next gt The last wizard dialog is opened Create rating curve version x Now you can enter data manually or via a dialog V Enter
164. bergang 00 00 00 00 00 00 Ubergang 00 00 00 1A 00 00 00 Ubergang 00 00 00 00 00 00 Ubergang 00 00 00 05 00 00 Ubergang 05 00 00 II 12 18 44 Ubergang 15 00 00 Ill i t T 01 01 1997 01 03 1997 01 05 1997 01 07 1997 01 09 1997 01 11 1997 Zeit t G5 bergang Zoom Faktor Jy 100 00 100 00 03 07 1997 05 55 10 1 002 NUM Fig 65 Display of results when assigning validities automatically bs Please note If Q is not calculated automatically check the created origins If SKED opens a parameter without the valid origin Rating curves enhanced you get a warning message 118 Managing Rating Curves Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series e To get an optimal calculation of the discharges you can now switch between the single editing steps with lt Back gt or lt Next gt and change the validities for example or exclude single rating curves If the correct validities are determined e quit the wizard with lt Finish gt 3 6 Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series You can use either the rating curve manager or the wizard to view rating curves their validities results of measurements and time series in a graph or table partly and print this representation So you can print for example a list of validity ranges including predecessor and successor if existing and the period of transitions for each active rating curve version Non active rating c
165. ble and included points selected Range Derived data points Influence BIBER _ SG my FO mars 1 250 30 0 theoretical 1 700 80 0 theoretical Select Add selection Remove selection Select all Deselect all VV always display selection m Selection Vv include selection for regression Apply plot style for selected points Standard x Plot styles Close Fig 98 Filter by artificial data points e Activate the check boxes of the artificial data points you want to load into the graph or e choose all existing ones with lt Select all gt e Confirm with lt Select gt and lt Add selection gt respectively if you have already filtered gaugings 4 3 2 Using dummy gaugings If the graphically shown measurements do no represent the total possible stage range you may add additional temporary gaugings into this area so as to influence the regression curve favourably Dummy gaugings should be added for example if measurements are missing between certain stages so that the regression generated from the existing measurements does not exactly reflect the probable discharge in this stage range for example changes at the river bank at this point are not considered a SKED 163 I Developing Rating Curves Regression analysis Further possible steps Such additional descriptor points are weighted like normal measurements and saved with the regression curve without time stamp i e
166. box highlighted in grey displaying the plain text inserted as element into the graph whether you have defined the text element as desired and e activate finally the lt Apply gt button The chosen text variable will be inserted into the text see text box Text entry where the variable is displayed can be identified by the double cross example time series name or for formats with time data start time S Please note You shouldn t make any further entries within the variable the variable contents shouldn t be changed Perhaps the program cannot identify them when they have been changed When activating the lt Font gt button you will get the usual dialog for selection of the font and its properties as it is well known from Windows programs 6 7 3 2 Inserting editing lines rectangles ellipses and arrows The second tab page Style in the Name of graphical element edit form not existing for Text shows the properties of pen section Line style and brush section Fill mode of line and area rectangles ellipses graphical elements Only those graphical elements have brush properties which contain a closed area for which fill colour and pattern can be set there lines thus do not have those properties m SKED 275 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements Arrow Edit x Arow Style r Line style Line style Line color EE Red X Line width f
167. by extending one segment The continuation algorithm will join the segments by e Extrapolating the lower segment to join the upper segment or e Extrapolating the upper segment to join the lower segment In the case of two possible intersection points SKED will prompt the user to choose the segment to be extrapolated When joining the segments by continuation the threshold will be shifted accordingly SKED Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods Bearbeiten Vorschau LL Baa SG m 0 20 40 60 80 100 Q m3 s Sektionsiibergang 1 4 0 7 Os tesla us Ua US U 1 TQ mds Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 65 14 70 64 Abbrechen bernehmen Fig 116 Using extrapolation to join two single segments Proceed as follows e Create a regression in two segments with the lower limit of the first segment and the upper limit of the second segment being identical e Activate in the first segment the check box Link With that the lower limit of the second segment is automatically set to the upper limit of the first segment e Apply the result of the regression into your rating curve button of the same name The regression curve is applied into the graph NSS Please note that this curve is active by selection in the drop down list box of the toolbar The result could be as follows m SKED 187 I Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regre
168. can fill the new rating curve also by applying the regression result see page 215 and 173 I Developing Rating Curves Creating rating curves manually e edit the rating curve in a graph or table by the B icon of the toolbar or the Ed icon to edit the descriptor points 4 4 1 Descriptor points This new rating curve type replaces from the program version 6 4 on the previous types Table Spline Table linear and Table power law x gt e Specify for the new version the rating curve type Descriptor points e Please read in this context also Your guide Overview of the rating curve types on p 42 The Tab 2 p 44 gives you an overview of all rating curve types e After you have entered the necessary data activate lt Next gt e Activate in the next dialog the check box Enter data this opens automatically the 12 box where you can manually enter data for the new rating curve in the table LF Descriptor DLEE MAS Cancel Appl 29 29 3 aw 41 55 Help 53 81 58 36 59 03 60 00 EA AA m Transformation Domain Log Log Domain v Log Offset fo cm J Fit graph axes automatically m Interpolation Interpolation methods BE X Fig 107 Manual development of a rating curve type Descriptor points In the Transformation section you can define in the drop down list box Domain the type of transformation 174 SKED Developing Rating Curves Creating rating curves man
169. ced Origin Rating curves enhanced Origin Recalibration 459 Origin Stage correction 460 462 Origin Unknown 442 Perspectives 31 95 Plot display Show caption 167 256 Specify symbols 167 256 Plot ranges 253 Plot style 167 256 Pmeas 89 63 246 63 66 246 Power law function 20 43 137 193 Power law in sections 20 33 43 137 193 Print Graphs tables 128 Product curve 206 Profile area 399 Profile coefficient 206 Profile value 89 209 400 Q Q calibration 459 Q related correction 459 Qmeas 89 238 Range of rating curve fluctuation m SKED 26 503 I Index S Rating curve 96 Assign measuring points 222 Envelope curve 94 202 Status 91 96 336 Version 96 Rating curve comparison 15 227 239 Rating curve for a fixed ETA 212 Rating curve origin 246 409 Rating curve relation 22 Rating curve wizard 85 Rating curves enhanced 66 441 Rating curves 23 Recalibration 459 Rectangular weir 44 137 Regression Copy the function into the formula 193 Regression analysis 15 Relation 23 reports 477 Representation of legend 257 Reversal 195 Rinsum 209 ROK 494 Runoff coefficient 18 21 24 26 64 Save the legend position 258 Scatter plot 23 Scroll bar 261 Search function 260 Select 263 Set failure as status between two rating curves 108 109 Set start date of a validity between two rating curves 108 109 Set transition as status between two rating curves 108 109 Set units 258 SGZ 493 SGZ Hi
170. cetaea atest nso tua a aa iin aE Starting SKED from the basic data maintenance sssssssesessssscee Starting SKED from the Gauge Wizard ssssssssssssssssssssssnssnsnsenseee Starting SKED from the Explorer of your special information system Starting SKED without WISKI scorcccssseserscovsiru sandvatasdiccanasanessmnnasaveaceestansetesiaun naasascdinioies Managing Rating Curves ssessseosecoseoosooeceoeeooecoeeeocecocecoecooecosecosecoecoseeosrooeseoeeesee OS Multi usability Checking out rating curves cccsccsscscssessssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessunssscsssssescessessees The rating curve wizard 41111911911911911911011011rs1rstrotrsttottnotnntnotentanotnnenotntnorerrnnrenrsnrsnnntrnnren ans Cornposing SPH Plt 355 25scsesesacsscerecstetvaeeesauessssssnassansaearus auc nn EER ER Extended specification options for the display of discharge measurements Creating a rating CUNY E 223551 scras Ss russasesesantnsteteuameiese eeniudncmenctunanir Ai aeaiaioe The rating curve manager cc ZavecdsebcassosdasGobiosSntestancnchucsesvada Gaius acaeavadse tation Starting the rating curve manager ssssssssssssssssssssssssscscscscccccccscccccccsescscsesesesssssssssssnsnsnsnsnssnstststsestsussesee4 Creating new rating curves Creating Versions sssssssssscssssesescsscssseseees Deleting rating curves and versions Copying rating curves and versions cscssssssssssssssss
171. compare them with each other see also Comparing rating curves on pages 239 e lt Analysis of fit gt Activating this button starts the control of your regressions with the help of various result parameters over the gaugings from the gaugings time series Oreg over Qmeas With this you calculate the percental deviation of the product from the cross sectional area flowed through and the regression over the mean velocity of flow Aprof Vreg over Vmeas from the regression over the gaugings see Analysis of fit on pages 237 e lt User defined evaluation gt This button allows to generate own reports or own evaluations This can be performed in SKED by KiBasic programs see page 477 3 2 1 Composing graphs The rating curve wizard offers you the possibility to compile discharge measurement results validities and time series for the graphical display in any way you like When activating the lt Compose individual graph gt in the wizard see Fig 40 p 85 the following dialog is opened m SKED 87 I Managing Rating Curves r The rating curve wizard 88 Compose graph i x Measurements over time ro wie TV Mark N zs Date C Assignment be I Show source time series I Show target time series Q t I Show validities to 01 17 2003 v E D Measurements over Q jE I show all rating curves Abbrechen Fig 41 Composing graphs according to one s own choice In this dialog
172. csteccssttecssteecsteeesstes 133 General hints to the information WiINdOWS ssssssessesseeee 133 82 Managing Rating Curves Multi usability Checking out rating curves 3 Managing Rating Curves Completed rating curves or curves that are still under construction can be managed centrally within the rating curve management of SKED Rating curve management information is e the rating curve and its status e the rating curve version its definitions and comments e the rating history Managing rating curves comprises the following activities e create new rating curves see page 98 e create new rating curve versions see page 101 e copy rating curve versions see page 104 e define the active version for a rating curve e maintain limits and remarks for rating curve versions see page 105 e maintain the rating history insert delete modify rating curve validities see page 107 e delete rating curves see page 103 You can create e new rating curves and e new rating curve versions either by the rating curve wizard see page 90 or from the rating curve management see page 98 Both procedures are explained in the following First of all however we describe how the multi usability was realized 3 1 Multi usability Checking out rating curves It can be important to maintain editing rights of a rating curve during the rating curve development process That means that the person who is allowed to edit the rating
173. cumentation 1 2 3 A typical SKED workflow This chapter gives you an overview of the workflow in SKED i e the activities carried out when creating a rating curve you will learn how to develop a rating curve with the power law in sections using the regression analysis The workflow through SKED consists of the following main processes e Rating curve management e the Loading curves into the SKED graph e Regression analysis Setting regression options e Modifying regression thresholds in the graph and or table repetition iteration of the regression e Manual re editing e Saving development information e Reporting Please take also notice of the references to the single chapters indicated in the sub chapters below at these places you will find a detailed description of the workflow which is only outlined here 1 2 3 1 Rating curve management Within the rating curve management the user has got the ability to e Create new rating curves e Create new rating curve versions e Copy rating curve versions e Define the active version for a rating curve e Maintain limits and remarks for rating curve versions e Maintain the rating history insert delete modify rating curve validities 4 4 Please read in this context also the explanations in Defining additional time series on the pages 65ff 33 I Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 34 All possibilities in this area are explained in The rating curve
174. curve type Formula in sections Test the West 01 FQ FQ 1 1 ol x Edit e LEBIH S S ekme h em Section tansion fr Transition function Cubic hermitian spline kd 4 5 FQ m3 s Zoom factor x y 100 00 100 00 5 06 82 73 Cancel Apply Fig 258 Manual editing of rating curve type Formula in sections The manual editing provides you with a magnified view of the transitions between sections Manual editing is capable of the functionality to handle crossovers and transition between sections as described in the following chapter In the right section of the window you can switch between the individual section transitions By selecting one section transition the magnified view will jump to the selected transition If you want to individually adjust the displayed range the automatic axis rearrangement has to be deactivated clicking on the fe By using a and al the displayed range can be adjusted Using the E button double logarithmic view or linear view can be chosen Using the button the flow measurements can be shown or hidden e Working with manual editing dialog you always have the option to undo the last editing step 4 or redo this step again m SKED 385 The rating curve type Formula in sections Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections 13 3 Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections Since rating
175. d e Activate lt Next gt to get to the next page of the Wizard Create new rating curve xi Status Preliminary bd Number f2 Source parameter name fs Unit for source time cm X series Elevation of RC relative to gauge datum Unit for target time series m3 s he Selection function for Active version e extended rating curv calculation a aa ee Fig 229 Dialog to edit detailed information on the new rating curves m SKED 335 I Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method r Creating and saving new rating curves 336 Choose the rating curve status e invalid rating curve is not used for calculation produces gap or e preliminary best status for new rating curves or e accepted rating curve is used for calculation or e released rating curve can no longer be edited Allocate a number or a name to the rating curve Check the source parameter and the units the proposals are taken from the database and correspond to the units of the source and target time series involved Changes are necessary only in special circumstances Example The database contains the stage in cm and the discharge in m3 s but the rating curve is to be created in mm and s If required enter a remark Open the next page with lt Next gt Here you can enter the start of the validity period for the rating curve and create a first version of the new rating curve If you know the begi
176. d limit has the effect that the values beyond the limits are separately marked in the control bar e flag values as invalid has the effect that the values in the control bar are set to invalid e Confirm your specification of the limits by activating lt OK gt The limit values shown as a red horizontal dashed line are shifted correspondingly Treatment beyond the plausible limits can also be controlled globally for all rating curves in the INI file via the WISKI Options dialog Then the drop down list box is deactivated 3 4 6 2 Editing rating curve limits graphically Plausible rating curve limits can also be changed in the graph they can be edited e if they are visible in the graph e after having copied a regression into the rating curve e after having confirmed the dialog to edit the limits and e when choosing the graphical editing by the toolbar icon see below In order to edit the limits shown as red horizontal dashed lines in the graph D gt e activate the arrow next to the toolbar icon and e choose from the menu the Edit graphically function e Check Whether this function is active can be seen by the check mark next to the function when opening the menu again e Click with the right mouse button on the horizontal dashed lines upper and lower limits and e drag them upwards or downwards 3 5 Specifying validities for rating curves Natural changes in the river channel will occur over time at the discharge
177. d the lt Ctrl gt key the part of the curve is not shifted parallel but tipped That means that the zero point remains unchanged e The zoom function allows you to work al more exactly SKED SKED Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve red la x eten Ansicht Werlzeuge Fenster 15 x x BB SS68 e Meee BE eRe E Y E E ome zl ll SARE es a ee O pa o ee A 7 e a Pa ana Ps ae A 7 im gpr 250 A a OAR AAAA A a wo A A 2 A x 200 A e a a a KO ie Y A gt 1504 A sa fi j i t i i i D 50 100 150 oom Faktor xy 41 46 45 70 250 Q m3 s 83 761 161 006 Fig 215 Vertical shift removing offsets D Nmf T You can repeat this procedure as often as required to achieve an optimal transition in the range around 200 cm If the shift or tipping process totally failed e Use 5 to undo the change If the adjustments suit you e save the new rating curve 1 309 I Editing Rating Curves Step New rating curve with proposal x SB SGS613 Wine BBE RS eB 4 YE meu Seo se BE eM Sle ee es Of lha o leew PT Jana 600 Pa Emeus P 500 A 11 4 400 300 4 E e T j T T o 100 200 Eni 400 j T 500 e00 Q M3s Zoom Faktor iy 100 00 100 00 F315 570
178. data You can view and edit the rating curve also graphically M Show edit graphically The new version will be editable also later with the help of the rating curve manager lt Zur ck Abbrechen Fig 105 Creating rating curves e Activate the check box Enter rating curve data manually o 172 SKED SKED Developing Rating Curves Creating rating curves manually this opens automatically the type specific 12 box where you can manually enter data for the new rating curve in the table Descriptor bem OC MAS Cancel Apply 41 55 Help 53 81 58 36 59 03 60 00 ENAA r Transformation Domain Log Log D omain X Log Offset jo cm J Fit graph axes automatically m Interpolation Interpolation methods REs X Fig 106 Manual development of a rating curve example type Descriptor points Enter the S Q value pairs manually in the table Or activate in the last dialog the check box Show and edit the rating curve graphically With that you can view and edit the rating curve in a graph Finish the creation by activating lt Finish gt If the check box Show and edit the rating curve graphically is activated you can add further descriptor points to your rating curve Switch to the insertion mode with the l icon Set new descriptor points by the mouse Finally save the new rating curve filled that way by the J icon Please note e Alternatively you
179. days since 01 01 0000 Arguments yearday integer The input value must be a positive integer Return value integer Example yearday date 2003 1 11 In this example the function yearday yields the result 11 which is written into the result time series See also Functions for date and time calculation 12 3 Standard operations 12 3 1 Arithmetic operators Formulae are generated according to the well known rules with constants functions operators and brackets with the usual object hierarchy potentiation before multiplication division before addition subtraction being valid When entering constants and variables please pay attention that the system distinguishes different data types The expression 1 2 as division of two integer values yields the result 0 0 whereas 1 0 2 0 as division of two float values yields the result 0 5 If the data type of an argument is not correct a type conversion from float to integer or vice versa is SKED Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve T automatically carried out Conversion from float to integer is done by separating the decimal places The following arithmetic operators are available Symbol Arithmetic operation Addition Subtraction Multiplication Division Exponentiation Example value 1 value 2 The time series defined under 1 and 2 are added up 12 3 2 Logical operators Logical operators serve to distinguish between
180. discharge parameters e A downstream station staff gauge with the stage parameter by which one can calculate the slope at the base gauge e A sufficient number of flow measurements at the main gauge with which variable backwater conditions have been collected 18 4 Step by step solution First of all you have to check the settings for the main and staff gauge in the WISKI basic data Then you create the required parameters and time series in WISKI so that the stage fall method can then be applied in SKED 18 4 1 WISKI basic data The formulae in the stage fall method refer to the distance of the stations from the confluence Therefore make sure that the basic data of the stations used contain the necessary data e To do so activate the station basic data for the main and staff gauge and open the Position tab page For further information about the basic data management see the WISKI User s Guide 437 Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method ss m Stations MEE fH Bed Load Demo aoooog Name humbet SER f Black Lane TBR 300021 480242 pat777s sO osa 21 ooo o El m f Bochum 300011 Easting Northing Gauge datum Station created Station shutdown Valid since Boyer River 200023 ff Bredeney 300012 General Location Position el Observer Gauge Discharge Parameter Additional attributes ff Dortmund 300013 f Flat Rivers End 200022 Map type 1 25K j Frankfurt Osth
181. discharges are to be determined by this external time series A special case is to use this time series also to interpolate extrapolate discharges for intermediate stages e g for slide gate positions between the default values x gt e To do so activate the lt Selection gt button in the field External The Selection of time series form will be opened e Choose here the desired time series This external time series functions like the Eta time series however it is a little more flexible It can be used for example for different slide gate positions Two examples e A S Q calculation is to be carried out at station A which is influenced by upstream water measured at station B Thus the discharge depends not only on Sa but also on Sp Therefore Sp is taken as external time series in the calculation Now you can create any number of rating curve versions Qasp Sp you like for different Sp e In the field Select function for enhanced rating curve calculation in the rating curve management you have to set the entry Interpolation Extrapolation or only interpolation If the select function is the active version the value of the external time series is ignored Please note The names of the rating curve versions must be numerical they stand for different Sp Then in the calculation interpolation or extrapolation is carried out between two rating curve versions QasglSg by means of Sp e The discharge is to be determined at a st
182. e Cancel Apply Fig 288 Rating curve managment Selecting gaugings time series The filter window will become active and the gaugings to be displayed can be filtered as appropriate please refer to SKED use case 003 The gaugings now need to be given a label showing the date that each measurement was made e Right mouse click over the graph and select Plot properties e Select the Label tab page e Ensure that the label drop down list has been set to Date 428 SKED How to use the time related hysteresis rating curve method Actions Bioti Style Regression sections Symbol styles Label Grid Asis Qmeas Activate label Apply Cancel Help Fig 289 Plot properties label set to Date e Click lt OK gt to activate the setting and leave the dialog e Click the regression icon and then select the option Time dependent hysteresis The hysteresis interpolation dialog is opened A suitable interpolation method should be selected for fitting the curve through the gaugings e Select Parametric spline Configure hysteresis curve x Interpolation method Interpolation Parametric spline ba Fig 290 hysteresis interpolation dialog Parametric spline e Click lt Apply gt to view the results e Click lt OK gt to close the dialog It can now be seen that the spline has joined the gaugings in chronological order m SKED 429 I How to use the time related hysteres
183. e intercepting points or to insert a gap which will be later filled with a transition curve If two sections are directly linked it is likely that they have an inconsistency SKED The rating curve type Formula in sections Implementation of the rating curve type Formula in sections in the fit between the two sections jump In this case you need the functionality to move the transition point between the two sections to an intercepting point if there is one or to introduce a gap between the two sections to later insert a transition curve If the two sections are having a gap in between you can either eliminate the gap by editing the boundaries of the sections or he may insert a transition curve The selection of intercepting points the shift of the transition point between two sections and the creation of a transition curve is described in the following chapter After the regression analysis you can save the results of the regression analysis to a rating curve To do this the empty rating curve version see chapter 2 3 1 has to be plotted in the SKED graph window As a next step the rating curve version has to be chosen as active curve By using Curve fitting Save regression as reference curve regression results are copied to the rating curve Copy regression into rating curve x hee ee 5 Overwrite sections which are covered completely by the new sections only Delete existing sections before starting the copy process
184. e the curve is extended beyond the lowest and the highest point if a limit is above or under it For this you can define four limit values e upper and lower limit for extrapolation and e upper and lower limit of the validated range For the values lying beyond the extrapolation limits you can specify how to proceed you can choose between three possibilities e Do not calculate the flow gap will be inserted e Continue extrapolation and flag with beyond limit e Use the last valid flow value and flag as beyond limit All values lying beyond the validated range are shown in the stage discharge relation in italic All limits can be edited graphically if visible in the graph or via a dialog 3 4 6 1 Setting limits in the dialog The upper and lower rating limits will be displayed automatically as 2 horizontal dashed lines They will have been automatically place at the upper and lower thresholds of the regression analysis respectively To change these limits x gt e activate the toolbar icon or SKED 105 I Managing Rating Curves e e e e e e 106 activate the arrow next to the icon and choose from the menu the Dialog function The rating curve manager The Rating curve limits form is opened Rating curve limits x Q These settings define the ranges of the rating curve Flows inside i the validated range will be flagged as within rating and all extrapolated flows are flagged as extrapolated
185. e Confirm with lt OK gt 112 SKED SKED Managing Rating Curves Specifying validities for rating curves Please note If you confirm later in the wizard to save the validities all previous validities in the previously set time range are overwritten This process cannot be undone The wizard creates a graph with the source time series hydrograph of the stages as well as the results of measurements measured stages and measured discharges and the calculated discharges G time series of the measurements Please note After the calculations are finished you will see a message box and an empty window However the actual result window is thereunder In this case switch to the main menu Window and bring the window Station name Q Wizard for curve validities for to the top Please note Possibly existing base time series of source and target parameters e g S and Q are preferred for the representation in the wizard for curve validities otherwise the high resolution time series of the parameters are used To the right of the graph the table containing the specified validities is displayed You may change the layout in the graph or enlarge areas with the well known visualisation tools in order to check the plausibility of the input data Please note The wizard for curve validities contains the option to exclude single rating curves from the automatic recognition of validities By default rating curves having the status Inde
186. e Exponent p in the graphic window is active and activate the icon in order to open the time series table Enter the value in the table and save it 453 I Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method Working in SKED 454 FKJ SKED Beispielpegel SF Basispegel Q Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Werkzeuge Kurvenanpassung Fenster SASE MRAR E SF Basis Gef le Exponent Fig 317 Stage fall method Entering exponent d e Now you have finished the creation of a stage discharge relation with the stage fall method 18 6 Result If one compares the discharge calculated by the stage fall method with the discharge calculated by the same rating curve one can clearly see the effect the slope has on the calculated discharges SKED SKED Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method I Working in SKED VA wiski Benutzer wiskiddemo63 Rolle Administrator Grafik 3 oj x A Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Stammdaten Import Export Anwendungen Werkzeuge Fenster Hilfe 18 x jana S SR PRB SEQ QA sreasisaskorigien lio Be Fs AAPEEE Ea EA E O MTOR MMe m aono T T T T 19 12 1993 20 12 1993 21 12 1993 22 12 1993 23 12 1993 24 12 1993 25 12 1993 Zeitt Q m3 s SF Basis Q 15 korrigiert SF Basis Q 15 unkorr 400 e SF Basis Gef le 15 gem f t t t f j 19 12 1993 20
187. e Using the mouse click on the horizontal dotted line and drag it upwards or SKED downwards As the plot is changed the original regression is retained as a dotted line This assists when making comparisons and evaluations 159 I Developing Rating Curves Regression analysis Further possible steps 160 4 3 Regression analysis Further possible steps Up to now you used only the existing if necessary filtered discharge measurements for your rating curve development In addition however SKED offers you the possibility to change the regression curve by additional influences see the single chapters for details e add artificial data points see page 160 e additional descriptor points for spline interpolated rating curves see page 174 and Inserting editing descriptor points on p 263 e add dummy gaugings see page 163 e set up to two extrapolation points for the upper and lower regression range see page 165 e exclude single measured values from the regression see page 166 4 3 1 Setting artificial data points Artificial data points are for example modelled data points estimated data points theoretical data points or similar They can be used by the hydrologist when a particular gauging does not exist but the value can be accurately estimated They are weighted like normal measurements and saved with the regression curve without time stamp i e they are not saved in the database They can be used to rec
188. e a rating curve version will be accessed and opened Some alterations will be made to the version and the curve will be applied as a reference curve Open the Explorer of your special information system and select the station for which you have created the rating curve as well as the Q parameter under it Mark in the right part of the window the desired rating curve of that station and open the context menu with the right mouse button Choose the function Edit The rating curve is displayed in the SKED development graph Open the Rating curve management form see page 96 Choose in the tree view the level Rating curves and expand to Time series Choose here the desired gauging time series Activate the lt Show gt button Close the gaugings filter see page 139 and then close the rating curve manager With that the gaugings have been loaded Please note that the drop down list for the time series in the toolbar now contains the entry Qmeas for the gauging time series The regression curve can be edited and saved then as rating curve The rating curve version which was previously empty will then have this curve assigned to it For how to do so please read Applying the regression results as reference curve in the graph on p 216 4 2 3 Shifting the regression limits graphically As well as you can enter the regression parameters in the Regression form you can also change the thresholds directly in the graph x gt
189. e abbreviations and the importer name are separated by an equals sign The importer name can be edited freely The name entered here is then contained in the Import format drop down list in the Data import form and in the Export format list in the Data export form after you have activated the export or import function SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System l Exporting rating curves 2 2 Exporting rating curves Rating curves can also be exported in the KRCIF format KISTERS Rating Curve Interchange Format or in XML format Available export formats e KRCIF KISTERS Rating Curve Interchange Format e XML Rating curve exchange format the complete SKED information is output e XML Rating curve table mainly the rating curve table is exported for the exchange with external applications x gt e Activate from the main menu the function File gt Rating curve export You will get the export dialog where you choose the export file The export of rating curves is available only if one window at least is open The export comprises all rating curves of the current O parameter e Format group Selection according to those format groups configured in WISKI see the WISKI documentation e If the XML export should comprise in addition to the pure XML file also the export of the schema or a reference to the schema by namespaces and perform a stylesheet transformation if required activate the lt Other format settings g
190. e button In this window you enter your text and specify its layout and formatting see the page 273ff 2 A rectangle surrounds now the graphical element by means of which you can change the element size and position The black squares at this rectangle are handles If the mouse pointer is positioned above such a handle it will change to a double arrow e By activating and pressing the left mouse button you can change the form and size of the rectangle around the graphical element If the mouse pointer is positioned within the rectangle it will change to an arrow in four directions e By activating and pressing the left mouse button you can shift the graphical element to another position Fig 179 Inserting the graphical element by shifting the mouse 6 7 2 Editing a graphical element To edit a graphical element e activate the toolbar icon 22 The graphical element Text has only one start point The end point depends on the text and its characteristics That s why there is no need to draw a rectangle with the mouse here m SKED 269 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements The icon is active now the corresponding menu entry in the context menu has a check mark With that the graphic was changed to the mode Edit graphical elements NS Please note Editing is possible only in this mode If you are not in editing mode clicking on a graphical element will have
191. e curves With the single curve method you assign by the relation m SKED 23 I Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 24 Q f W a discharge to a stage via the rating curve rating curve Fig 4 rating curve When weed growth does considerably influence the rating curve which is shown by a systematic seasonal deviation from the curve correction should be made in form of modifying values Here one distinguishes between the impoundage value method where the above rating curve is used further but the measured stage is reduced by an impoundage value AW and the Eta method that uses a curve pair instead of the rating curve The curve pair comprises theQ andQ curves that envelop the scatter plot 1 2 1 4 Impoundage value curves Using the impoundage value curve method you assign by the relation Q f w AW a discharge to a stage via the rating curve Two time series are applied e one time series of the original stage e one time series that is the present deviation of the stage from the single curve for seasonal reasons for example due to weed growth in the waters or due to construction works in downstream waters Without having to create a new single curve you are in a position to define a deviation for the special period This deviation is added to the stage before calculating the discharge usually positively however sometimes it may become negative The calculation is as follows SKED SKED
192. e formula you can use the extensive functions of the formula editor of your special application A separate documentation exists for the formula editor which can be made available to you by Kisters on request Apart from the functions and operators mentioned below you can also use KiBasic an easy to learn script language KiBasic is documented in detail within the scope of the formula editor documentation 12 1 Data types supported The formula system supports different data types integer lt int gt integer 4 byte float lt float gt real number 12 byte float string character strings date integer 4 byte integer as distance from 01 01 0000 timestamp lt float gt float as distance to a defined O point which corresponds to the MS EXCEL program boolean lt intbool gt integer 4 byte true 1 or false O 12 2 Standard functions 12 2 0 1 abs lt float gt Brief description The function abs lt float gt returns the absolute value of lt float gt Arguments Input value can be any real number Return value float m SKED 365 m m 366 Example See also 12 2 0 2 arctan lt float gt Brief description Arguments Return value Example See also 12 2 0 3 cos lt float gt Brief description Arguments Return value Example See also Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve abs value 1 The absolute value of the time series defined under 1 is writ
193. e management plus activation of lt Show gt by button or context menu this loads all validities into the graph the filter dialog is opened before see page 139 e lt More assistance gt Activating this button activates further options e lt Compose individual graph gt This button opens the Compose graphs form where you can set the scope of time series discharge measurement results and validities to be displayed see Composing graphs on pages 87 for details e lt Show flow measurements enhanced gt This button offers you further specification options for the graphical display of discharge measurements see page 89 e lt Wizard for graph validities gt Activating this button opens the wizard for the specification of validities for your rating curves see Automatic setting of validities The wizard for curve validities on pages 110 for details e lt Deviation graphs gt Activating this button allows you to create deviation graphs see also Deviation graphs on pages 230 11 Please note New rating curves or versions can also be created via the rating curve manager see page 98 SKED Managing Rating Curves The rating curve wizard e lt Cumulative deviations gt Activating this button allows you to create cumulative deviation graphs read also Cumulative deviation graphs on pages 232 e lt Rating Curve Comparison gt Activating this button allows you to overlay several rating curves in order to
194. e rating curve for the slope For this you have to AAT 18 03 1988 45 02 1990 23 10 1986 16 03 1888 i 24 01 4996 22 12 1983 1986 24 03 on 1 28 03 1888 SF Basigpegel Gefallel 1 9 10 1998 1 4 Gef lle m T i ee a irs 0 100 200 300 400 500 Q m3 s E F Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 100 t 3 12 932 05 _ Mu Fig 312 Stage fall method Rearranging the fall rating curve develop a regression relation for Fall 450 SKED SKED Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method Working in SKED F 4 SKED Beispielpegel SF Basispegel Q Grafik loj x E Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Werkzeuge Kurvenanpassung Fenster laj xi Sr ole t B SSHR 2 E Gerate gt Illi Regression Gef lle m f W cm 1D x Segment Regression fazl 7 Korelati von bis Typ Grad Versch Konelations e m t Si T auschiedon T anechioon Value Gefalle ml 6 78 0 00351 value W konigier em 1 523 _ ie 21 a afo a rl I susschlieten I anschieBen Bi eA Be 2 a Forom iz a n Lr i Er Linearer Konelationskoeffizient fir den gesamten Datenbereich 0 939539 Z p Statistik on Statistische Auswertung Anzeigen kein Intervall v M tach te Ubemehmen L schen Abbrechen Ea 14 01 1986 Faasse i SE e 24 03 1988 i Se
195. e regression segments from the drop down lists Specify that way in the Attempt section the line style for the regression attempt and in the Percentile standard error section the line style for the standard error percentile As for the specification of colours you can either choose a colour or activate i e apply the option automatical In the latter case the colour of the segment depends on the presettings see page 146 If you want to save the settings permanently activate the lt Save as template gt button If the changes shall apply only for the current session confirm them with lt Apply gt dialog remains open or lt OK gt dialog is closed 4 3 6 Changing the coefficients of the regression curve You may with great care change the automatically determined regression coefficients so as to optimise the best fit of your regression curve and later the rating curve respectively Please note here that the automatically determined regression usually determines the optimal fit of the regression curve compared with the gaugings Therefore the curve coefficients should be changed only with great care Use the correlation coefficients the cross section geometry and the measured value deviations for orientation purposes Activate in the regression dialog at the right border the lt gt button for the regression segment you want to adjust The Modify regression options form is opened SKED SKED Developing Ra
196. e wizard for curve validities requires valid values in the gaugings table of the station The measurement results must be confirmed and complete If there are gaugings with the status the wizard for curve validities cannot be used This is how you work with the wizard e Activate from the main menu the function Tools gt Wizard for rating curve validities The Wizard for setting of range limits form is opened e Alternatively call the wizard for curve validities via the start of SKED from the selected station in the WISKI Explorer e The view should be a station related representation e g Stations or Locations e Choose in the Edit drop down list the entry Rating curves e Select the required downstream river gauge in the desired balancing group 14 The wizard can be used to set validities on the basis of a group of rating curves The method can be compared with the dS or Eta methods where the variables dS or Eta varying in time map with few rating curves the changes in the S Q relation that are seasonal or caused by flood by modifying the input parameter S with the dS method or the output parameter Q with the Eta method When using families of rating curves with many validities the temporal change of the S O relation is mapped through the time varying activation of the unaltered S Q relations SKED Managing Rating Curves Specifying validities for rating curves e Activate in the right dialog half from the context men
197. easurements is very important when controlling and developing stage discharge relations at gauges In addition to stage and flow you can use further result parameters from the evaluation of flow measurements Special programs like BIBER for example that are used for the collection of flow measurements provide a number of evaluation results such as e cross section area e mean flow rate e profile values e roughness coefficient for the measuring cross section and e the recorded cross section wet profile If you want to view these further result parameters from the evaluation of flow measurements activate the lt Show flow measurements extended gt button in the wizard see the Fig 40 p 85 This opens the Filter options form where you select the discharge measurements you want to display See Loading selecting filtering measurements on pages 139 for details NS Please note This filter can be called up any time with the icon When quitting the filter dialog a separate time series graphic window is automatically opened for the following parameters of the gauging time series e Qmeas discharge measured values Vimeas Mean measured velocity e Ameas area Pmeas profile value and e mean depth mean measuring depth by Please note Position of the windows is saved on closing and restored during re opening m SKED 89 I Managing Rating Curves r Creating a rating curve 3 3 Creating a rating curve Activating the l
198. ect the desired gauging time series e Activate the I icon The Regression form is opened Regression FQ m3 s f SG m OF x Segment Regression r P Correlation From To Type Degree Diff aay aT Sj Shifted Power Law m n p by log trans T Exclude I Link E B a Shifted Power Law m n p by log trans x A F Exclude T Link 3 Shifted Power Law m n p by log trans z J J Exclude F Link Bia Total correlation coefficient linear l 0 797159 m Statistics i Show no itewa z F d OK Apply Delete Cancel Help Fig 141 Statistical evaluations settings e Specify the regression functions for up to 10 segments Activate the lt Statistical evaluation gt button SKED will create the statistical evaluation as an HTML document that is automatically opened in the Web browser being installed NSS Please note The number of decimal places of the S and Q values depends on the presettings in the source and target time series of the regression o 220 SKED Developing Rating Curves Statistical evaluation of regression E Statistical results for NAUL Q Qmess Microsoft Internet Explorer al C Program Files Kisters wiski statistic htm Statistical results for NAUL Q Qmess Range 1 Q W 0 0437025 905 103 W Range 2 Range 3 Fig 142 Statistical evaluations Results m SKED 221
199. ected The properties available depend lon the parameter type selected previously On this page the time series V Equidistant M Non equidistant Year I Calendar year I Hydrological year I Flexible year Daily start 00 00 r Yesterday Measurement gi Time series type Yperen Back Cancel Fig 297 Creating parameters and time series in WISKI Finish Help e Activate lt Finish gt to create the parameter e Delete all time series that were automatically created for this parameter The next step is to create the required time series for the Fall parameter For how to create time series see the WISKI User s Guide e First of all you create the time series for the measured slope in our example SF Base Gauge Fall 15 meas I S e Make sure that the type and time interval of the created time series suit the stage time series of the main and staff gauge SKED 439 I Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method Viparameter of station StageFall Base Gauge Surface water station Template River Y ETA 7 BY Fal Time series Additional attributes H B Reports a Ste Name pee aS lan Long term values 7 F A Alarm thresholds Unit m z Rounding f3 digits according to ini eae Production values Properties E Origine Y Plausiblity checks Time level figh resolution Path of origin BON aw 5 aa a a y a High resolution D
200. ectives 14 01 1998 150 perre 10 02 1998 24 01 1998 22 01 1998 14 01 1998 13 01 1998 7 SETAA BEER i 12 02 1998 gt 0 011 99 pH meas 94 02 1998 Standard Excluded from regression NAi 1998 Forcing pont Dummy point 265 011998 r 04 02 1998 25 02 1998 i 04 01 1998 17 04 1998 ah AMISS 70 199819 02 1998 05 01 1998 05 92 1000 x ssid Pasas AOA a rE CARI 1998 24 02 1998 azori 72402 EN gy1920 01 19983 07 02 1998 namia aaa aaa a o so 100 hs Tele Pet propeties Fig 11 Load save delete perspectives windows docked Proceed as follows to change an existing perspective load it change the number and arrangement of your windows and toolbars and then overwrite it with the function View gt Save perspective 1 2 2 4 Context menus Functions used often can be started by context menus which are opened with the right mouse button The functions that are offered in such context menus depend on the status of the dialog and on the cursor position 1 2 2 5 Overview The individual menu functions buttons context menus and dialogs are described in the reference part of this manual see the page 635ff 32 SKED D SKED Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 1 2 2 6 User administration SKED offers a user administration allowing you to restrict the available functions for single users and user groups Read in this context also the separate do
201. ed and which rating curve can be edited The drop down list contains those rating curves that have been selected before via the rating curve management If the drop down list Rating curve is active all tools required to edit rating curves are available The option Rating curve blocks the possibility of choosing between the 3 extrapolation parameters Qmeas Vinegs k sqrt l If the option Rating curve is active the curves for Vmeas and k sqrt I are calculated after having confirmed the selection dialog with lt OK gt or lt Apply gt depending on the area curve of the selected profile and the Q values of the selected rating curve SKED Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler T 14 7 Example of the Manning Strickler extrapolation In the first step the extrapolation parameter Vmeas was chosen for the gauge profile A curve was extrapolated over the V g points up to the overtopping point The program calculates from this and from the area curve of the selected gauge profile an A V meas and a k sqrt l curve The second step is to set the rating curve in the selection dialog active and to choose that rating curve you want to generate again by means of the calculated A V meas design In the Curve design rubric the check box Q ber save is activated and with that the Q A V meas curve With that this curve design is maintained after confirming the selection dialog Now you can set your rating curve points with the corresponding
202. ed by the straight line fit e Activate the amp icon The Manual editing form is opened 184 SKED Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods Bearbeiten Vorschau MMEERRa z E i i i i E a l Sec 150 Ssss 100 JOD a F oo i Interaktiv 50 lt verschiebbar 8 Schnittpunkt der 0 Sektionen 0 20 40 60 80 100 m3 s 70 Fr aia durch Klick Uber 7 diesem Punkt werden eet i i die beiden ae baa Sektionsgrenzen an diesen Punkt gelegt 50 f bee eee 20 30 40 m3 s Zoom Faktor xj 100 00 65 14 70 64 Abbrechen Uberehmen Fig 114 Manual editing Straight line fit e Click on the left anchor point for example and keep the left mouse button held down e Drag the point downwards e The illustration below shows how the anchor point is dragged down and so allows the gap to be accurately bridged m SKED 185 I Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods 186 Bearbeiten Vorschau he Bea 1 gee TANDA MAA MMAM AMASAN O i aa i i o i 0 20 40 60 80 100 Q m3 s Sektionsiibergang 1 a 0 4 0 5 0 7 1 FQ r3 Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 65 14 70 64 Abbrechen Ubermehmen Fig 115 Result of the straight line fit for two regression segments 4 5 2 3 Continuation In the following you will learn how to connect two regression segments in one rating curve
203. ed into your special information systems as it is a common target function in hydrology to determine the coefficients of power functions Its origin is found in the mathematical regression calculation for non linear problems 11 3 Lauffer method In this method the shifted power function is linearized by root creation T a z ff gt T 4 z a Then the parameters a and care calculated under continuous variation of the exponent b by minimizing the error squares of this linear function The basic algorithm is here the Newtonian method of optimisation By the Lauffer method you can calculate all three parameters you do not have to preset the zero shift c If it is known from a gauge survey and if the calculated parameter c differs significantly from that the user should SKED Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula Prerequisites try to detect the cause Typical causes are on the one hand an unfavourable selection of the underlying measurements or changes in the river bed 3 A widespread phenomenon that can be observed in hydrometry is that the gauge zeros of the staff gauge differ from that of the water stage recorder This may be caused on the one hand by inaccuracies in adjustment at the gauge or by different reference systems on the other hand Staff gauges in a local height system data loggers of the recorder in absolute height systems m A in Austria m NN in Germany Ordnance
204. eecinnnnancunnn a 177 Developing rating curves with regression Methods 179 E APN ECE a AA 179 Powerslaw in sections Manual re diting 00 eessssessseteseseeseneees 181 Extended power law Method encc eescssccsssesssecssessntesssessnessneees 191 SKED 135 SKED g Using the regression for manual rating curve development 193 Formula IN SC CUOMS iieii inini 194 Using theoretical approaches for the development sessstessee 197 Rectangular We itisiescccanscctantecoaneeanivaunieietenauneny 197 V MOLEC Welisi iaiia 198 Formula rating CUVE isisisi inireseta aaia 199 Envelope CUIVES mineira aaa A TRAA 202 More options for the rating curve development uu 203 Loading cross section profiles and viewing them in a graph 203 Editing assessing a rating curve in velocity MOdE ssss 205 Extrapolating the rating curves with profile and velocity data 206 Regression and rating curve development via products Calculating rating curve for a fixed Eta sssseecssessseeesstesssneees Applying the regression results as attempt or as reference curve 215 Saving the regression as attempt ssseccsecsesesstescseeesteeseeeeseeeseeeees Recovering regressions from attempt Applying the regression results as reference curve in the graph 216 Recovering regression from a reference CUIVE essssesssessseseses 218 After applying the results Showing the discharge measurements used for the develOPMent siini 218 S
205. eeeeee 263 Editing plots ce SPMee ss eccescecnteseseecsssecsteseueeeeseecnteeeseesensecnensens 263 Sele tingeteSCri ptor POINTS Merrit eeeceeecccsteeccseeecesteeecseeecseesesneesene 263 Changing descriptor POINts c reece eccseeecssesesesteseseeenesenetes 264 Adding descriptor points By cccescccsesccsescccseeccsseseceseeersneeseseesessees 266 249 SKED OT REMOVING descriptor POINTS eesseeeccsseeccssteecsstescssteessneessseersseessnsess 266 Undoing restoring last action scsssssssssssssssessseeceececeesenenstes 266 SAVING CHANGES earar iaaiaee taa aaaea Aaaa E EEE AEE aoia Saniat 266 Insert user defined graphical elements ssssssssssssssrrrrrrrrsrsssssssrsrsrrrnrne 267 Inserting a graphical ClEMEN escsssccessssescstesceessessseessetesseesneeees 267 Editing a graphical Clemennt esccsscssssssseessesessesesseesceteeseeseseeesnteeees 269 Graphical elements and their property tab pages 272 Copying graphical elements sscscsccsesccesesssesseesseeesceeesseseeseeesaeessees 277 List of all graphical elements cssccceesssessceeescesssseesseeeeetesseseneeeees 278 Synchronising graphs and tables csscccsessessssesscssesseeesseeeceeseseeeseteeees 281 Synchronisation mode ON csssessssssecssecsesssessesssesssesstsssesssesstesseesees 281 Synchronisation mode OFF csssssssssssecssecsssssesssesssesseesseeseseseessesseesees 281 250 Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph i
206. eft 7 Velocity curves below right x Deviation below left h Sen ae Fig 155 Analysis of fit e First of all you have to specify whether to show the result in a new graphic window e Decide then whether to carry out the analysis on the basis of the cross section data or by the adaptation to Ameas cross sectional area as a result of the evaluation of discharge measurements calculated in BIBER only displayed by SKED e The results are displayed in a graph with four plot ranges for area curves velocity curves rating curves and deviations Specify another division if necessary e Confirm with lt Finish gt The adaptation results are represented in a graph The four part graph shows Qneas discharge measured values Vmeas Mean measured velocity e Ameas Area Areg Vreg if the analysis is carried out by the adaptation to Ameas or Aprof Vreg if the analysis is based on the cross section data 238 SKED Assessing Rating Curves Comparing rating curves e Deviations iG Jahan jS 13 04 1994 i oe ogo4ises S ce 104 h 17 12 1982 25 05 1983 i gt 517 12 198225 05 1983 E iea ae ae Nig 994 17 12 1982 13 04 1994 1 12 1982 291 199 tenn 1998 J i os 4 d 22 03 2002 D A AN ATAA gues was 1988 r 2 SN 13 04 1903 naki 2 1896 Q m3 s o 10 20 30 A m2 Im Aprof Qmess Standard au
207. egarded as optimally adjusted when the target function that describes the deviation of the real measured values from the rating curve becomes minimal m SKED 345 I Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula Method of the logarithmic regression 346 The Logarithmic regression and the Lauffer method presently implemented in your special information system are two different algorithms that yield different results depending on the underlying measurement results The user has to choose the appropriate method depending on the aims he has for example good adaptation in the high water or low flow range or compensation of errors over all ranges We cannot make any general recommendations of which method is to be used for which tasks because this always depends on the underlying measured values of the special station and on the procedure chosen by the editor or his organization 11 2 Method of the logarithmic regression In this method the shifted power function is linearized by logarithmisation T d z ff gt odf oqi e ogz After that the parameters are determined by minimizing the error squares of this linear function By the linear regression you can calculate only two parameters the zero shift c has to be preset If it is known from a gauge survey you can apply it otherwise you have to determine the optimal value by varying the parameter c This target function was appli
208. elete row Insert row Synchronize table and graphic Save as text file Units Rounding Set status Insert gap Fig 210 Pasting from the clipboard e Close the table The spline calculated from these descriptor points is now shown graphically 304 SKED Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve Greim Q 1 Graph N si aaa a aca i a ae 22 12 1993 16 10 1987 wl i i i H 16 02 1990 amp 3 Te o1 081900 crema oa E 28 02 1980 24 11 1996 18 03 1988 eases i e po EAE E EER E O TE AE EEES EEE EA 98 121992 3 05 03 1990 TP aaa 14111998777 means Printer S Deviate a 928 02 1996 12041989 y 16 031989 23102 1986 18 07 1997 18 011989 23011989 i IRS 26 01 1886 18 05 1995 4 r A A P0 63 4990 oi 021 a i EN 5 meas NN O98 Standard Excluded from regression 2 pg08 05 1996 Forcing point Dummy point 24 001 07 1996 16 09 1991 Plena 0 i t j t t j 0 100 200 300 400 500 Q m s Fig 211 Showing the spline calculated from descriptor points Now we want to adjust the new copied rating curve to the new situation In our example a part of the curve is to be shifted vertically by 7 cm However we first have to avoid the possibility of a horizontal shift that might be carried out by mistake e To do so activate in the context menu the function Prevent horizontal shift
209. elp Fig 303 Time series for the exponent of the stage fall method Configure the origin Unknown 443 m m e The last time series to be created is that for the discharge corrected by the stage fall method It gets a formula origin WAiParameter of stat tageFall Base Gauge a ETA BY Fall YN apa cB Reports E they Statistics llat Long term values E A Alarm thresholds EE Time series ty SFBG Q 15 ate gi E Origins YF Plausibity checks H E SFBG O Baseflowtine tL SFBG O DayMax H A SFBG O DayMesn amp H E SFBG O DayMin iL SFBG O Extreme values t E E SFBG Q Extteme values F SFBG Q Gaugings E E SFBG G Instantaneous v H E SFBG Manual values E E SFBG Q Tidal peak selec SFBG O YearMax SFBG Q YearMean SFBG Q YearMin x E H A SFBG Q MonthMax Ly SFBG Q MonthMean E SFBG Q MonthMin SFBG Q Related Stage Ej b e te B E SFBG Q System values b o B te E E Surface water station eTemplate River Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method Time series Additional attributes nme REGO TS cared tans 555 Unit ms Rounding 5 signif and3 post decimals according t A Production values Path of origin Properties Time level Distance high resolution High resolution equidistant 15 min Day level Type Meanvalues F Transfer values into DB Month level Begin I Calculate time series with priority Year
210. ements Show all rating curves Show flow measurements extended lt Further assistance MEERE Fig 40 The Rating Curve Wizard 85 I Managing Rating Curves The rating curve wizard 86 Choose one of the following options it depends on the operating context which options are available e lt Create new rating curve or new version gt Activating this button starts the creation of a new rating curve or version with the help of the wizard see page 90 e lt Create normalized rating curve gt This button starts the semi automatic calculation of rating curves for standardised cross sections e g tube profiles from normalized rating curves for h 0 100 A v Q height area velocity and flow see Creating Normalized Rating Curves on pages 469 for details e lt Open rating curve manager gt This button opens the rating curve manager see page 96 e lt Plot flow measurements gt This button corresponds to the selection of a gauging time series in the rating curve management plus activation of lt Show gt by button or context menu this loads all discharge measurements into the graph the filter dialog is opened before see page 139 e lt Show all rating curves gt This button shows all active versions of all rating curves in the graph see page 119 e lt Show all rating curve validities gt This button corresponds to the selection of a curve validity in the rating curv
211. ements are loaded first Special groups of measurements can be added or removed from the graph Here it might be useful to filter the underlying gaugings for example by time range stage range flow range or by season In addition you can also filter by e influence e artificial data points and e gaugings according to BIBER Use the corresponding tab pages To distinguish between these gaugings also optically you can display them with different curve attributes colour style symbols This can be preset in the basic settings see page 146 or individually set or changed respectively for the current session see page 147 A template can be defined here to represent for example a range of gaugings recorded within a certain time period Existing templates also exist for example for excluded gaugings and standard gaugings If you have chosen a gauging time series the Filter options form is opened before allowing you to specify which measured values you want to view in the graph If further information is needed e g about mid range gaugings or flood gaugings you can access the filter options again with the toolbar icon and add the corresponding measurements to the graph This filter dialog can be opened whenever you need it 4 1 1 Loading measurements x gt e First of all select in SKED the desired time series if already loaded into the graph or e mark in the Explorer of your special information system the desired station and i
212. en you have created several versions that way define exactly one version as the active version of the respective rating curve by the lt Set as active version gt button That version appears then in bold letters It is the basis for the determination of discharge over the rating curve SKED Managing Rating Curves Creating a rating curve i E S Please note If a rating curve does not have any active version the related Q time series cannot be calculated e f required enter a comment on the change e Activate lt Next gt Create rating curve version x Now you can enter data manually or via a dialog I Enter data You can view and edit the rating curve also graphically MV Show edit graphically The new version will be editable also later with the help of the rating curve manager lt Zur ck Abbrechen Fig 46 Creating rating curves The wizard V e Finally you can specify the following e whether to enter data for the new rating curve manually in a dialog in a table if yes read the further explanations in Creating rating curves manually on pages 171 e whether to show or edit the rating curve also graphically if yes read the further explanations in Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series on pages 119 e whether to display or edit also the underlying discharge measurements in a graph if yes read the further explanations in Loading selecting filtering measurement
213. ence curve the regression results will be copied over to the rating curve version in the database In the background of the reference curve the regression curves are plotted basis for re iteration process After the regression results have been applied SKED validates the reference curve and will alert the user with warning messages if e two segments are not joined e two flow values exist for one stage Zorro effect e flow decreases for increasing stage 1 2 3 6 Re iteration of the regression analysis The start situation for the re iteration in order to develop the rating curve as realistic as possible is a plotted regression curve overlaid with a reference curve both can consist of more than one segment SKED Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor Fig 12 Reference curve start of re iteration Functionality of the re iteration process is e Adding removing measurements see the page 139ff e Including excluding measurements see the page 166ff e Adding removing artificial data points with and without date and time stamp see the page 160ff e Adding moving removing dummy gaugings see the page 163ff e Adding moving removing extrapolation points for regression see the page 165ff e Adding moving removing regression thresholds see the page 159ff e Changing coefficients of the power law function e Changing limits ends of validated range and ends of extrapolation see the page 105ff Using the re ite
214. ent is deleted SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Synchronising graphs and tables 6 8 Synchronising graphs and tables Time series are represented in the graph and or table window Whereas the graph gives you a survey of the time series course the table shows you the single values exactly You may synchronise both table and graph to make the best use of these two advantages for representations When you click in this mode on a measured value in the graph the respective value will be highlighted in the table This works also vice versa when clicking on a value in the table the respective value will be highlighted in the graph 6 8 1 Synchronisation mode ON gt e Select the desired plot e Activate the fea icon Alternatively you can use the main menu e Activate the function View gt Show values in table The icon is active seems to be pressed e To display the graph and table window for example next to each other choose the menu item Window Tile horizontally e Click on the desired value The corresponding measured value is marked in the table 6 8 2 Synchronisation mode OFF x gt e Select the desired plot e Activate again the fal icon The icon is deactivated the synchronisation mode is switched off again m SKED 281 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Synchronising graphs and tables 282 SKED TT APPENDIX Selection of Discharge Measurements by means of predefi
215. enu with the right mouse button and choose the function Edit e Open the context menu of the tree entry Time series at the S parameter Activate the entry Add time series e Choose in the time series configuration wizard the entry S correction e Activate lt Next gt and then lt Finish gt e A newly created time series has no origin by default For the manual entry of time series data in the table or graph the origin Unknown must be created WISKI WISKI RecalibrationofQ 21 al The three correction points Smin deltaSmin Sbreak deltaSbreak and Smax deltaSmax are saved in that new time series The correction value is linearly interpolated between the correction points under Smin one assumes deltaSmin above Smax one assumes deltaSmax to be constant Specify in the WISKI Explorer the time range for which you want to record the correction factors and open the table for the S correction time series Enter in the table the date time and the three S value pairs for correction by double clicking in the table entry via keyboard Save the changes on closing the table The corrections are determined in SKED Here you need only one graph to represent flow measurements the rating curve and also the corrected rating curve together with the correction points and the correction values dS resulting from the measurements The correction values can be edited graphically The corrected rating curve is updated immediately allowing you to check
216. er Hochwert Enzugsgebiet 0 00 km MeBpunkthohe 0 00 m Regreso Regre nlo AmA Hh H 3 menung n en faim ama h moana E EE C E P gina 2 Zoom Faktor jy 100 00 13 46 4 73 num 7 Fig 76 Print preview of your data here e g discharge measurements and regressions 3 6 8 1 Setting up your printer printer settings If required you can make settings for the printout and change them respectively e To do so activate the function File gt Page setup The setup dialog known from WINDOWS is opened e Here you can define the well known settings like paper format alignment marginal settings etc e Confirm with lt OK gt to activate these settings the dialog is closed e Confirm with lt Print gt to directly print your data You will get the WINDOWS print dialog e Start printing by activating lt OK gt 129 I Managing Rating Curves Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series 130 3 6 9 Copying graph contents By the graphics context menu to be activated with the right mouse button you can copy the contents of a graph into the clipboard as meta file It is then available to you for other applications e g MS Word 3 6 10 Activating double logarithmic display You may choose a double logarithmic display in the graph e Activate the I icon in the toolbar of the main window e The Double logarithmic view form will be opened where you can define the settings for suc
217. er with higher being the value of the next higher version number and lower the value of the next lower version number An example At a station where the stage is influenced by a downstream river gauge backwater the discharge of the upstream river gauge is calculated using a rating curve with several versions The version number is numerical e g 22 1 33 55 1 77 2 with interpolation and selection of the downstream river gauge as the external S time series in WISKI it is checked for example for the stage of 30 cm at the downstream river gauge in the external time series which two versions enclose this S value Two discharge values are determined for these two versions Then a linear interpolation is carried out how the influence by the downstream river gauge affects the discharge of the upstream river gauge SKED Managing Rating Curves The rating curve manager external time series Time series S X gt 224 in method S 554 40 8 7 G 101 11 2 Fig 50 Extended rating curve calculation for intermediate values S Please note e Forall functions except active version the versions must get numerical names Use a point as decimal separator e To define a version as the active version of the respective rating curve activate the lt Set as active version gt button in the Rating curve management form tab page Rating curve That version appears then in bold letters e Activate the lt Apply
218. es Choose here a useful range For how to do so please see Setting time range on pages 125 e You can carry out this preview also on the loaded Q time series Here the corresponding source time series S is automatically searched and the temporary calculation is carried out with the modified rating curve e For this load in the tree view of the rating curve manager for the rating curve the Q time series you want to check This is done via the Time series entry Activate in the toolbar the menu of the icon Temporary calculation by clicking on the arrow next to the icon Choose one of the fixed rating curves listed here Now a new time series having the name O lt name of the stage time series gt is displayed This time series can be edited like a normal one however is not yet saved in the database Please note The rating curve validity is not considered here Alternatively choose the temporary preview by means of the active valid rating curve version This corresponds to the usual rating curve calculation however is not saved in the database Also here the result displayed is a new time series having the name Q lt name of the stage time series gt This time series can be edited like a normal one however is not yet saved in the database Or choose a preview based on the active rating curve currently being in process which possibly has just been changed SKED SKED Assessing Rati
219. es 103 Copying rating curves and VerSiOnS ssseessirsssseerereseerrrrsesserrrrrnsesn 104 Specifying rating curve limits ssssssssrsssssesssrssesssrrrunnsesrrrennsserrernnsesrrrenss 105 Specifying validities for rating CUIVES ssescssescsstescssescstessstesentessnes 107 Specifying validities in the rating curve manager sssr 108 Automatic setting of validities The wizard for curve validities 110 Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series 119 Showing rating Curves sccccetesesseesseteeeee Viewing printing survey of validities SROWMg TIME SOMES we ccscecssscesscsestceseessescttsennecetaseeesau saci cotectatesteetoenstaette Terminating the rating c rve management s 125 SI SFe a ce scccseeescsesecsueeescuseeroutessseesesneeseaes 125 oh SECO ee re 126 Synchronising graphs and tables eessescsssecssseessseessseecsneessnee 128 81 SKED OT Printing graphs and tables sssssscssscssessesssessessstesceteeseeseseesenteeees 128 Copying graph CONtENS cecccesecssesceeecseeecetesssecstescneescetesseesseteeseteesees 130 Activating double logarithmic display sssssssessstscsessseseneees 130 Information on rating curves and results of measurements 131 Press Shift and click on a rating CUIVEC escseccsssseecseesctesseesneeeees 131 Press Shift and click ON a Validity ccssssscssesssesssesssecssesseesnesssessserss 132 Press Shift and click ON a measurement QQ ses
220. esis curve e Save the rating curve 17 3 Summary A hysteresis rating curve has been created Flow can subsequently be generated by giving the flow time series the standard rating curve origin m SKED 431 How to use the time related hysteresis rating curve method Summary 432 The final step would be to define an appropriate validity period for the curve The validity period may well be relatively short covering only the period of the specific flood event which has been covered with a large number of gaugings One approach to the calculation of flow values would be to have the default flow calculation based on a standard rating curve The flows could then be calculated at a later date using the hysteresis method by creating a curve and only making it valid for the time period covering the flood event Following this event the source of the flow calculation could revert back to the previous rating curve SKED SKED APPENDIX Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method This example explains how to use the stage fall method to create relations between stage and discharge in SKED under consideration of variable backwater conditions Contents of this chapter Technical background definitions ssscssscsessescseesctesseeecntessteesees 435 Example Scenari O sinana aaa a aaa E a 437 REQ UMFEMICINS seadssnedatecersaccessyczenusivtscyaccevacetusasceusdenbuserenasborsisnscescasdrtaeretiaieenacrth 437 Step Dy Step
221. ess the calculated ETA values The target time series of the S Q conversion 0 60 gets the origin Rating curve enhanced input time series are S 60 and the production time series Eta 1 of the station 9 7 First results of the Eta method The first step for the S O conversion according to the Eta method is to calculate the Eta values original for that time range for which discharge measurements are existing Afterwards the Eta values are copied from the original time series into the production time series The time series 0 60 is displayed in a graph so that you get a preview of m SKED 323 I The Eta Method Application of the Eta method exemplified by the Burgberg Ort station its calculated discharges The latter action is sufficient to calculate all time series automatically The result of the calculated discharge values are shown in the following illustration wightrg ETA ETAL O wigberg ETA W 60 wrgbtrg ETA K Kenanvert urgderg ETA Q 60 urgberg Hurbe 0 60 I 05 05 1997 12 05 1997 19 05 1997 26 05 1997 02 06 1997 09 06 1997 16 06 1997 23 06 1997 Zett Fig 225 First results of the S Q conversion according to the Eta method 9 8 Manual interventions in the Eta P time series Depending on the density of the discharge measurements at the station a manual intervention in the Eta P time series may become necessary If for example there were no discharge measurements taken
222. essary steps for the selection of profiles plot points and plots While the Strickler icon is active the dialog replaces the plot drop down list box and the icon e for the integration of wet and dry profiles via the Cross section profiles form to which this dialog corresponds on the whole 400 SKED Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler TT Extrapolationsparameter N x r Position oben links 0 1000 Breite g 135 437 y 12 524 r Profile Feuchtprofil Y I Sichtbar Trockenprofi EMESA AAE J Profil in Grafik darstellen vorhanden von 11 11 1987 09 3 bis 23 01 1998 19 3 anzeigen von 11 11 1987 f bis 23 01 1998 Extrapolationsparameter Kurvenentwurf C Qmess I Oiber zwischenspeichem Vess I ber zwischenspeichern C k sqrt l J k sqrt il ber zwischensp Schlisselkurve l z Grafikvorgaben Abbrechen bemehmen Fig 271 Specifying the extrapolation according to Manning Strickler 14 4 Specifying profiles e n the Profiles rubric you select if existing a humid profile from the drop down list In this case the dry profile lying before the selected humid profile is set automatically therefore the drop down list box is deactivated If no humid profile is existing you can choose a dry profile from the drop down list e Specify the time range in the fields show from and until e Use here the SKED calendar How to use it is ex
223. esteesaeeseneees 405 397 Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler T 14 Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler 14 1 Explanations in terms of content The rating curve calculation according to Manning Strickler is useful if you want to estimate the top branch of the rating curve that is not covered by flow measurements but is very important for the flood event The only parameter that is known for this case and that can be measured in advance is the profile area Therefore you don t use for the calculation according to Strickler any regression from the Amess points but that curve that was actually measured in the field the gauge profile curve The rating curve is generated for that position in the water where the stage is recorded that is the gauge profile That s the reason why only those humid and dry profiles shall be used for the calculation according to Strickler that have been recorded in the gauge profile Vmeas and k sqrt I of the gauging table may be used only by those measurements having been carried out in the gauge profile Q is used by all measurements The table below gives you a survey of the relation between known and unknown plots 2 known plots 2 plots to be calculated Aprof Vmeas O Aprof Vinegs k sqrt I Vinego R213 Aprof k sqrt I O Aprof Vineas Vmeas k sqrt l R 2 3 Aprof Qmeas k sqrt I Vineqs R2 3 Vinegs Qmeas Aprof Aprof SK k sqrt l Vineqs R2 3 Vineqgs SK Ap
224. eveloping Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development e In the Settings form choose e the method to calculate the profile value Manning Strickler or Rinsum e the first month of the water year e the rating table resolution Automatically Fixed distance or Optimised for steps of one and e data concerning the power law function This data is explained in the following 20 4 8 4 2 Resolution of the rating table The resolution of the table influences the stage discharge relation In the Settings you can define the step unit of the table values The step unit is always rounded e g 0 1 0 2 or 1 0 2 0 There are three settings possible e Optimised for steps of one Smax Smin lt 10 or Smax Smin gt 1 000 dS is chosen in a way that between 100 and 1 000 steps are represented Otherwise the step unit is 1 e Automatic dS is chosen in a way that between 100 and 1 000 steps are represented e Fixed distance dS can be fixed 4 8 4 3 Power law function Configurations In the section Power law function you can preset the following parameters for rating curves of this type where deviations at the intersections every 2nd descriptor point of the single rating curve branches are output e no deviations e deviation according Nobilis or e exact solution With Deviation according Nobilis the following calculation instructions apply Y discharge of the decriptor point 20 The profile value
225. ew rating curves 338 SKED allows you to create rating curves according to various methods To create a rating curve according to the Extended power law e choose as rating curve type the entry Extended power law e Enter a name for the version If this is the only version that exists for the special rating curve it is automatically set as the active version which is used for calculation If other versions exist you can activate here the new version e Activate the entry Active version if you want to use this version for calculation e If required enter a remark e Open the next wizard page with lt Next gt SKED has now the total information it needs to save the rating curve including version type and validity in the database SKED offers different ways to carry out the actual construction now e Enter data A special editor is opened where you can enter the rating curve data This mode is preferable for the Extended power method since input and calculation are automatically combined there e Show edit graphically Here you can edit the descriptor points of the rating curve graphically As for the Extended power method this mode is suitable only for visualisation because the rating curve determined by calculation does not have any real descriptor points e Show edit results of measurements graphically Since the measurement results are the basis for the rating curve calculation they are displayed at the Extended power meth
226. exemplified by the Burgberg Ort station 9 4 Application of the Eta method exemplified by the Burgberg Ort station In the period from 23 03 1993 to 11 11 1999 approximately 130 discharge measurements were taken at the Burgberg Ort station The stage was recorded continuously from 01 03 1993 on The following steps are to be executed in order to apply the Eta method in your special information system e creating the envelope curve SKED e calculating the Eta time series e calculating the Q time series 9 5 Creating the envelope curve The varying flume hydraulics is considered for Burgberg Ort by 12 rating curves in total Harp method To replace the Harp method by the Eta method the two outer rating curves are used as Qo and Qz of the envelope curve we want to create The created envelope curve is valid from 01 01 1950 on To create the envelope curves proceed as follows Ey e Select in the Explorer of your special information system the editing mode Rating curves e Choose the desired station and select the Q parameter The right window possibly displays now a list of existing rating curves e Choose in the context menu of the right window the function Wizard The SKED Wizard is started and helps you with the envelope curve creation Choose in the wizard the top option Create new rating curve or new version Now the envelope curve is created using a wizard e Choose the option Create rating curve e The second step is to
227. finished now 302 SKED Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve After that we want to copy the descriptor points of the existing rating curve 3 e First choose the rating curve 3 from the drop down list e Open a table containing descriptor points by the E icon Greim Q Q 1 1 51 00 102 00 153 00 204 00 255 00 306 00 357 00 511 61 561 06 Fig 207 Table of descriptor points e Copy the descriptor points into the Windows clipboard e Select all values either by the keyboard lt Ctrl gt lt A gt the mouse or the context menu e Copy the selection into the clipboard either by the keyboard lt Ctrl gt lt C gt or the context menu function Copy Search in column Sele Srta Delete row Font Insert row Print Ctrl d Synchronize table and graphic Configure columns Fig 208 Copying into the clipboard e Close the table e Choose then the new rating curve from the drop down list m SKED 303 I Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve e By the icon you open the empty table of descriptor points of the new curve Greim Q Q 1 1 1 Fig 209 Opening the empty table e Paste the copied values from the clipboard either by the keyboard lt Ctrl gt lt V gt or the context menu function Paste Greim Q Q 1 1 S m Q m s 25 OM Search in column Table gt D
228. finite or Old are excluded However they can be included manually again Activate the lt In exclude rating curves gt button The Include exclude rating curves form is opened 113 I Managing Rating Curves r Specifying validities for rating curves 114 Cancel In exclude __Infexclude rating curves curves a sin et Include or exclude rating curves x List of rating curves gt 145P Q RatingDocu Docu 2 Cancel p Please note Rating Curves that are invalid or out of date will be excluded by default The include or exclude of rating curves at this step will not have any impact on the saved status of the rating curve To change the status of the rating curve please use the rating curve mananger 01 1999 08 01 1999 10 01 1999 Time t Pe Fig 60 Include exclude rating curves Activate the entries of those rating curves you want to consider for the assignment of validities all other entries can be deactivated Confirm your specifications with lt OK gt lt Next gt guides you then to the deviation graph between the stages of the measurements and the continuous stages SKED Managing Rating Curves Specifying validities for rating curves FASSKED Unterkirchberg Q Assistent fiir Kurvengiiltigkeiten fiir Unterkirchberg Q EA Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Werkzeuge Fenster la x Ke Be eessen ER
229. function Curve fitting gt Apply regression as rating curve When inserting the regression in a rating curve of the type Descriptor points the Save regression as rating curve form is opened SKED SKED Developing Rating Curves Applying the regression results as attempt or as reference curve m Behandlung von iiberlappenden Abschnitten C h ble if a clear intersect has been found im the overlapping Gy E r AT Anzahl der Stiitzstellen pro Abschnitt 30 Logarithmic distribution Distribute as follows One third of the descriptor points in the lower 19 of value range One third of the descriptor points in the next 20 of value range The rest in the remaining value range Cancel Help Fig 138 Save regression as rating curve In this dialog you specify how to treat overlapping segments in case of multi segment regressions and how to treat descriptor points The distribution of the thirds in the Handling of descriptor points section is applied from the Advanced settings dialog Activate in the Handling of overlapping sections section one of the options Intersect SKED sets the descriptor point to the intersection point of the regression segments Please note This is possible only if a unique intersection point was found Otherwise this option button is greyed out Existing overlapping points are ignored Weighted intersection the overlapping area between the regression
230. g S Stage shifted correction Corrected calibrated stages e g S 15 corrected Flow from rating curve with S related stage correction Q 15 calculated Flow related Q calibration e g S QrelCor Corrected calibrated flows e g Q 15 19 2 Calculation method procedure The first step is to calculate a preliminary Q from the production values of the measured stages S a correction value dS and the valid rating curve First the correction value dS is calculated from the flow measurements by the origin Delta SQ It describes the stage difference between measurement and rating curve for the same Q A linear change between the measurements is assumed In order to record also spontaneous changes of the dS value resulting for example from weed removal or jam 459 I Recalibration of Q e 460 and to correct faulty dS values the calculated dW values are applied into a production copy Here they can be edited The second step is to determine stage related corrected S values to calculate the Q values that are published The stage related correction is carried out by specifying three correction points Smin deltaSmin Sbreak deltaSbreak Smax deltaSmax The correction value is linearly interpolated between the correction points under Smin one assumes deltaSmin above Smax one assumes deltaSmax to be constant The corrections are determined in SKED Here you need only one graph to represent flow measurements the rating curve and also the corrected rating
231. g and saving new rating curves e fyou know the beginning of the validity period activate the entry valid since and enter the date if you want to specify the validity later deactivate the entry and define the validity later in the rating curve management e Since the actual construction of the rating curve is done in the single versions to allow a comparison of different variants you have to create the first version here Create new rating curve xi You can now enter a validity date for this rating curve to specify from when it should be valid Insert validity V fos o1 2008 04 19 26 7 lt Back Cancel Help Fig 239 Dialog to enter the validity and to create a rating curve version e Activate the entry Create version which is preset by default e With lt Next gt you get to the details of the new version m SKED 351 I Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula r Creating and saving new rating curves 352 Create new rating curve version Eg Type Descriptor points x Rectangular weir formula ind Extended power law Power law in sections in Formula in sections Beyond limit Calculate but flag as beyond limit x Comment a ap e Fig 240 Details of a rating curve version selection of the type Free formula SKED allows you to create rating curves according to various methods To create a rating curve according to the
232. g mathematical optimisation algorithms The coefficients of the rating curve function are regarded as optimally adjusted when the target function that describes the deviation of the real measured values from the rating curve becomes minimal Presently two different target functions are implemented in your special information system yielding different results depending on the underlying measurement results The user has to choose the appropriate target function depending on the aims he has for example good adaptation in the high water or low flow range or compensation of errors over all ranges We cannot make any general recommendations of which target function is to be used for which tasks because this always depends on the underlying measured values of the special station 10 1 1 Least square method of the logarithmic values S OdT ronal off T 2 yy gt plq This target function was applied into the special information systems of KISTERS AG as it is a common target function in hydrology to determine the coefficients of power functions Its origin is found in the mathematical regression calculation for non linear problems 10 1 2 Least square method according to the Verbund 5 Tiem a A F N plq jhphvvhq This target function has successfully been used at the Verbund AG Austria for many years already to adapt rating curves Due to the good experiences made regarding the convergence behaviour and due to the good ada
233. g the manual editing over limits of regression segments or intersections a window is opened showing you the environment of this point including stage and discharge m SKED 181 I Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods 182 Ahausen Q Q I Test Bearbeiten Vorschau ame O LEBRES e BE E oe tae an e 07 05 hie L horns 0A er eee eee jonnebenbebench en dennen nd i th 0 2 4 6 Qm 03 poepen el le aa poorer m3 s 0 2 Sektionsiibergang 1 aj 00000701 020300507 1 Q m3 s Abbrechen bemehmer Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 5 55 0 94 Fig 111 Display of information of the environment of intersections and segment limits of the regression e When editing manual measurements or when including excluding measurements the symbols are drawn like in the normal representation Exception Selected symbols get a black point 4 5 2 2 Straight line fit In the following you will learn how to connect regression segments using the straight line fit A regression in two segments is taken as basis i e with one change point between the segments The straight line fit can be activated on the basis of the reference curve and will be carried out in the log log scale of the reference curve Two points will be automatically added as anchor points at the end of the upper and lower segment Both points can track each curve on either segme
234. g the origin Recalibration This origin calculates as follows Q lt Qmin Q target Q source Fmin Smin Qmin lt Q lt Qmax Q target Q source Fmin Fmax Fmin Qmax Qmin Q source Qmin Smin Smax Smin Qmax Qmin Q source Qmin Q gt Qmax Q target Q source Fmax Smax 19 3 More working options in SKED There are two further working options e Activating the function Curve fitting gt Rating curve shift gt All stage shifts as table displays all values of the S related correction time series as a WISKI table 464 WISKI Recalibration of Q l Tooo e With Curve fitting gt Rating curve shift gt Show shifted rating curve you can recalculate the rating curve on the basis of the S related correction time series Please note These functions create only temporary rating curves that cannot be saved m WISKI 465 I Recalibration of Q 466 WISKI SKED APPENDIX Creating Normalized Rating Curves This example illustrates how to calculate rating curves for standardised cross sections e g tube profiles from normalized rating curves for h A v Q semi automatically Contents of this chapter REQUIFCMEMNUS iiaia 469 Overview of the ProCEGUre ssessssessstescstescsessneessneessstessntensateessnteeeey 469 Step by Step Procedures aai 470 Possible functions for editing rating CUIVES sssscsseseeeeee 473 467 Creating Normalized Rating Curves i 20
235. ge The Eta values can automatically be calculated from the gaugings e g discharge measurements carried out with current meters with BIBER with the actual rating curves The Eta method is used for that which calculates Eta as Qo Qaktuell Q 0 Here using the stage determined in the current flow measurementWaktue the respectiveQ orQ is calculated and then related to the actually measured dischargeQaxtue according to the above formula Qo Modifying values Eta Fig 6 Calculating the modifying values Eta The modifying values Impoundage and Eta result from the discharge measurements and rating curve range of rating curve fluctuation The modifying values between these measurements are interpolated in first approximation in a linear way Whether the range of rating curve fluctuation has to be adapted can be seen by striking discharge measurements Eta lt 0 or gt 100 or by negative or positive deviations of the modifying values SKED Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor Range of rating curve fluctuation Fig 7 Evaluating modifying values the range of rating curve fluctuations 1 2 2 User interface SKED is equipped with a user interface that corresponds to the WINDOWS standard e In the header of the SKED program window you will find the main menu and the toolbars With the symbols you can execute e g special menu functions directly e In the window area you are show
236. gradient Configure origin The last time series created for the Fall parameter is the time series for the exponent of the stage fall method with the origin Unknown SKED SKED Ae eee Y ETA Q Fall H B Reports mf Statistics lan Long term values A Alam thresholds E E Time series Ex SFBG Fall 15 meas te Fall 15 theor SFBG Fall Exponent TA oozgpmm F aaa 999 Fig 302 arameter of station StageFall Base Gauge ETA EoD Fall a EB Reports mth Statistics an Long term values Q Alarm thresholds EHE Time series H P SFBG Fall 15 meas SFBG Fall 15 theor fy SFBG Fall Exponent E Origins VW Plausiblity checks pe e Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method Surface water station Template River I Time series Adeitional attributes Name BFBGFal Exponent tent 8 mut mm E Rounding 5 cording to ini Production values Properties Time level figh resolution Path of origin High resolution Distance fiot equidistant 1 sec Day level Type nstantenous values Month level Begin a T Calculate time series with priority Year Conf database statistics R Tran Data exchange number Cancel Help Time series for the exponent of the stage fall method Surface water station emplate River Valid from Active Calculate autornaticall Unknown 2 a Cancel H
237. gs Filter Gaugings Manage Derived Data Points Add Dummy Gaugings Edit Dummy Gaugings Set Forcing Point Fig 9 Menu structure of SKED e In the File menu you call functions for file and data management e g the rating curve management see the page 96ff or the rating curve wizard see the page 85ff for the import export of rating curves and for the printout of data e In the Edit menu you can choose tools for general editing e In the View menu you choose functions to view data and program elements e Inthe Tools menu you configure the program system and start the specification of curve validities with the help of the wizard see the page 110ff e The Curve fitting menu comprises many functions supporting you in the rating curve development save regression as attempt take over of the result into the rating curve set artificial data points dummy gaugings and extrapolation points Boyer method hysteresis etc e In the menus Window and Help you control the representation of the program windows and call the online help 1 2 2 2 Toolbars With the toolbar functions you can execute special menu commands e g for the menu function File gt Open and further functions e g fio for the representation of derivations We distinguish between the following toolbars e Edit 2 80 eh wm 8 E In the Edit toolbar you can call functions to edit the curve such as Edit Fill or Selection of range You can also use this tool
238. gt e To define the graphic styles for the gaugings activate in the Filter options dialog the lt Plot styles gt button The Styles for filtered measurements form is opened SKED 147 I Developing Rating Curves r Loading selecting filtering measurements 4 1 5 1 148 Style for filtered measurements Ea automatically automatically automatically z E 00 a mas T7 Style r Symbol style Style excluded from regression i Forcing point Symbol dummy point Colour Fill Symbol size New Delete Cancel Save as template Fig 88 Selecting and editing the symbol styles in the Filter dialog Editing symbol styles Four styles have a special meaning The styles excluded from regression extrapolation point dummy point cannot be used for filtering they are implicitly determined by the properties of the Standard This style cannot be edited It results from the options you have specified by the function Tools D Settings in the Settings form here use the lt Graph settings gt button to open the Graph settings dialog form for the detailed explanation see page 146 excluded from regression This style is used for excluded measurements It cannot be deleted however edited if required Extrapolation point This style is used for extrapolation points It cannot be deleted however edited if required dummy point This style is used for dummy gaugings It cannot
239. h a display Double logarithmic view g x Scaling of x axis _ r Scaling of y axis I Auto sealing Tl Auto scaling From pooo From oo Until fiooo Urti 600 Step v Step h25 xl Offset fo Offset faq Cancel Apply Fig 77 Activating double logarithmic display e Define the scaling for the x and y axis automatically check box Autoscaling activated or manually enter from up to limit select step unit e Specify the offset alpha value for the coordinate conversion is deducted in the graph prior to logarithmisation e Confirm with lt Apply gt dialog remains open or lt OK gt dialog is closed e The graph represents your rating curves in double logarithmic manner SKED Managing Rating Curves Information on rating curves and results of measurements 3 7 Information on rating curves and results of measurements Hold the Shift key down and press the left mouse button to get information about rating curves validities descriptor points and measurements d Tip A tooltip appears in SKED showing you the name of the curve currently touched by the mouse activate this window by lt Shift gt and moving the mouse 3 7 1 Press Shift and click on a rating curve S Please note As for rating curves with descriptor points this option functions only if you click on a descriptor point apart from that you can click on any point of a rating curve RC1 notch we Rating curve RC1 Version W no
240. h regression methods Test the North FQ Graph Fig 119 Result of connecting two regression segments by continuation 7 190 SKED Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods TA Test the West FQ Graph Of x i i i i a Z Foire atatytde AAPEEE A EEEE OE TIET EPEE EA EE PETEA TEET i i i FO RC2 gtdtyfde PA E O S EE EE E T A E E E ET 8 Q m3 s Fig 120 Result of the power law in sections 4 5 3 Extended power law method Development of rating curves by the extended power law is done with one branch and regression over all measuring points included measurements are inserted via the 12 box the rating curve power law function is determined with the least square method of the logarithmic values and minimisation according to Verbund AG Austria respectively you can force a zero crossing and shift the rating curve in parallel x gt e Specify for the new version the rating curve type Extended power law 19 Please read in this context also the hints in Appendix Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method on p 331 Here the chapter Least square method of the logarithmic values on p 332 explains in detail the background of this kind of rating curve development the Verbund specific method is described in Least square method according to the Verbund on p 332 m SKED 191 I Developing Rating Curves
241. hanced essentially this means flow time series If SKED opens a parameter without the valid origin Rating curves enhanced you get a warning message e This dialog allows you to search for stations by rivers stations and river networks Under the Stations list entry in the list view you can view stations by the river territories assigned to them e The data for the river network is specified under the Rivers tab page of the Key list of WISKI This tab page allows to specify which river flows into the next river This way the river network is developed The complete river network would contain all the rivers which comprise a final river flowing into the sea m SKED 77 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED without WISKI Bikey list Mm E Addresses and local descriptions MS Remote call Alarm Description of station Reference tidal ace Adresses Adress properties River Jareas Districts Countries Grid references DGJ areas Long name USABLE R Number 9547 Flows into faux SABLE R 1005883 z at km pao Easting 57864322 Northing B35245678 River basin name o O Remark AquaCoup Export Cancel Help Fig 37 Starting SKED without WISKI Developing the river network e Select a station e Expand the station to reveal the discharge parameter Q e Activate then the lt Next gt button The SKED wizard now becomes active to allow the selected station to be worked with
242. harge measured values via the BIBER database open the BIBER or BIBER 2 tab page SKED Developing Rating Curves Loading selecting filtering measurements 7 Filter options x r Selection all visible and included points selected Range Derived data points Influence BIBER Influences Standard remarks selected f Influences Standard remarks selected M Measuring team Sa A hide and exclude all none selected values Counter EA Standard Counter EA Standard include and show all selected values M Current meter foo1GROUP BFM 001 Group cal N x IV Suspension I Select only BIBER Gaugings Select Add selection Remove selection Select all Deselect all VV always display selection m Selection Show selected only include selection for Include selected only d regression Apply plot style for selected points Jel ee UU jose Fig 85 Gaugings according to BIBER e Use the check boxes to specify the criteria according to which BIBER gaugings should be loaded e only measurements taken by a certain team e only measurements taken with certain devices counter current meter current meter body suspension propeller e Activate the check box Select only BIBER gaugings if all criteria specified above and previously set on the other tab pages have to apply exclusively for discharge measured values from the BIBER database e All other gaugings are ignored
243. harge time series Specify origins 2 5 Deriving discharge time series Specify origins To derive in the special information system a discharge time series Q from rating curves Q f W allocate in your information system Rating curve enhanced as the origin x gt e To assign this origin to a time series open the Stations dialog with the a icon e Choose in the Stations dialog the desired station e Open the tab page Parameter fa Stations _ oy x Station name X Name avery Catchment area 0 River z Gage datum 1 000 Avery1 11294500 Castle Hill 20100800 G Demo A111 Denver 200000 M Eagle Creek Eagle101 Eureka 342423 Indiana 200002a lowa 2000031 KisPrecip 300001 Kisters 20000 Madrid 200004 Maine 200012 Malad River near Bliss 13153501 Memphis 200001 Pine Creek at Oxbow 13290190 Portland 73242342 Powder River nr Richland 1328 Powder Test 349423 PrecipAvery 11294501 M Roma 200011 Sactamento 199999 Snake River nr Heise 13037500 Number pra32 active since 10 13 2000 until General Location Position Observer Water level Flow Parameter Adeltional attributes Parameter Type Air temperature General parameter Precipitation Flow Stage Stage South Fork Kyburz A 12 Temp01 2338 G Template Shifts 004 Template Surface Water 001 M _Test Andieas 12312
244. hat flows during a year usually referring to the outflow of a catchment area or river basin annual flood 1 Highest peak discharge in a water year 2 Flood which has been equalled or exceeded n times in n years on average turn of the tide Change from flood current to ebb current and vice versa dimate Synthesis of weather conditions in a given area characterized by long term statistics mean values variances probabilities of extreme values etc of the meteorological elements in that area covariance First product moment of two variates about their mean values correlation Interdependence or relationship between two measurable variates correlation coefficient Measure of the interdependence between two variates The product moment correlation coefficient is the covariance of the variates divided by the product of their standard deviations SKED 491 Glossary m 492 cross correlation cross correlation Interdependence or relationship between two stochastic processes long term values humidity current meter Long term values are a summary of primary values beyond the year level e g decade Primary values are summarized here on daily monthly half yearly and yearly level The long term values can be collected for all station types and parameters manually and can also be calculated from the base time series or the primary values respectively for this purpose they are firmly assigned to the special para
245. he display is enlarged or reduced or during shift along the axes e Header The graphical element is inserted into the header If there is no header existing yet it will be created now Both coordinates are from O to 1000 e Footer The graphical element is inserted into the footer If there is no footer existing yet it will be created now Both coordinates are from O to 1000 Please note The user defined graphical elements in the header and footer are assigned to the time series If a time series is deleted from the graph the graphical elements belonging to that time series will also be deleted from header and footer After you have made these specifications confirm with lt OK gt The dialog will be closed the mouse pointer will change to a cross lt gt Click the left mouse button to define the start point of the graphical element within the graphic window Hold the left mouse button down and drag the mouse in any direction you like in order to define the end point of the graphical element While you are dragging the graphical element and the surrounding rectangle are already shown When releasing the left mouse button the end point of the graphical element is defined and the insertion process is finished SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements e When inserting a text element the edit window see Fig 183 page 273 will be opened immediately on clicking the left mous
246. he rating curve version of free formula type is opened Free formula rating curve x rm Formi if x gt 2420 and x lt 2570 3 12985e 008 x 2388 3 48449 0 ofa Lower limit 2420 em em Example Formula 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 Upper limit 570 cm y m s Example KiBasic Script result 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 Forde D itegiats lowerimt fo a T deviate r Time dependent formula T Independent variable is the time id ir 0 Formula example pi Measurement grid in s Ret Valid from 29 01 2008 3 result sin t Convert to KiBasic Cancel Apply Help Fig 248 Table to edit the free formula rating curve The formula field contains the equation from the regression The regression limits have also been integrated into the formula taken from your settings The formula in the example is if x gt 2420 and x lt 2570 3 12985e 008 x 2388 3 48449 0 limits for S 2420 and 2570 e Confirm this data by activating lt Apply gt and close the window with lt Ok gt In the SKED graph you can now view your rating curve here as red line 358 SKED Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula Creating and saving new rating curves A Bsp Verse Version 2500 2450 ry Fig 249 Rating curve applied from regression according to the shifted power function e No
247. he related precipitation event definition according to DIN standard power law function One of the methods used to develop rating curves The power law function is the n point method formerly 7 point method The power law function is one of the possible methods used to develop rating curves power law in sections One of the methods used to develop rating curves extended power law One of the methods used to develop rating curves table power law One of the methods to develop rating curves equivalent to the English log by log type Here a power law function f x a x c b is calculated between all descriptor points with c being fixed for all areas and a and b being calculated by means of the descriptor points table linear One of the methods used to develop rating curves SKED 485 Glossary table spline Table linear connects the descriptor points through straight lines table spline One of the methods used to develop rating curves Table spline connects the descriptor points through cubic splines free formula One of the methods used to develop rating curves V notch weir One of the methods used to develop rating curves rectangular weir One of the methods used to develop rating curves depth of runoff Runoff volume from a drainage basin divided by its area in a specified time rating curve Curve showing the relation between stage and discharge of a stream at a hydrometric sta
248. he stage discharge relation and the list of validities will also be printed for each represented rating curve With the toolbar icons of the main window there are four possibilities to print your data e Icon I serves to show the current data in the print preview e Button 4 serves to print the graphs on the printer set before e g DIN AO printer SKED selects automatically only the graphical data e Button a serves to print the tables on the printer set before default printer is a DIN A4 printer in portrait SKED selects automatically only the tabular data e Button amp serves to print all graphical and tabular data on your system printer e f your system printer is not a DIN A4 printer the following message will appear e f confirming with lt Yes gt you will get again the WINDOWS printer setup dialog choose another printer if required to print the tables if you choose lt No gt the tables will be printed on your system printer as well e However please note that the printout of tables on non DIN A4 printers might possibly not be satisfactory Although it seems to be useful to print graphs on plotters for example tables should be printed on A4 printers if necessary SKED SKED Managing Rating Cuves 7 Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series Fs4SKED HyAp Test 2 Q Imprimir Anterior Dos paginas Acercar Alejar Cerrar Parameter Q Stationsnummer HyAp2 Rechtswert Gew ss
249. hen clicking on a Snake River below Hells Canyon Dam Or Q Validities Selected value Rating curve lists sorted by O S at S 1 4INF ft Walid since Long term mean value cannot be calculated for S Rating curve Q Rating 13 Envelope1 Qo Rating 13 Envelope1 List of supporting points 5 QzRating 13 Envelope1 List of supporting points s tt eepty Bt ooo Fig 79 Press Shift and click on a validity Result transition or failure 132 SKED Managing Rating Curves Information on rating curves and results of measurements 3 7 3 Press Shift and click on a measurement lQmess Datum 15 01 1998 07 35 00 Status bi VV em 89 Q m3 s 1 01 A m32 2 02 Y mis 0 531 P m 5 2 C sqrteh m1 2 Breite crm mittl Tiefe cm Umfang crn Spende Im Pegelprofil Messung i Fig 80 Press Shift and click on a measurement Result 3 7 4 General hints to the information windows By the context menu of these information windows to be activated with the right mouse button you can copy their contents into the clipboard as meta file It is then available to you for other applications e g MS Word m SKED 133 I Managing Rating Curves Information on rating curves and results of measurements 134 SKED CHAPTER 4 Developing Rating Curves This chapter explains the various ways of how to create and display rating curves Contents of this chapter Loading selecting filtering
250. i mm Fill mode Fill color Mill Green X o M I Transparent filing Abbrechen Ubemehmen Fig 184 Style property of the graphical element x gt e Specify the line style 276 e The drop down list box Line style offers you a selection of various line types e Select the line colour from the drop down list e Enter the line width in millimetres either manually or choose the width with the arrow keys e Specify the fill mode e Choose a fill colour from the drop down list of the same name e Choose from the drop down list box Fill pattern the desired pattern If the area is completely filled with a colour or if it remains white the check box Transparent fill pattern is deactivated e When activating this check box the filling will become transparent 6 7 3 3 Inserting editing a bitmap file You may also insert bitmaps up to a size of 1 mbyte First a standard bitmap KISTERS logo is inserted When double clicking on this bitmap you can change its size In addition you can choose a new bitmap from a file SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements 7 Bitmap Bitmap coordinates EE x Width 207 843127382 237 909490212 y Height 235 select bitmap Bitmap name Bitmap Abbrechen Hememen Hilfe Fig 185 Properties of the graphical element bitmap 6 7 4 Copying graphical elements In order to
251. ialog another data time range here from 1995 onwards Activate the lt Add selection gt button 151 I Developing Rating Curves Loading selecting filtering measurements 152 Choose from the drop down list Apply plot style for selected points the entry 1993 1994 Close the filter dialog The specified values have been plotted with a blue symbol Second example All measurements between 20 and 60 cm and between 100 and 200 cm should be represented with a new plot style Style 1 all measurements within the time range 1950 and 1960 with Style 2 artificial data points with Style 3 and all other gaugings with the standard style Open the Filter options dialog and create the styles Style 1 to Style 3 if not yet existing Choose the style Standard from the drop down list and insert the gaugings into the graph with lt Select all gt Choose from the drop down list Apply plot style for selected points the entry Style 1 and as lower limit of the source parameter 20 and as upper limit 60 Activate then the lt lt Add selection gt button The next step is to define 100 as lower limit and 200 as upper limit of the source parameter Add this selection to the graph with lt Add selection gt Choose Style 2 and a time range from 1950 to 1960 Add this selection to the graph with lt Add selection gt Choose Style 3 open the tab page Artificial data points and activate the lt Select all gt button After that all points shou
252. ibration of Qs ssssssssssssesssosscecssssesoossvasscosasossssssrosss osssscosssssosos ssss esesssesssos 459 Theoretical background sscccscssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssussnvsssssussuusessssssssssccsscecesseesessessees 459 Calculation method procedure ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscscccscsscccsccsccssssscssssssssssssssssassnssnsanssessee 459 More working options in SKED ssssssszevscvscocevsersessevsenscoseadensbesoscoseoanpsepeeneesshdenteotioseokiokansussncsncnsteny 464 Creating Normalized Rating Curves sssssossesoosssecosssecooosesoossseoooosssoosssecoossesooosese 469 Reguiremenis 225055203 facciatncxdscosscostedasa cactus astdlecoacswesoecvasicacdarpedss eaves aR ee olen tnateeeae 469 Overview of the procedure sscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessessessescessessecssessessssessssssse 469 Step by step procedUre sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssssssssssssesceseesessssssessssssssssnssssnssssssssssssssnssnssns 470 The wizard for the creation of rating curves ssssssssscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssnssssssessssssssssvasensssssesssee 470 Possible functions for editing rating curves ccssssssssssssssssosssssscscsssssesssssnssssssssnsnsnsssesssseeseesseeseeest 473 Creating a User defined Evaluation scccscsssescssscescsssscessessscessessesesseseerecs 477 Theoretical background s scssssesierssdsceasvaceocssetassansndsnnselsoeseen
253. igure below h em FQmeas i pas Standard Excluded from regression H i x Forcing point Dummy point H i oa Regression FQ m3 s f h cm olx i Segment Regression io H ee al From To Type Degres Ditt Conelation a ioo om j a ee ee CE H Pat 1 20 4 20 Polynomial mlz 4 H Pa I Exclude I Link value FO conected m3751 0666991527 0 013153987167 value 7 Tic 2 feo fi00 Polynomial we T Exclude I Link value FO conected m3 s 1285980935 04639538303 vahueth _ zienen 2 fo afiso Polynomial TE i F Exclude I Link value FO conected ma s 225 4003276 5 386990288 valuetho gt i f Total conelation coefficient inear 035352 A i _1320 en H Show No intervall v i times a a a 1 w ean eo Caoa hool 0 10 20 30 40 FQ m3 s Fig 255 Rating curve type Formula in sections regression results In SKED regression functions can be set up for up to ten sections You can define sections which are overlapping directly linked or having a gap in between Dependent on this the transition from one section to the next has to be handled differently in the process of rating curve construction If two sections are overlapping they can theoretically have more than one intercepting point In this case you have the choice to select one of th
254. iid WISKI Explorer olx tre View Station name gt Edit Time series z gzl Days xj until 01 03 1998 gt Seneirl Br 20400100 a Ti z f t Shanes Viaduct 20309300 ime series of parameter E Sey Time Series Data From Data Until 20503100 i R Springmount 20304600 Test tt Testr Q Extreme values Test tt Testr Q 3 Stone Br 20130400 H A temp 12300 Test tt Testrir B0 i Appl Tie fase nina saon th Test Lake Test3200 Test tiiecti O Peer PES Test station Precipitation 0815 Table gt Load layout Test the West 20000200 Begin of editing Ke Eta High resolution Release Ke N 7 High resolution Check plausibility 3 fife N7 Month E Ke N7 Tag 5 Ke N Year a ke Q Day fate High resolution Ke Q Month H E Q 7 Overview ok Ke Q 7 Telemetry of Configure gt Create order of remote call 4 Test the WWest 20000200 Q 7 High resolution Bee Fig 21 Viewing the gaugings in a table Start from the Explorer of your special information system In the table you can view the gaugings and edit them This table contains columns for the most important parameters of a discharge measurement Historical data can be inserted via the clipboard or from a text file separated by tabs SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Viewing and editing discharge measurements in a graph table 7 Newby Bridge Fms FQ 2 735430 FQ Gaugings Table Measu
255. ing a single plot In order to define a single plot as an origin e give a name to the origin and e choose a source time series usually it is the stage time series to calculate the discharge 2 5 2 Defining an envelope curve In order to define an envelope curve as an origin e give a name to the origin e choose a source time series and e an Eta time series 2 5 3 Defining a delta S procedure In order to define an origin according to the delta S procedure e give a name to the origin e choose a source time series and e adelta S time series 2 5 4 Combination You can also combine the origins envelope curve and delta S within this origin e Give a name to the origin e choose a source time series e an Eta time series and e adelta S time series SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System l Deriving discharge time series Specify origins 2 5 5 Defining additional time series With that origin an external time series may be referenced in addition which would also have an effect on the flow to be calculated and the active rating curve version If for example different slide gate positions at a weir result in a different discharge behaviour this can be mapped through different rating curve versions Which rating curve version is active and valid respectively depends on this additional time series Using a drop down list you can set whether the default rating curve should be valid or whether
256. ing development information Before saving the status of either a rating curve version that is still under construction or a finalised rating curve version to the database an automatic validation is carried out will alert the user with warning messages if e the segments of the rating curve do not join e two flow values are existing for one stage e flow decreases for increasing stage The following information will be stored to the database e The equation for each segment e The descriptor points three per segment e The segments thresholds e The gauging used to develop the rating curve version e The artificial data points used to develop the rating curve version e The dummy gaugings used to develop the rating curve version e The extrapolation points used to develop the rating curve version Gaugings artificial data points and dummy points are stored as level and flow coordinates 4l I Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 42 1 2 3 9 Display of stored information When displaying an existing rating curve the stored information about the items used must be shown on the screen The data points used stored as level and flow coordinates to develop the rating curve will be shown encircled the level and flow coordinates can be overlaid with artificial data points dummy gaugings and measurements available for the validity period Excluded gaugings are gaugings which although being available during the development
257. inimum Name see chapter or Remark measured flow points extended power law JA power law Extended Extrapolation up to C and possible function over power law only up to the highest indicated selected method on measurement the desired measurements the pages measurements can be edited only in a 191ff table not in a graph copying from regression not necessary since simplified method is integrated rectangular weir Weir formula for Rectangula Calculation only within the limits rectangular weirs r weir on indicated with the formula No the pages copying from regression no graphical 197ff editing V notch weir Weir formula V notch Calculation only within the limits according to weir on indicated with the formula No Thomson the pages copying from regression no graphical 198ff editing 46 Tab 2 Overview of available rating curve and version types SKED Introduction l The SKED Rating Curve Editor ai Descript Name Miimimuni see chapter or Remark measured flow points Formula in sections Up to 10 power Formula in Extrapolation beyond the first and the sections defined sections on last point possible no graphical by lower limit and the pages editing only copying from regression upper limit and 194 ff or entering the function parameters the power copying from regression is possible formula only if all sections are power law formulae overlapping of segments possible with the manual re ed
258. int result e If you decide not to choose the intercepting point as transition point a gap may be introduced by moving the boundaries of the two sections This is done by clicking on the dotted line marking the boundary and shifting it vertically m SKED 387 The rating curve type Formula in sections Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections Edt Preview e LEE Qaoe Bie Bi h cm 0 10 20 30 FQ m3 s Section tansiion 2 4 Transition function Cubic hermitian spline Fi 7 10 FQ m3 s Zoom factor xJy 41 22 24 90 9 94 72 92 L7 Fig 261 Not selecting an intercepting point as transition point gap produced 13 5 Inserting a transition curve in between an existing gap e If there isa gap between two sections you can insert a transition curve in order to create a continuous rating curve e As function type to be inserted you can choose between a linear function and Cubic hermitian spline polynomial functions of the third degree 388 SKED The rating curve type Formula in sections Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections Test the West 01 FQ FQ 1 1 _ jor x Edit Preview e LEER aS e eHe ai 5 100 Q1 1 03 50 jaaa a aa eo ee Pt 0 rrr mirri I T fe 0 10 20 30 FQ mvs o 0 n 4 0 Section tansion f 2 Transition function
259. is applied to the construction of rating curves of type Formula in sections as well 379 I The rating curve type Formula in sections Display of inflection points for polynomial functions 13 1 Display of inflection points for polynomial functions Polynomial functions may have inflection points Since inflection points normally are not desired to have in rating curves they can be marked with a symbol in order to point them out 2 81 4 onl Fig 252 Display of inflection points for polynomial functions Inflections are marked automatically in SKED for regression functions found during regression analysis but also for transition functions defined in manual editing dialog as described in chapter Implementation of the rating curve type Formula in sections on pages 382 Since this functionality may confuse other users using regression analysis it has to be activated in SKED advanced settings e To open advanced setting choose the entry Tools Settings from main menu e Click on the lt Advanced settings gt button in the Settings dialog 380 SKED The rating curve type Formula in sections Display of inflection points for polynomial functions m Method for calculation of the profile value Manning Strickler Rinsum m Flow year Start month of the water year November x rm Rating table resolution C Automatically Optimised for single steps Fixed distance 1 m Power law functi
260. is rating curve method Actions The next step will involve saving the hysteresis results as a rating curve e Return to the rating curve management dialog e Select the newly created version for the hysteresis e Click lt Plot gt to load the version template onto the development screen Rating curve management x Test Hysteresis Station IA Rating curve K Version Q Selection X Rating curves Bier F IE i Stg Catchment area size p ima JZ CubSpline Distance from confluence p Linear Station heightinmoD fT Z Parametric 5 i Station number 200097 oA Cartesian Easting A raining D K Hysteresis Param Cartesian Northing V Neu Pt Validities EY Time series f Hysteresis Gaugings j Hysteresis Manual_values p Hysteresis 0 60 aT a a Ww MF River A Stations 07 04 200 To 18 a ed Close Cancel Apply Fig 291 Rating curve managment plotting new rating curve version e Ensure that the rating curve is now the active layer in the drop down list ts qs 1 Remote Desktop ABS Test Hysteresis Q Graph Eile Edit Yiew Tools Regression Window Help Xs G 4 gt eB 6SHR 2 Bone if Q Hysteresis V1 Fig 292 Plotting new rating curve version set as active layer 430 SKED How to use the time related hy
261. istance fequidistant 15 min vs Day level Type Meanvalues Month level Begin I Calculate time series with priority Year _ Conf database statistics F Transfer values into DB Data exchange number Cancel Help Fig 298 Time series for the measured slope e Proceed as follows to configure a formula origin for the time series ViParameter of station StageFall Base Gauge Surface water station emplate River Q ETA a Fall H B Reports fy Statistics lan Long term values E A Alarm thresholds Valid from Active Calculate automatically EE Time series ee u Formula V Plausiblty checks Name Formula _ aa Delete destination before calculation BON result value 1 100 0 valuepnp 1 value 2 100 0 valuepnp2 aya Formula jresult value 1 100 0 valuepnp 1 value 2 100 0 valuepnp 2 Formula BE sS fat dt Selection Time series Cp p 24 cic srBe 5 15 Minutes Cp p 31 i Cancel Help Fig 299 Time series for the measured slope Configure formula origin 440 SKED Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method amp d TT e The formula to be entered is result value 1 100 0 valuepnp 1 value 2 100 0 valuepnp 2 The next time series to be created is that for the theoretical gradient V iParameter of station StageFall Base Gauge Surface water station
262. iting being activated automatically see the page 179ff when copying from the regression the intersection points between the regression segments within the overlap are automatically used as segment limits of the rating curve consideration of admissible tolerances for non constant rating curves with regard to direction and base unit usually m of the source and target values in two successive sections free formula Free formula Formula Calculation only within the limits rating indicated with the formula copying curve on from regression always possible the pages 199ff SKED Tab 2 Overview of available rating curve and version types 47 I Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 48 SKED SKED CHAPTER 2 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System In this chapter you learn all about the interaction between your hydrological information system and SKED Contents of this chapter Importingirating CUVE Sisirain ainaani raaraa aa 52 Exporting tating CUIVES srsti eied 55 Importing and exporting rating curves in the XML format 56 Prerequisites in the special information SYStOM ssssssesssseseseeeees 58 Viewing and editing discharge measurements in a graph table 59 Deriving discharge time series Specify origins ssseccsscsesseeeeeeeeees 62 Defining a single plot cesessesscseescstesseessseessetessesseseesseteessecseeseateesneesaees 64 Defini
263. ittel gt Test the West AF TagMax f Test the West AF TagMin X 13 01 19 To 15701719 Fig 284 Rating curve management e Set the AF rating curve to the active layer in SKED The AF curve can now be saved as a rating curve e Select Tools gt Boyer method Save correction factor as rating curve The final stage is then to calculate the flow SKED 421 I How to use the Boyer method Actions 422 SKED SKED How to use the time related hysteresis rating curve method Contents of this chapter REQUIFEMENS niinniin aai 426 ACON Seinien aaeei i tanaira raaa 426 SUMMAN AA AEA A TaY 431 423 How to use the time related hysteresis rating curve method 1 TT 17 How to use the time related hysteresis rating curve method The time related hysteresis rating curve method can be an accurate means of deriving flow values from stage The procedure relies on having a large number of gaugings which have been carried out on the rising and falling limb of a flood hydrograph Consequently it can be observed that for one stage value two potentially different flow values can be determined The higher of the two flow values would be recorded on the rising limb This relates to the variation in the slope of the energy line on the rising and falling limbs of the flood hydrograph The procedure is generally only relevant to very large rivers Ata A mE E S A EEEE E HS A a A E rysteresicacaugings H E A
264. ively it could be edited further e To do so activate from the main menu the function Curve fitting Apply regression as rating curve 4 3 4 Including excluding measurements Furthermore it is possible to exclude single measurements from the regression resp when saving the regression as reference curve e Switch to the inclusion exclusion mode with the E icon Select the desired data points e Exclude the selected data points with the El icon or e include excluded data points with the oO icon Please note e When editing manual measurements or when including excluding measurements the symbols are drawn like in the normal representation Exception selected symbols get a black point e The included excluded measurements their symbols their colour data etc are saved with the regression and can therefore be restored As for the recovery of regressions or rating curve statuses please read the chapters Recovering SKED SKED Developing Rating Curves Regression analysis Further possible steps TO regressions from attempt on p 216 and Recovering regression from a reference curve on p 218 4 3 5 Changing the colours of regression segments SKED allows you to change the colour of regression segments Simply start the plot properties to change the colour settings If you want to display the segments of a regression in different colours x gt e activate the E icon or choose from the context menu of the graph
265. last action x gt e Activate 5 to undo your last action e Activate e to restore your last action 6 6 7 Saving changes X gt Activate the Bl icon 266 SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements 7 6 7 Insert user defined graphical elements In order to mark or comment on your time series representations or to make them clear you can insert graphical elements for example lines arrows texts images etc into the graph at any point you like Editing them can change the appearance of these graphical elements You can also copy these graphical elements You can execute all works with graphical elements from an overview Insertion can be started by toolbar icons or via the context menu of the graph The menu entries of the context menu exist only if the two icons are available in the toolbar 6 7 1 Inserting a graphical element To insert a new graphical element x gt e activate the 4 icon e alternatively you can activate the context menu entry Insert graphical element The Insert graphical element form is opened Insert graphical elements Ea Graphical element Assigned to plot Greim 5 15 x Graph area Pict area x Horizontal coordinates Vertical coordinates Plot Plot Fixed 0 1000 Fixed 0 1000 cmos Fig 178 Inserting a graphical element The Plot list box shows all time series contained in the graph e Choose here the ti
266. law you can calculate rating curves semi automatically It is mainly used for the calculation of rating curves describing stage discharge relations in natural flowing water where weed growth influences play a minor role It is not suitable for rivers influenced by backwater such as estuaries or water reaches in the upstream of controllable weirs The extended power function comprises the following steps that had to be carry out manually in the past e select measurements e create regression power regression e copy into rating curve One can approximate the rating curve of a gauge in flowing water with natural cross sections with a function of the following form T d z 7 e discharge in m s e W water level in cm e a factor e b exponent e czero shift To determine the coefficients a b and c of the function for a certain gauge discharge measurements are regularly taken at gauges The result of such measurements for the water level read from the staff gauge is the discharge determined by the measurement and other values When the measurements are regularly repeated at different stages a group of values is generated which describes the discharge behaviour over the range of the stages Then the shifted power function is adapted to this group of values by m SKED 331 I Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method r The concept of the extended power method 332 determining optimal coefficients This is done by usin
267. layed in the print preview and can be printed SKED Creating a User defined Evaluation Nev Pace Prey Page Two Page Zoom In Zoom Gut Close Black Forrest Greim Parameter Q eel et asasan Riber No 3 Mea trhg pohtiegit 55 57 NNem Riber sector Catimeitara 5580 00 km Bauains SSS E Overview about validita ines male Fig 329 User defined evaluation Result 21 3 Command reference The following commands are available in SKED in addition to the standard KiBasic commands 21 3 1 Variables e int remanager Global access variable needed for the access to rating curves measurements validities etc e int recurrentaccess Global access variable assigned to the plot currently selected in the graph e int rewizard Global access variable that can be used to add configuration elements to the evaluation 21 3 2 Functions e int regetperiods int remanager m SKED 479 I Creating a User defined Evaluation 480 Returns an access variable for an access object of the rating curve validities e remanager here you have to enter the global access variable remanager int rcgetgaugings int remanager Returns an access variable for an access object of the discharge measurements e rcemanager here you have to enter the global access variable remanager int rccreatecalculationobject int remanager float startts float endts Returns an access variable for a calculation object e remanager he
268. ld be represented in the desired style 4 1 5 4 Combined symbols If several symbol styles per gauging are valid they are combined as follows Standard symbol Symbol that was set in the filter dialog during selection Dummy gauging manually added temporary point Extrapolation point Excluded An example SKED SKED Developing Rating Curves Loading selecting filtering measurements The standard symbol is a red cross with a size of 2mm excluded gaugings are set as a brighter standard symbol automatically with a size of 1 5mm dummy gaugings are set as a circle in standard colour without size indication Style 1 is a triangle in the standard colour automatically without size indication extrapolation points are set as a star in standard colour with a size of 3mm An excluded gauging filtered with Style 1 is represented as a light red triangle with a size of 1 5mm An included gauging filtered with Style 1 is represented as a red triangle with a size of 2mm An included dummy gauging is represented as a red circle with a size of 2mm An extrapolation point is represented as a red star with a size of 3mm 153 I Developing Rating Curves Working with regressions 4 2 Working with regressions SKED offers a list of regression analysis methods to find the best fit through the plotted gaugings The regression options provided by SKED allow regression analysis to be performed for a maximum of ten different segments where seg
269. lect now all measurements of the years 1996 and 1997 e activate the filter criteria Time range since and Time range until e Enter 01 01 1996 and 31 12 1997 as values for the selection criteria e Execute the selection by clicking on lt Select gt In this example the discharge measurements between 01 01 1996 and 31 12 1997 are selected On the right hand side of the window you can see the selections executed by the software r Selection r Filter history Range i i all deselected g Derived data points Influence BIBER l S vahies en halare iiad Time range Q values between 2 5 and 551 and all M From 16 10 1987 M To 18 07 1997 values between 16 10 1987 and Source parameter S m hide and exclude all none selected T Lower limit IV Upper limit 1416 values include and show all selected Target parameter Q m s values Lower limit 5 IV Upper limit 551 I Season 2nd term of calendar year Y I Rating curve acr 3 Select i Remove selection Select all Deselect all I Always show selection only IV Just include selection m Selection Sh lected only Include selected only Apply plot style for selected points T Plot in graph Standard Plot styles oS Help Fig 192 Selecting the desired measurements Result e Now you can close the dialog To adapt the selection at a later point of time you can call the filte
270. ll rating curve e Assign the fall rating curve with a suitable validity This procedure is described in Specifying validities for rating curves on pages 107 in detail e The last step of the stage fall method is to specify the exponent d for the formula to calculate Q For this you activate in the upper left partial graph the function Curve fitting gt Stage fall method Qm Qr Fm Fr d for fixed d display e Define a value in the dialog If you do not know which value you should set see the SKED graph Hold the lt Shift gt key down and move the mouse over the graph The respective exponent d of the single curves is displayed Qm Qr Fm Fr d for fixed d display Exponent Please enter the required exponent The exponent lies typically between 0 4 and 0 6 though it can vary from this in exceptional circumstances 05 Fig 315 Stage fall method Specifying the exponent d o 452 SKED SKED Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method Working in SKED I OT Finally you have to save the value found for the parameter d The value is saved in the time series Fall Exponent There are two ways of entering the value in the time series table either in WISKI or in SKED Here we describe the procedure in SKED Open the rating curve management choose the time series Fall Exponent and a suitable time range It is important that the value for the exponent is saved at the beginning of the time range for which
271. llel shift in y direction Select a target function Least squares of the log values or minimisation according to Verbund AG Austria Finish the creation by activating lt Finish gt Finally save the new rating curve filled that way by the T icon Please note This method does not require copying from the regression since a simplified method was integrated SKED Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods e You can edit the rating curve in a graph or table by the E icon in the toolbar or by the 4 icon to edit the descriptor points 4 5 4 Using the regression for manual rating curve development The following rating curve types with manual entry of the coefficients see page 171 can also be developed with the regression method e Descriptor points e Power law function when all segments are power law formulae e Power law in sections when all segments are power law formulae e Formula in sections when all segments are power law formulae and e Free formula NSS Please note Here the regression results are applied by copying them into the rating curve version For the types e Descriptor points and e Power law function descriptor points are generated from the regression results The resulting rating curve may then slightly differ from the regression curve For the types Power law in sections Formula in sections and Free formula the whole regression formula is copied Thus the result
272. log trans x J J A P Exclude T Link Ss Shifted Power Law m n p by log trans z Total correlation coefficient linear l 0 797159 JE Exclude E Link SSS Se eS wy Show l no intervall bi E fold Fig 92 Creating a regression function The following specifications can be made in this regression dialog change the type of regression the type specified last is set by default specify regression segments upper and lower limit connect regression limits of different segments seamlessly exclude segments from the recalculation of regression Help T change regression coefficients with the lt gt see page 168 button configure the optimisation of break points with the lt Optimise limits gt see page 169 button statistical evaluation with the respective button see Statistical evaluation of regression on p 220 Specify the regression functions for up to 10 segments To test the regression with the Regression form still being open activate the lt Apply gt button Whenever applying the regression or when closing the window with lt OK gt respectively the field Correlation coefficient shows dynamically the newly calculated linear correlation coefficient for each segment if possible With that it is checked whether the regression curve fits in the single regression segments A coefficient of 1 means a complete correspondence between the gaugings and
273. lows you to simulate which effect a rating curve modification has on the flow without having to save the results in the database where the old time series would be overwritten There are various ways to do so direct calculation of the Q time series calculate target with the option to edit the Q time series like a normal time series and to recalculate the changes into the S time series by an inverse rating curve calculation see page 409 direct calculation of the Q time series as a snapshot usual rating curve calculation preview with a fixed rating curve without considering the validities preview with the currently valid rating curve usual procedure 245 I Assessing Rating Curves Preview temporary snapshots 246 Snapshot with possibly currently edited and modified rating curve or Snapshot with history of changes Proceed as follows for the preview Open in the rating curve manager the stage time series S time series for processing Please note e The stage time series must be referenced as source of a discharge time series through the origin Rating curves enhanced if this is not the case make up for it now e If SKED opens a parameter without the valid origin Rating curves enhanced you get a warning message e When loading time series in the rating curve manager pay always attention to the defined time range By default this range comprises the entire validity range of the time seri
274. lt xs annotation gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element nane Validities uinOccurse 0 mexOccurs 1 gt lt xs complexType gt maxOccurs unbounded gt maxOccurs unbounded gt Fig 20 XML schema 57 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Prerequisites in the special information system 58 2 3 Prerequisites in the special information system In order to use SKED in your special information system the following requirements must be met The station for the Q parameter of which you want to develop a rating curve must have the required S and Q time series The Q target time series must have the origin Rating curves enhanced the source time series is the related S time series e g S 15 or S max S min respectively With that origin an external time series may be referenced in addition which would also have an effect on the flow to be calculated Please note e It is possible to allocate this origin for several time series of the Q parameter at the same time e If SKED opens a parameter without the valid origin Rating curves enhanced you get a warning message The time series with the discharge measurement results must be existing as well to be identified in WISKI by the extension gauging after the time series name Furthermore a delta S time series and an Eta time series plus the related Eta parameter may be necessary SKED SKED i
275. lution Graph settings OK Cancel Help Fig 86 Graph presettings for gaugings e The Graph settings dialog form is opened o 146 SKED Developing Rating Curves Loading selecting filtering measurements Graph settings x AYARSCAIIINS 1 Colour 1 Symbol 2 Colour 2 Symbol 3 Colour 3 Symbol 4 Colour 4 Symbol 5 Colour 5 Symbol 6 Colour 6 Symbol 7 Colour Mim Blue Plus Cancel E Green o Point Light blue o Rectangle E Purple Rhomb oe Cyanine x Cross lm Sea green v Bottom triangle gt Orange xl Fig 87 Graph presettings for gaugings and symbols e Here you can set all styles and symbols as you like These presettings will be considered when representing the gaugings in the graph the gaugings will be displayed one after another with the colours and symbols specified here 4 1 5 Specifying plot styles for gaugings It might be useful to select the gaugings according to different time ranges and to colour these selections individually in order to get a better overview It is possible to provide the selected gaugings with individual plot styles colours plot styles symbols so that these measurements can optically be distinguished better A template can be defined here to represent for example a range of gaugings recorded within a certain time period Existing templates also exist for example for excluded gaugings and standard gaugings x
276. ly you will get the tab page s to edit the properties of the special graphical element in the Name of graphical element edit dialog Using the menu item Delete graphical element or pressing the Backspace key or lt Del gt you can delete the selected graphical element you will not get any warning notice Using the menu item Copy graphical element you open the Copy graphical element form by which you can copy a graphical element to another plot and with another assignment For details please see Copying graphical elements on the pages 277ff The menu item To foreground lets you draw the selected graphical element on top of all other elements of the same time series and the same assignment To background moves the element to the lowest position 24 When clicking next to the rectangle the selected graphical element will be deselected 25 Should you change to another application via the WINDOWS task bar and return again the focus is no longer on the graphic window although it seems to be so To delete the graphical element using your keyboard by the lt Del gt or Backspace key you must have clicked with the left mouse button once within the rectangle before so that the focus is again on the window 271 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements 272 e By the menu item List of all graphical elements you open the Graphical element form containing a list of all graphical eleme
277. ly the real dry profile data Aprof instead of the extrapolation of Ameas Compared with the regression via Ameas this procedure should be preferred particularly at divided cross sections Alternatively also the profile coefficient Pprof and C i from the measurement can be used Pprof can be calculated from the profile data up to the extrapolation point A rating curve is extrapolated by determining a regression function with the parameters A for example by determining a regression function with the parameters v setting and saving the descriptor points of the rating curve based on the graphical SKED Developing Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development course of the product Aprof Vreg Thus the product is used to extrapolate the rating curve e Create the regression functions for A and v see page 154 The product curve A v will be calculated and shown immediately provided that you have made the special settings in the Rating curve management see page 96 Alternatively you can make the product curve visible via the curve dialog see Hiding plots on p 252 FA SKED Test the West Q BEE Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Werkzeuge Fenster AeH S S eB SSBHQ 2 l vmes FERACE a oa ale Be eB ERS ele e YE We e Oe S i lA Test the West Q Amess Vmess Areg Vreg Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 100 00 0 87 43 67 INUM 4 Fig 131 Regression functi
278. m a S S ic F 2 A Fig 189 Starting the SKED Open the context menu in the right window and choose here the entry Wizard The SKED wizard is started and supports you when building up the working environment in the SKED At first we want to display only filtered discharge measurements Choose in the wizard the option lt Plot discharge measurements gt SKED Selection of Discharge Measurements by means of predefined Criteria Stes 5 What do you want to do xi 2 Create new rating curve Open rating curve manager p Plot flow measurements J Show all rating curves tt Show all rating curve walidities hes Create graph Show flow measurements extended Further assistance Fig 190 The start up wizard of the SKED All discharge measurements of the selected station are loaded in the SKED the filter dialog is opened automatically m SKED 287 m m If you want to work with the unfiltered data record close the filter dialog directly If you want to work only with a filtered data record you can define here various criteria Selection of Discharge Measurements by means of predefined Criteria Steps m Selection Range Derived data points Influence BIBER Time E 14 06 1971 v Source parameter SG ml T Lower limit Target parameter FQ m3 s T Lower limit JO 1597342 T Upper limit P I Upper limit
279. manager on the pages 96ff Please read also the explanations concerning the maintenance of validities in opecifying validities for rating curves on the pages 107ff 1 2 3 2 Loading curves into the SKED graph The SKED graph can be opened from the rating curve management You can view various data gaugings with date and time stamp artificial data points without date and time stamp rating curve versions for development information validities further result parameters from the evaluation of flow measurements cross sectional area mean velocity of flow profile values roughness coefficient for the measuring cross section and the recorded cross section profile wet profile any other time series of any stations If you want to display measurements artificial data points and further result parameters the Filter options form is opened When a rating curve version is displayed in the graph the version must be validated by SKED You will get system messages if e the segments do not join including the offer to start the manual re editing of the segments see the page 179ff e two flows exist for one stage e flow decreases for increasing stage All possibilities in this area are explained in Composing graphs on the pages 87ff Please read also the explanations about the advanced setting options for the graph in Extended specification options for the display of discharge measurements on the pages 89ff
280. me series to which the graphical element shall be added e Choose in the Graphical element list box that element that shall be added to the time series m SKED 267 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements 268 By the option fields in the section Coordinates you specify the connection of the graphical element with the time series e Horizontal and vertical plot The graphical element is connected to the plot the x as well as the y coordinates of the graphical element correspond to the plot coordinates i e the graphical element is always exactly at the same position relatively to the plot That means that the graphical element is also shifted when the display is enlarged or reduced or when the time series is shifted along the axes e Horizontal sheet vertical plot The x direction of the graphical element depends on the plot whereas the y direction remains constant coordinates 0 to 1000 That means it shifts only in x direction not in y direction e Horizontal plot vertical sheet The y direction of the graphical element depends on the plot whereas the x direction remains constant coordinates 0 to 1000 That means it shifts only in y direction not in x direction e Horizontal and vertical sheet The graphical element remains constant at the same position in both directions irrespective of the plot both coordinates between O and 1000 That means its position does not change when t
281. measuring station Alternatively construction works may alter the bank profile Both these factors will have an influence on the rating curve For such reasons several validity periods can be assigned to a rating curve so that a different rating curve will become m SKED 107 I Managing Rating Curves Specifying validities for rating curves the active rating curve at the time of the new validity A validity period continues from the start of the next valid period of the following rating curve In the following we describe the ways of how to specify validities for new or existing rating curve versions there are five ways to do that e when creating a new rating curve in the wizard by entering the validity date see page 98 e in the tab page Validities of the rating curve management see page 108 e in the graph of validities called from the start up wizard see page 85 e in the tabular representation of validities edit table column as described in Specifying validities in the rating curve manager on pages 108 and e by the wizard for curve validities see page 110 When defining the validity ranges you can also allocate special statuses e Start start date of a validity e Failure gap is calculated or e Transition results in interpolation between two rating curves see glossary topic transition on p 496 These options are described at the places indicated 3 5 1 Specifying validities in the rating cu
282. ments may join or overlap each other Single gaugings can be excluded from the regression analysis The regression analysis is the decisive step when developing your rating curve since the shape of the final rating curve is defined using the regression functions of SKED You generate a rating curve graphically by using the parametersQ meas to create a help function by means of its graphical course you set and save the descriptor points of the rating curve Q You determine the help functions with the regression 4 2 1 Starting the regression To calculate the regression function x gt e choose the special gauging time series amp Newby Bridge Fms FQ Graph of x yen Standard excluded from regression Forcing point dummy point i 1 5 H 4 424 10 de ne en en ee eee e ec ee bannnnnnen en ee need en en en enn n en nn eden nn nn nen en enna nnbe mene nennnnnnnenchennenanenne ee i It 40 60 80 100 120 FQ m3 s Fig 91 Gaugings selected for the regression e Activate the E icon or e activate the main menu entry Curve fitting gt Regression O 154 SKED SKED Developing Rating Curves Working with regressions The Regression form is opened Regression FQ m3 s f SG m ioi x Segment Regression i n P Correlation From To Type Degree Diff pena Sj Shifted Power Law m n p by log trans I Exclude I Link a 2 a Shifted Power Law m n p by
283. meter The long term values are calculated without error only if you enter here 100 All other minimal cover settings allow inaccuracies in evaluation Water vapour content of the air Instrument for measuring the velocity of water at a point Traditionally the term refers to instruments with cups or propellers data collection platform Automatic station with a radio transmitter to provide contact via a satellite with a reception station measuring point height MPH Height to which measured values are referred to e g depth to groundwater level measured downwards by a vertical stage measured upwards by a pressure sensor sometimes identical with the top edge of pipe ROK MPH and GOK are of use in WISKI from the hydrological view for example display of the GOK in the graph or display of the GW absolute height MPH depth to groundwater level or MPH stage in the graph or export of the depth of groundwater level to the SURFER to create a groundwater chart SKED Glossary lowwaer i MPH are maintained in WISKI in the position data of a GW station with history They can be overwritten in the height data of the GW parameter If a GW parameter is added to another station type the GOK can be maintained only in the parameter details Peilrohr Messpunkth he absolute H he om Rohroberkante Rohriiberstand Gelandeoberkante ae el Abstich Hahe absolute H he i Vi Grundwasserstand __ Se ORE
284. month of the water year fn m Rating table resolution Automatically Optimised for steps of one C Fixed distance fi m Power law function T Force calculation No deviations Deviation according Nobilis Exact solution Graph settings i OK Cancel Help Fig 275 Boyer settings e Now click the drop down list next to the Boyer Method and change this to Yes e Click lt OK gt to leave the dialog Click lt OK gt in the Settings dialog to save the changes advances settings x Methods ia Boyer Methode no kintal raliar curves ron Fer hae an sections yes Allowed deviation of the source value Te 005 Allowed deviation of the target value 0 0001 tL Fig 276 Boyer advances settings e Open the SKED rating curve management m SKED 415 I How to use the Boyer method Actions e Select the gaugings time series and click the lt Plot gt button The values should now be plotted on the development screen as stage and flow pairs The next step is to calculate the change in head over change in time value for every gauging flow value The values may already exist in the dh dt time series in the gaugings time series or may need to be calculated e Open a table of the Gauging results by clicking on the table icon l Ensure that a column is present in the table called dh dt m s If it is not visible it can be viewed by right mouse clicking over the column header and selecti
285. must be active for this Select then in the tree view on the left hand side of the Explorer that station at which you want to create a rating curve for a parameter Choose this parameter at the station This tree view shows only parameters of a station where at least one time series has the origin Rating curves enhanced If there are already rating curves existing in the database for that parameter they are displayed in the list view on the right hand side If SKED opens a parameter without the valid origin Rating curves enhanced you get a warning message To create a new rating curve activate with the right mouse button in the context menu of the right hand side of the Explorer the function Wizard Afterwards SKED starts with its start up dialog of the Wizard to create new rating curves and versions SKED Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method Creating and saving new rating curves Create new rating curve xi rating curve can have any number of version but at least one However only one version can be active Rating curve versions can be used for example to test different variations What would you Ce K versions Rating curve 1 v lt Back Next gt Cancel Help Fig 228 Start up dialog of the Rating Curve Wizard The information that you want to create a new rating curve has already been entered in your information system and thus it is also already preset in the Wizar
286. n Interaction with your Special Information System l Viewing and editing discharge measurements in a graph table 2 4 Viewing and editing discharge measurements in a graph table Discharge measurements of a river gauge are managed in your special information system in separate time series Generally they are named Station Q Gauging Use these discharge measurements for a first analysis and as a basis for the regression calculation when developing your rating curves see the page 154ff x gt e To view a gauging time series in your special information system as a table start the Explorer of your application with the amp icon e Inthe heading line of the Explorer you choose on the left hand side in the tree view the view Stations e On the right hand side you select in the list view Time series as the type of editing e Select the desired gauging time series e Open the context menu with the right mouse button e Activate the function Graph New graph The gauging time series is shown in the graph as a hydrograph Here you can also edit the results of the measurement Please read in this context the hints in the User Manual of your special information system e To view your gaugings in a table select the special time series and activate the context menu function Table gt New table m SKED 59 I SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System r Viewing and editing discharge measurements in a graph table 60
287. n rubric 404 SKED Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler TT 14 9 Specifying graph settings When working with the Strickler function many points and curves are displayed in the graph For purposes of a better overview you can specify a lot of settings regarding the colours and line styles in the graph gt e Click in the Extrapolation parameter form on the lt Graph settings gt button The Properties form will be opened Grafikvoreinstellungen A E xj r Farben Q Punkte und A vm Kurve k sqrt l Punkte und Kurve vm Punkte und Kurve E Hellblau Amess Punkte und Fl chenkurve E Magenta vorhergehende Kurvenentwiirfe zwischensp Hellgrau r Position Schliisselkurven Q Punkte und A vm Kurve inksunen z k sgrt l Punkte und Kurve fiinks oben vm Punkte und Kurve rechts unten 7 Amess Punkte und Flachenkurve rechts oben 7 i Abbrechen Fig 273 Graph settings e n the Colour rubric you specify the appearance of the various plots e Select the colour from the drop down list The graph window is divided into four tiles two upper and two lower tiles e Specify the tile arrangement using the drop down lists in the Position rubric This arrangement will be applied when saving the graph layout Default settings are e 1 tile contains Qmeas points and A V meas plot as well as the rating curve e 2 tile contains k sqrt I points and plot e 3 tile contains V meas points and plot
288. n segments csssssssssssssssssssssssssssessessesssssnssssssssssnsssssceeceseeeeeceee Changing the coefficients of the regression CUrVE sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssnssssssssssnssssssssssessecceeseetesees SKED 5 I Contents Automatic break point optimisation ssssssssssssssssssssssnssnssssscssssssssessssssssussussssssnssnsssseseesessescesssnse 169 Creating rating curves manually sssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssessescescecceccsecsscsessssssessessnsnssssssssnsssssnsses 171 Desgin poni soea ein n E ERA E E A E A EATE 174 Presetting number and distribution of descriptor poitnts o c sssscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssnssssssees 176 Editing Set descriptor points more densely thin out osccssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessesssssusssessssses 176 Power law function ste atcatcsfecsnantacr coc puscptavonccnnevcsetecst int vesehatasech esa soctszelsesonsechesctaa tae 177 Developing rating curves with regression methods ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseseeseeees 79 Power law in SEQCTIRHAS ca sccasssicccaveosensanscepancssiosodiyvevtmss ions vaotspabceenpetxzcsusnechfvesemase soeisutanensine 179 Power law in sections Manual re edifing cssssssssssscscsscssscsssscssssssssssssssssssssnsnsssssssseseseeceseesstnstsseses 181 How to operate this functionality sooccssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessessssuisass
289. n the individual forms of the program system These forms contain boxes lists and buttons and some of them even have a context menu m SKED 27 E Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor FA SKED Test the West Q File Edit View Tools Window 2 lolx Dem leB Pms AMMO MEE amp 0s elko Ho aE ML fe es OS ee B e re e hA 25 11 1987 20 01 1988 18 02 1988 24 02 1988 08 03 1988 18 03 1988 21 03 1988 20 04 1988 09 05 1988 08 06 1983 06 07 1988 09 31 00 11 42 00 08 04 00 14 56 00 10 46 00 10 00 00 12 21 00 13 43 00 15 19 00 11 01 00 14 47 00 14 03 00 1 2 2 1 Main menu a Q m3 s 02 01 1998 22 01 1998 11 02 1998 Timet Zoom factor x y 100 00 100 00 9313 91 27 Fig 8 The SKED interface The main menu is divided into the menus File Edit View Tools Curve fitting Window and Help 28 SKED Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor Regression New Strg N Undo Strg Z Symbolbar gt Settings Regression options New window Info about SKED TA Stig 0 Bedo Straty w Statusbar Statistical Evaluation Cascading a ANE J a a 7 Sidebyside a Sieja Gut tat Tabular Save Regression as Attempt Arange symbol Print Stig P Delete VE Graphics Recover Regression from Atte Page view Copy Stig Save R on as Referenc w 1 NAUL Q 1 Printer Setup Insert Stray Recove R 2 NAUL Q 2 Omess Ext v Include or Exclude Gaugin
290. nality on p 181 e Specify for the new version the rating curve type Power law in sections e After you have entered the necessary data activate lt Next gt e Activate in the next dialog the check box Enter rating curve data manually if the coefficients of the power function are already known 179 I Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods this opens automatically the 12 box where you can manually enter data for the new rating curve in the table Newby Bridge Fms FQ FQ RC2 New 2 Coefficients FQ SG c SG aJ b Lower limit m Upper li cot aw Fig 110 Manual development of a rating curve type Power law in sections e Enter the function coefficients in the table for example e Lower limit 0 3 e Upper limit 1 5 e c 5 e a m 0 2 e b 1 8 e Alternatively you can fill the new rating curve also by applying the regression result see page 215 and e edit it in a graph or table by the FJ icon in the toolbar or by the icon to edit the descriptor points S Please note e Applying by copying from the regression is possible only if all segments have been calculated with power formulae e Editing the coefficients in the table using the 12 box is possible only if the rating curve is not copied from a regression Otherwise the coefficients can be displayed but not be edited Thus the 12 box can be activated any time however it is editable only if the r
291. ncel Help Fig 323 Create a normalized rating curve Loading station basic data e Activate lt Next gt Create normalized rating curve xi El Create area rating curve Number Version fi I Greate velocity rating curve Number zy Version Cc VV Greate flow rating curve Number Version fr Calibration fis 2008 00 00 00 x Calibrated with Velocity Flow J Rating curve valid from 1570172008 lt Back Cancel Help Fig 324 Create a normalized rating curve Loading calibration measurement m SKED 471 I Creating Normalized Rating Curves ss 472 Initiate the generation of one to three spline rating curves from the basic data and a measurement The other parameters can respectively be activated via check box As result all generated curves will be displayed For the specification of the valid rating curve at a station from out of the normalized rating curves you can address flow measurements in the Q gaugings rating time series At least one measurement with values for h and v is needed If there are multiple measurements one can be selected Choose the calibration measurement to be used from the existing discharge measurements in the drop down list Decide whether the calibration is carried out with velocity or with flow activate the respective option button Change the start of the rating curve validity if necessary The default setting is the date of the calibration measu
292. nd viewing them in a graph e Editing assessing a rating curve in velocity mode e Extrapolating the rating curves with profile and velocity data e Regression and rating curve development via products e Calculating rating curve for a fixed Eta e Editing assessing a rating curve in velocity mode Furthermore an extrapolation according to Manning Strickler is available as well this is described in a separate chapter of the Appendix see page 399 4 8 1 Loading cross section profiles and viewing them in a graph To support the development of your rating curve you can load existing cross section data river cross section into your graph Here it might be helpful to represent the river cross section visually so that the extrapolation for example is based on the actual geographical conditions D gt e Select the special gauging time series e Activate the wj icon m SKED 203 m Developing Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development e Activate in the Profiles form in the Curves in the layout section the check box Cross section profiles x r Position left top 0 1000 Width e es ef p r Cross section profiles Wet profile wet profile 11 16 1999 7 Dry profile Cross section profile 1 1 1980 r Plots in layout M A n M P m 3 2 or P m 5 3 M Profile oe ce so Fig 128 Overlay cross section profiles Cross section sketch e Confirm with lt O
293. ndard Excluded from regression Forcing point Dummy point at Y Standard Excluded from regression VJ Forcing point 7 Dummy point K T soang i 525 017995 BETS SKED T 400000 t 300000 100000 200000 Fig 282 Graphic Boyer Qmeas Standard Zoom into the plot Qmeas layer active Excluded from regression Forcing point Dummy point y Standard VY Forcing point Y Dummy point Excluded from regression i S Fig 283 ttt a E H 4 ae oe o H Eoi wee e enn ia Graphic Boyer Zoom af 419 I How to use the Boyer method Actions 420 Some values have been assigned with an arrow This is the correct flow value according to Boyer The end of the value is the value that exists in the Qci column in the gaugings table A regression now needs to be developed between Qci and the adjustment factor Select Regression gt Regression options Click lt OK gt to accept the default linear regression option A regression line should now have been displayed over Qei the corrected flow measurement Select the option Regression gt Correct measurement This allows measurements to be shifted Click the Modify plots icon 4 Select a value on the Qmeas plot and drag it to the regression line The movement is then represented by a black ar
294. ned Criteria Contents of this chapter ben e conibelch 285 PREFEQUISICCS a sesccsscesssecssescnesestseconescseescessscensticernetetuarsoneetiahceatetondsencecentetenth 285 SCG E EA A cee nin acd ease moons 285 m SKED 283 Selection of Discharge Measurements by means of predefined Criteria Task amp 7 Selection of Discharge Measurements by means of predefined Criteria 7 1 Task On the basis of the example water gauge Unterkirchberg Weihung you will select the discharge measurements carried out in 1996 and 19977 7 2 Prerequisites Discharge measurements for the Unterkirchberg gauge in the database 7 3 Steps al e Select in the Explorer of your special information system the editing mode Rating curves e Choose the desired station and select the Q parameter In the right window you can see now the list of existing rating curves 29 The data basis for the examples has been provided by the Landesanstalt fir Umweltschutz LfU in Karlsruhe m SKED 285 I Selection of Discharge Measurements by means of predefined Criteria r Steps 286 N WISKI Explorer ol x tl View Stations z Edit Rating curves fd EE z j ml New Rating curves of parameter ty now m RCO3 a RC 04 a RC 05 m l RC 06 a RC 07 m RC 08 ale RC 09 aC RC 10 ale RC 11 we RC 12 we RC13 we RC14 aK 1 GRiverGauge 14477 H A Gtest 11477 ff Lake01 8080 a re Oberhausen 300014 arn ssaa nninannannnr l Grei
295. neral case sssscssssscccccccccccccccccccccccessssssssssssssnssnsssssnsnssnnsnsasse 390 Extrapolation of rating curve using extrapolation points ccscsssssssssscscccccccscccccccccccsssesensensessne 393 Formulae used for rating curve definition scsssssssssssssssccssccsscscccccccesccsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssse 394 Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler ssssssssssssssssssesssssesssessnsenesses 399 Explanations in terms of content ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscccsccccccscccccescecseccessssssessssansnssnssnsssesee 399 Prerequisites seen ee Ce ae nee Re eRe Pe ee eet eee ere eee eee 399 Starting 8 FECA CUOICUAOM scssinssssdasdntancbcas san pasnstesion id vaensursennccdeootovsnrdonbenSesetisvaneinssessaestneouins 400 Specifying profiles siisii innana a N aata 401 Selecting extrapolation parameters sssssssssssssssssssssssssscsssscscccccsccsccscsssssssssssessnssnssssnssssassasesssses 402 Specifying the rating CUrVG sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssccecescesesceseesesessssssessessnssssssassessasssnsees 402 Example of the Manning Strickler extrapolation cscsssssssssssssssssssssssscccscscccceccecccccccssssscsssssees 403 Intermediate saving of the extrapolation calculation results sscsccsccccccccccssccscssssssssssssssse 404 Specifying graph settingS ssssscccccsccsccccsscssssscsssssssssssessssssssssssessssessessesssssssisnssnssssus
296. ng Configure columns Teanalinnt ntnte wW Be7 Search in column Select all Strg a Font Print Ctrl d Configure columns nent 64 0 Fig 277 Cinfigure columns Ensure that the dh dt column has been moved from the Columns not displayed field over into the Displayed columns field Fixing the selection and order of columns x Zeitreihenname Test the West Kennwert X Columns not displayed Displayed columns Remove selected lt Messende Remove All lt lt gi t Transient status Display All gt gt ahat m s p COR Ww corected em __ Protocolld6 xl Display selected gt Slope 0 00 N anani baed Dred tal N Caran Hian Tre tal Ubemehmen Fig 278 Fixing the selection and order of clumns 416 SKED SKED How to use the Boyer method The values in the dh dt column can now be calculated From the SKED main menu Tools select Boyer method and then Calculate dh dt from high resolution time series Actions Now select the appropriate water stage time series and click lt OK gt Select time series Select target time series Test the West W 7 Test the West w i M 01 1998 10 03 1 998 P 8 0 39 Test the West AW Test the West W 60 jop my n A 998 01 703 998 Test the West W Test the West W 601 01 01 1998 01 03 1998 Test the West W Test the West W Formel 08 01 1990 28 02 1 998 Test the West 7 W Test the West w Summe 01 0
297. ng Curves Preview temporary snapshots Here you can use the current status of the rating curve like in a snapshot and check and record the effects on the Q time series Thus it is the current rating curve status that is used to calculate the Q values not the saved status Alternatively choose the function Monitor changes If the underlying rating curve referenced by validities was changed e g by modifying descriptor points a recalculation is forced immediately Compared with the pure snapshot the monitoring of changes has the advantage that you need not go back to the O time series first and recalculate this time series via the gt icon Please note All these methods calculate and display the Q time series data temporarily without saving the data in the database ASKED RONAFORTH Q Grafik RAE E Duw peubne Ansett Werkmuge Ragerson Fend 2 lajx oN a be FESE LE 6 BE SFEAREN eA z A fs nonaronFuLoa n 15 x PS Id Ee eR DE Awg 00 i ipa P a031 Fo errans L Tecrarcneuna ns ri 400 y F j Y ponrpresenes ease bvesbeyeos zinoma o4 ee Seen See F H 200 paa 600 aw 1000 O ms 31 12 200131 01 2002 26 02 2002 31 03 2002 30 04 2002 240000 240000 2400 00 24 00 00 24 00 00 Zofii k 000E E Fig 163 Preview of a Q time series with modified rating curves 247 I Assessing Rating Curves Preview temporary snapshots 248 SKED
298. ng an envelope CUIVE un sescssessstesssesssstescssteesssesssntesssntessnntetsnes 64 Defining a delta S proceQurre essesecssescssesstecsesscseessseessttesseeeseteeseeeseees 64 OPO I Mea TOM asii a 64 Defining additional time SCriCS essssesssstescstescseessstesesetessneeetsnes 65 Ste DRED E A E 67 Starting SKED from the basic data Maintenance 67 Starting SKED from the Gauge Wizard sscseescseessesceeeeeeseteeeee 69 Starting SKED from the Explorer of your special information TE AE PET AEA AAL AT E ER 72 Starting SKED without WISKI sssssssssssseessiresusssrinunuusrsrneunsesrrrunnsenernnnsenrrrnnnns 76 49 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System l ooo J 2 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System In the following you are explained how to use SKED together with your special information system and what are the prerequisites for that among others the import of rating curves SKED can also be operated as stand alone version please read in this context otarting SKED without WISKI on the pages 76ff 9 The term special information system means all hydrological special applications from KISTERS AG such as WISKI HyAP ALPIN or FIS W PG m SKED 51 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Importing rating curves 52 2 1 Importing rating curves SKED contains an importer for rating curves Presently these curves can be imported from an own descrip
299. ng curve is closed in SKED you cannot open the rating curve again from SKED e You can open a new rating curve from your special information system e SKED is not opened again during the loading process e To display the selected rating curve in the special information system as a table choose the function of the same name m SKED 73 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED Newby Bridge Fms FQ FQ RC2 New 2 Coefficients FQ SG c SG a b Lower limit m Tine c Fig 32 Display the rating curve in the table of the special information system e To display the current rating curve as print preview choose the function of the same name AEGEE Hent Page Prey Page One Page Zoom In Zoom Out Close ABTS RVER AT ABT CANYON Pewee Sd Katater ay i Eee m PE Fig 33 Display the rating curve in the preview of the special information system e To display a list of the validities of the current rating curve choose the function of the same name 74 SKED SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED AEETIS Valid since at Ratingcurve 00 00 00 RC1 00 00 00 RC1 00 00 00 1234 Fig 34 Display validities of a rating curve 75 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED without WISKI 2 7 Starting SKED without WISKI It is possible to start SKED without it being directly reliant on WI
300. ng curve using extrapolation points Rating curves can be extrapolated at both ends The extrapolation is carried out in manual editing dialog using polynomial functions of the third degree For the construction of an extrapolation curve two extrapolation points have to be set The extrapolation curve is directly attached to the neighbouring section of the rating curve and has the same gradient tangential condition Additionally it goes through the two extrapolation points As a first step to construct an extrapolation curve you have to zoom to the end of the existing rating curve If the mouse is moved beyond an existing section of the rating curve the mouse pointer symbol will change to symbol By clicking an extrapolation point can be set 393 The rating curve type Formula in sections Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections Test the West 01 FQ FQ 1 1 olx Edit Preview Section transition 2 Transition function Cubic hermitian spline z T LSS Ll GL a A pire pet 0 0 0 5 1 0 16 20 25 FQ m3 s Zoom Factor xfy 6 63 16 86 0 25 24 91 E rf Loe a Fig 267 Extrapolation of rating curve using extrapolation points When two extrapolation points are defined the extrapolation curve will be plotted The shape of the extrapolation curve can be adjusted using the undo button and setting extrapolation points again 13 8 Formulae used for rating cur
301. ng rating Curves 0s csseis cases stavenstustdscssciacden ctnetsbesedevasa checbeatansbnstaeeessstisesaasiossbo mong asseneaws 52 Unlocking and using the XML importer c scsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssesssssssssssssssssssssssssesssnssssee 53 Exporting rating CUr VES sisii lt sseantaxieassossseuseussnsesteiananeeoantancutsutinakaaumnwenemacne 55 m SKED 3 I Contents Importing and exporting rating curves in the XML format cccccsssssssssssssssssscsccccsccsesesssstssusssssssssnsnes 56 Boundary conditions background ssosssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssusssssnssssssessssesssssasanenssssssessesssssusinasenssees 56 Prerequisites in the special information syStem ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessssssssssesceseeseeseeeeeee 58 Viewing and editing discharge measurements in a graph table sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesseeeeeeee 59 Deriving discharge time series Specify origins sssssssssssscssscscccscccsscsscscssssssssesssssssssssansnssnssee 62 Defining a single plot ssssssscssssssssesssssssssssssssssssonssssssscssccsesesssnstsunsssssnsansnsssssesecceecesssssssnsnsasansnsne Defining an envelope curve s sss Defining a delta S procedure ssscsscsssee Combination ccssssssssssssssssessssecceseeseseeeeee Defining additional time series Starting SKED cis cascsccoesssiizbvdescoccuvtinss esas edeaadp stessavtsn hax e
302. ngs in one step the lt Select all gt button in the All section or reset all existing selections the lt Deselect all button gt e All measurements not selected will be invisible if you activate the lt Show selected only gt button Selection section e to consider only the selected measurements for calculation activate lt Include selected only gt e When activating the check boxes Display selection and Include selection for regression these conditions are always valid it is not necessary to activate the two buttons specially e On the right side of the dialog you will find a history of your selections which is kept until all gauging time series have been removed from the graphic e When activating lt Close gt you activate your filter The gaugings will be shown in the graphics window by Please note You can reload the discharge measurements at any time e todo so activate the icon if the gaugings are active if necessary selection via the drop down list box of the toolbar 16 Please take notice of the possibility to show the discharge measurements used for the rating curve calculation also later in the graph see page 87 m SKED 14 m m Developing Rating Curves Loading selecting filtering measurements Greim Q Graph 16 10 1987 01 03 1990 17 03 1988 21 41 1996 28 02 1990 29 12 199 48 03 1988 08 12 1992 05 03 1990 Ih cee event SE E AENEA 07 0319
303. nning of the validity period activate the entry Valid since and enter the date If you want to specify the validity later deactivate the entry and define the validity later in the rating curve management Since the actual construction of the rating curve is done in the single versions to allow a comparison of different variants you should create the first version here SKED Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method Creating and saving new rating curves Create new rating curve xi You can now enter a validity date for this rating curve to specify from when it should be valid Insert validity V fos o1 2008 04 19 26 z lt Back Next gt Cancel Help Fig 230 Dialog to enter the validity and to create a rating curve version e Activate the entry Create version which is preset by default e With lt Next gt you get to the details of the new version Create new rating curve version xi Type Descriptor points bd Descriptor points R Free formula Number Y notch weir formula Rectangular weir formula Extended power law Power law in sections Lower lin Formula in sections Beyond limit Calculate but flag as beyond limit x Comment a Upper a e Fig 231 Details of a rating curve version selection of the type Extended power law m SKED 337 I Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method r Creating and saving n
304. no effect e Select the desired graphical element by clicking within the rectangle surrounding the element A selected graphical element can be identified by the rectangle around it Fig 180 Graphical element with surrounding rectangle If there are several graphical elements existing at the point where you have clicked on by the mouse the Graphical element form will be opened containing a list of all graphical elements existing at that point e Choose here the desired graphical element It will change to a selected element e Open the following context menu with the right mouse button within the selection rectangle 23 As long as you are in the mode Edit graphical elements neither time series dialogs nor axis property dialogs can be called by a double click 270 SKED SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements Insert graphical element Edit graphical element PE Delete graphical element Copy graphical element To foreground To background List of all graphical elements Fig 181 Context menu of the graphical elements The menu item Insert graphical elements has the same functionality as the corresponding icon of the toolbar or the menu entry of the same name in the context menu of the total graphic see the page 267ff By choosing the menu item Edit graphical element or by double clicking within the rectangle respective
305. nsnsssscssseseceseceeesnst 256 Editing the representation of the legend cssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessessssssssnssssssssssnsnssseseseesees 257 SOUNS aaeoa a A E R 258 WU hs hairs varesina a a A ae 259 Activating the cross Re 5siciveesscedssaassasbinshcSSenasnatvavelssessosassaovsdesbussbcoblatetdi Revetvncinbvononnanwenseoeoneetavne 259 Activating search function smapping cssssssssscscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssnsnsssssssssssessssssessussssussssnsnssenssseees 260 Deactivating the cross hair isad cassasssvscouvsnssvancvacnsssnsssacanssossscoasvebvedsvanaecisatsrucsacen svashetenstarniooiaimutrions 260 A E E E A 261 Viewing additional information The control bar in SKED csscscsssscsssssssccsscccccccccccccccccsscessssensee 262 Inserting editing descriptor points sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscssccccccscecccseecceseesessessssssssssnsssssssnsnsssse 263 Editing DIGE destecsc tee duit Ria bdien sian lutein lentenimaleahcnee anime denciaennnouiakes 263 Selecting descriptor points a sicccclacasiacsndonseiaversataadbdasescrehstansaslaneestavaeraacessavsndbadved ceasstsdeisobiiarnneise iine 263 Changing descriptor points gi dscnsisterr curaeaaitaxaacetemeriaiedatna dada aiaiteieeticensunnileiaake 264 Adding descriptor pointts scssssssssssssssssssnssssssssssssssssssssssussusssssssnsonsnssssssssccessssesssunussssnsnsansnsesesee 266 Removing descriptor points cs csasraseacersssccanestascasieatercrs
306. nssssscscssccscsessssussusssssssssnsnssesseseessesesesutssuntssesnens Specifying rating curve limits ss sssccssscssessssssssssssssssssnssssssssssssesssssssestssssssssssnsnsssasseesceeeceseeseeeseeees Setting limits in the dialog ssssssee Editing rating curve limits graphically Specifying validities for rating CUFVES cscssessessssssssssssssesssssssssssssssssssssssssesseseessnsesesesesesssed Specifying validities in the rating curve manager sssssssssscssescsscssccsssssssssssssssssnsnssssssssssessceseeseseeeenes Automatic setting of validities The wizard for curve validities Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series Showing rating curves ccccssssssssssssssscesccecee Viewing printing survey of validities Showing time Series csscsssssssssscscsccccccesee Terminating the rating curve management ccsscssssssssssssssscssscsscsssssssssusssssssnsnsnsesseeceseeeceesesesessess Setting ME Pati essscissccsscsssZaccSdsassesedededasiatdesussstdselcssashdalacesnieesgcndghisieledessssihdascnsdbesdaitcisialacisteodhtannte 4 SKED Contents Graphs and fboles i scesessescssassarssnstinnsnsnesnsossvassesseizavewndievnivdere Viewing rating curve and time series values in graphs tables Sorting measured values according to table columns sssssssssossssssssssssssssssssssee os Synchronising graphs and tables ssosssscsssscssssssssssssssssssssssssssnssnssss
307. nt During the tracking a straight line will appear when flow increases with increasing stage Generally both points can be moved to join the segments Examples for moving a single point are illustrated by the following figures SKED Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods Dialog ay xj Bearbeiten Vorschau eR S EG m a 20 40 60 80 100Q m3ys Sektionsiibergang 1 a 07 t 1 FQ r3 Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 65 14 70 64 Abbrechen bemehmen Fig 112 Straight line fit in log log scale Proceed as follows e Create a regression in two segments with the lower limit of the first segment and the upper limit of the second segment being identical e Activate in the first segment the check box Link With that the lower limit of the second segment is automatically set to the upper limit of the first segment e Apply the result of the regression into your rating curve button of the same name The regression curve is applied into the graph bs Please note that this curve is active by selection in the drop down list box of the toolbar The result could be as follows m SKED 183 I Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods Test the North FQ Graph Fig 113 Result of a regression in two segments not overlapping Two flow values exist for one stage value this is correct
308. nt rating curve activate the Create version check box NSS Please note If several versions exist for one rating curve one of the versions must be defined as the currently valid one see page 101 The rating curve s validity period must be adjusted to the validity of the current version e Activate lt Next gt m SKED 93 I Managing Rating Curves r Creating a rating curve 94 Type Table Spline is The type cannot be change afterwards M Envelope curve will be used in the eta method Version Name fi 234 Upper limit reasonable range 100 Lower limit reasonable range fea IV Set as active version Changing comment lt Zur ck Abbrechen Fig 45 Creating rating curves The wizard IV Specify for the new version e the type see Your guide Overview of the rating curve types on pages 42 e the version number and e the upper and lower limit if known usually they correspond to the upper and lower threshold value of the regression analysis read also Specifying rating curve limits on pages 105 The graphics window shows the rating curve above the upper limit and below the lower limit as a broken line Please note e The type cannot be changed after you have defined it e The Tab 2 p 44 gives you an overview of all rating curve types If the new version shall apply as envelope curve used for Eta method see also the Appendix activate the respective check box Wh
309. nts you may select edit or delete a graphical element from this dialog see the page 278ff You can get this dialog also via the normal context menu of the graph 6 7 3 Graphical elements and their property tab pages Each type of graphical element has a separate tab page showing the properties of the element On these tab pages you can change the properties Arrow Edit x Arrow Style r Coordinates of arrow From 1003677654 95 x Until 1004059787 04 x fo 90415297982 0 0 39415767245 y Arrow point M Point at begi oint at begin ings Aperture of Name of the I Point at end the arrow graphical element PM Point closed Length 5 point in E SS degree Name of arrow ETE Length of arrow point Abbrechen in mm UBemehmen Fig 182 Tab page of a graphical element here arrow Please note the following characteristic features of the different graphical elements e Each graphical element is defined by position and direction coordinates e All elements are defined by start coordinates but only arrows and lines are defined also by end coordinates e Texts are defined only by start coordinates and e rectangles or ellipses respectively are defined by their height and width relative coordinates beginning at the start point e The units of the coordinates depend on the assignment of the graphical element SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Insert user defined graphical elements
310. od automatically SKED Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method Creating and saving new rating curves Create new rating curve version xi You can now enter data tabularly by hand or via a dialog Enter data Vv The new rating curve can be graphically displayed and edited Display graphically IV The new version can later be further edited via the rating curve manager Display edit values V graphically Switch to Rating curve W construction perspective lt Back Finish Cancel Help Fig 232 Creating the rating curve and version e To calculate the rating curve activate all three entries this is already set by default e Switch to the construction mode by lt Finish gt A graph window is opened containing all measurements numbered consecutively In the foreground you can see the editor to calculate the rating curve m SKED 339 I Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method r Creating and saving new rating curves F SKED RudiKanal Q Graph Gl Eie Edt viev ve fitting Window Help x 34 SH elga l ome E Rating curve construction ja walls ie ae is S 4 BeBe BE S QQGk r pmMEBBBRs6e 4 BEr a m a e a A A A ial Rudikanal Q a EF E i l r I Table Plot properties 27 anvil J f H H
311. of single plots or envelope curves Eta method To create the rating curve not only single stage discharge pairs of the discharge measurements but also further parameters like area of the humid and dry profiles mean velocity of flow and hydraulic profile coefficients such as c L can be used Various regression models as well as an extrapolation via dry profiles ensure not only that existing rating curves can be maintained efficiently created or extrapolated but also that they are saved statistically m SKED 21 I Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor To control the rating curve you can view the discharge various deviation graphs as well as the first and second derivation of the rating curve within SKED 1 2 1 1 Rating curves With the rating curve editor you calculate by a function of representation f x the rating curve relation a set of values Y from a set of values X So you use SKED for example to calculate volumes on the basis of stages Fig 1 Function of representation f x With the help of gaugings you can also create rating curves from stages with SKED Test the West Q OO x Q m3 s Fig 2 Example of a rating curve 22 SKED Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 1 2 1 2 The stage discharge relation S Q as a curve For most of all actions in water management the surface run off is an essential basis for planning The discharge at a water gauge is generally dete
312. oints For the rating curve creation the extrapolation point can be used for example for the extrapolation in the flood range and the low flow range respectively Creation of extrapolation points in SKED requires that the measurements of the station are represented in the graph with a corresponding regression x gt e To do so follow the instructions in Loading selecting filtering measurements on p 139 e To set extrapolation points activate the icon or e use the function Curve fitting gt Set extrapolation point e In this mode you set with the mouse the desired extrapolation points Set a point for example within the lower range of the top extrapolation limit i e below the upper dashed line For example for a measurement where the discharge is too low for the stage an additional extrapolation point may drag the regression downwards and with that adapt the discharge 17 An extrapolation or forcing point is a fixed point where the regression definitely goes through In order to achieve this this point has a weight of 100 000 m SKED 165 I Developing Rating Curves Regression analysis Further possible steps 166 Newby Bridge Fms FQ Graph Mil x j Standard excluded from regression J LA Far p nny pate 4 Fig 100 Setting extrapolation point e The regression could now be saved as a reference curve if the regression is viewed as Satisfactory alternat
313. ollowing special calculation methods for stage discharge relations e Eta dQ for time dependent discharge corrections e dS for time dependent corrections of depths of runoff e USGS stage corrections United States Geological Survey rating curve shift e 3D rating curves e g for rivers influenced by backwater e Boyer method depending on the velocity of stage changes e Time dependent hysteresis e Stage fall method under consideration of variable backwater conditions SKED is multi usable Only one user is allowed to work with a rating curve or the validities for this the rating curve is marked for editing Taking over the editing process is only possible under the same user identification Editing activities automatically mark the rating curve or validity for editing when saving the rating curve or the validity it is automatically released 1 2 1 Technical background Whereas the parameter S stage is a measured value the discharge time series of a gauge is calculated by means of a stage discharge relation Basis of the discharge calculation are the results of the discharge measurements taken from the BIBER program for example The rating curve editor SKED provides tools by which you can define such stage discharge relations The scope of function of SKED comprises methods such as splines shifted power function various weir formulae and free mathematical relations With these methods you can create rating curves afterwards in form
314. omson as well as a formula editor for freely definable functions are available Furthermore SKED also supports envelope curves using the Eta method SKED shares a common database with your special information system and optional components of the total system e g the flow measurement program BIBER This database mainly consists of the results from discharge measurements The following information may be available depending on the information stored with each gauging e Level and flow pairs e Level and mean velocity pairs e Level and discharge area pairs e Level and hydraulic radius etc All available gauging results are stored as time series with the extension Gaugings under the flow parameter of the site The Station Basic Data Management of your special information system shares the cross section geometry of the site with SKED Standard cross section such as rectangular trapezoidal or circular can be entered but also irregular structures can be entered in tabular form into the database Panel depth profiles from discharge measurements are automatically applied for the representation of a combined profile SKED Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor The source time series e g 15 minute equidistant recorded stage data and the target time series e g 15 minute equidistant flow time series are also shared by your special information system and SKED Using its rating curve management SKED can access all existing rating c
315. on Result e Select the rating curve e Switch to the insertion mode with the icon e Based on the regression function you set the new descriptor points by the mouse e Activate the icon lJ to save the rating curve m SKED 207 I Developing Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development 4 8 4 Regression and rating curve development via products The regression cannot be carried out only via Q but also via various products the results can be displayed as regression curve y Aprof Vmeas A prof Porof C wi 7 Omeas Porof 2 Prof e Cross section profile Here you define existing cross section data and represent them graphically Special presettings are needed for this see the following explanations NSS Please note This method can also be applied when assessing your rating curve see page 227 4 8 4 1 Specifying settings for the representation of the cross section profile x gt e Choose the menu Tools gt Settings m Method for calculation of the profile value Manning Strickler Rinsum r Flow year Start month of the water year November hd Rating table resolution C Automatically Optimised for single steps Fixed distance Power law function I Force calculation No deviations Deviation according Nobilis Exact solution Graph settings i 7 OK Cancel Help Fig 132 Evaluations cross section profiles settings o 208 SKED D
316. on T Force calculation No deviations Deviation according Nobilis Exact solution Graph settings i OK Cancel Help Fig 253 Settings advanced settings e n the advanced settings window choose Yes for Show inflection points advances settings x Aveta Boyer Method no age fall method no Show inflexion points yes PREY ARNT CAVES Cancel FOMU D SECIS Allowed deviation of the source value 1e 005 Allowed deviation of the target value 0 0001 ADP SBMS HIT CLIVE Distribution of skeletal points Logarithmic normalised fro Lower range with 1 3 of the values 10 Middle range with 1 3 of the points 20 Total number of supporting points Fig 254 Show inflection points SKED The rating curve type Formula in sections Implementation of the rating curve type Formula in sections 382 13 2 Implementation of the rating curve type Formula in sections Creating a new rating curve version you can select Formula in sections as rating curve type Rating curve construction of the type Formula in sections is based on regression analysis You can choose various function types for curve fit in regression analysis SKED is capable of polynomial functions from first to fifth degree Regression analysis is carried out on the results of flow measurements Qmeas and artificial data points For regression analysis the regression dialog is used as shown in the f
317. on into the rating curve type Power law in sections and if there are overlapping segments with exactly one intersection within this overlap the thresholds of the segments are set to the point of intersection e Segments of the rating curve type Power law in sections which do not join are shown interrupted e The stage discharge relation contains double stages and discharges e When copying the regression into the rating curve all regression results used gaugings see page 139 and regressions saved as attempt are saved as well so that it is possible to restore them e If the curves of the single regression segments do not join you will get a warning message first offering you to edit the segments manually see page 182 4 9 1 Saving the regression as attempt While you are developing your rating curve it might be helpful to save regression parameters as attempt This enables you to reset changed regression settings any time if the new settings do not yield the best fit NSS Please note Control in the status bar the current correlation coefficient It should be as closest to the value 1 as possible x gt e Leave the graph open and activate from the main menu the function Curve fitting gt Save fit as attempt m SKED 215 I Developing Rating Curves Applying the regression results as attempt or as reference curve 216 The graph version of the regression will be saved and it can then be edited further without the problem of lo
318. on key with the number 1 lt Ctrl gt the Control key etc Additionally action buttons in display forms are marked this way example lt Cancel gt lt OK gt lt Help gt Hints on variable strings for computer specific entries or data and their general designation example ulc tmp log or file name or Select letter stands for Accelerator keys Input of the letter C holding the Ctrl key down analogous lt Shift gt lt u gt yields the upper case letter U lt Alt gt lt D gt lt F gt activates the function Open from the program option SKED lt Esc gt 0 Introduction l T aI File and lt Alt gt lt Ctrl gt lt Del gt shows the key combination for using the task manager Input of the figure O after pressing and releasing again the Esc key NSS Please note that commands in sub menus are referred to using the convention Menu option Function gt poss sub function is referenced An example File gt Open 1 1 3 Hints concerning the optical design of this manual To illustrate also optically what the individual text parts of this manual are important for the following icons have been used This icon means you will find important hints here that are to be observed you should execute steps or start actions here respectively Do d you are suggested tips here e g how to facilitate work how to shorten a procedure special possibilities for operation etc
319. on system the function Wizard e Open the context menu in the right window and choose here the entry Wizard The SKED wizard is started and guides you through the creation process of a new rating curve SKED Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula Creating and saving new rating curves What do you want to do Eg 2 Create new rating curve Open rating curve manager Plot fow measurements Show all rating curves Show all rating curve walidities Create graph Show flow measurements extended Further assistance A O RE WE e Fig 236 The start up wizard of SKED e Choose in the wizard the option lt Create new rating curve or new version gt Create new rating curve x rating curve can have any number of version but at least one However only one version can be active Rating curve versions can be used for example to test different variations What would you Cc C Rating curve versions Rating curve T z Cancel Help Fig 237 Start up dialog of the Rating Curve Wizard e Open the next wizard page with lt Next gt m SKED 349 I Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula r Creating and saving new rating curves Create new rating curve xi Status Preliminary bd Number 321 Source parameter name S Unit for source time serie
320. only after a new start you have to restart SKED 4 8 4 5 Viewing cross section profiles in a graph x gt e Select the special rating curve SKED e Activate the icon Cross section profiles xi r Position lefttop 0 1000 Width E p y p 0 os r Cross section profiles Wet profile wet profile 11 16 1999 hd Dry profile Cross section profile 1 1 1980 as Plots in layout M A m M P m 3 2 or P m 5 3 V Profile Cancel Apply Fig 134 Evaluations cross section profiles e n the Cross section profiles form you choose the special humid or dry profile as well as the curves to the shown A P or profile In addition you can decide here whether to ignore wet profiles e todo so activate the check box Only dry profiles e The cross section profiles sorted in x direction are represented in a separate window the position and width of which can be determined by yourself e To do so activate the check box Visible 211 I Developing Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development e Confirm with lt OK gt These are the curves and products which are shown in the graph Aprof Vmeas 2 Aprof Porof C i Q meas Prof a Porof e Cross section profile In addition you can see for the selected cross section profile the non equidistant stages entered for the cross section profiles E Test the West Q Of x amess Te
321. only the BIBER gaugings are treated according to the filter criteria also those from the other tab pages e In the BIBER 2 tab page you can additionally select measurements by their assignment to a special device or evaluation program bs Please note The BIBER gaugings can be used in the graph also to activate BIBER e Use the icon to activate the synchronisation mode e Select the desired BIBER gauging in the graph m SKED 145 I Developing Rating Curves r Loading selecting filtering measurements e Activate the K l icon BIBER is started with this gauging e BIBER can also be started by the icon K l if you have selected exactly one BIBER gauging in the filter dialog and displayed it in the graph e This process can be carried out also in the table also here a BIBER gauging must be selected SKED identifies automatically that this is a gauging from BIBER 4 1 4 Graph presettings for gaugings In the presettings you can permanently specify the colours and symbols with which the gaugings are displayed in the graph e Activate in the Settings form the lt Graph settings gt button m Method for calculation of the profile value Manning Strickler Rinsum r Flow year Start month of the water year November hiad Rating table resolution C Automatically Optimised for single steps C Fixed distance fi Power law function I Force calculation No deviations Deviation according Nobilis Exact so
322. over a regression see page 218 Artificial data points are linked to the flow parameter of a station generally target parameter The following specifications are made here e assignment to the parameter e level value Source Value e flow value Target Value and e origin type of artificial data point The origin type of artificial data points are managed in the SKED key list Working with artificial data points is divided into three steps see the single chapters for details e Managing artificial data point types on p 161 e Creating artificial data points in the SKED on p 162 e Loading artificial data points in addition to the measurements into the graph on p 162 SKED Developing Rating Curves amp 1 Regression analysis Further possible steps 4 3 1 1 Managing artificial data point types To manage those types of artificial data points that are selectable later e activate the function Tools gt Key lists e In the Key lists form opened now activate the tab page Types of artificial data points Types of derived data points Name theoretical unknown Fig 96 Artificial data points Managing types Known types are for example e modelled data points e estimated data points e theoretical data points coming from weir calculations for example e unknown e As for a new type enter its name into the table row e Save with lt Apply gt the dialog remains open or with
323. pecifications NSS Please note The units of the rating curve don t have to correspond to the time series When calculating Q first S is converted into the S unit of the rating curve then S into Q and finally Q into the unit of the time series m SKED 99 I Managing Rating Curves The rating curve manager 100 Specify in the drop down list box Select function for enhanced rating curve calculation how to determine intermediate values from external time series in the rating curve e Active version standard method the value from the currently active rating curve version is always used the value from the external time series is ignored e Interpolation Extrapolation first the version with the next lower and the next higher version number is searched for that suits the value of the external time series at the time stamp of the discharge value to be calculated Then the discharge is calculated for both versions and interpolated linearly e only interpolation like above but without extrapolation The version numbers define the limits No calculation is made above the highest and below the lowest value no result e next smaller version Version with the next lower version number e next higher version Version with the next higher version number e best version Version with the smallest distance to the intermediate value The interpolation formula is as follows Q h Qhigher h h lower Qjowerlh higher h higher low
324. plained in the chapter Setting time range on pages 125ff This specification influences the filter dialog corresponding to the time restriction e When activating the check box Visible the cross section profiles are displayed in a separate window in the SKED graphic the position and width of which can be determined by yourself SKED 401 Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler m 402 14 5 Selecting extrapolation parameters In the Extrapolation parameter rubric you specify whether to carry out extrapolation via 2 Q meas V meas or e k sqrt I As for the extrapolation of V megs and k sqrt I only points of measurements in the gauge profile are allowed to be used For Qmeas all points may be selected Only one parameter each can be selected For the selected extrapolation parameter you can extrapolate a plot using the available tools The extrapolated plot is shown in the colour of the measuring points as a solid line For the other two parameters the plots are calculated according to the hydraulic Manning Strickler basics Here the area curve of the selected profile and the extrapolated curve of the selected parameter are taken as a basis The calculated curves are shown as dashed lines in the colour of the measuring points 14 6 Specifying the rating curve In the rubric Extrapolation parameter you can specify by analogy with the selection of extrapolation parameters whether the rating curve editing is activat
325. plete filling use the section Calculated max flow values 469 I Creating Normalized Rating Curves ss e Profile type according to the WISKI key list Profile type use for this the drop down list box Cross section profile e in SKED 3 determine A h rating curve with the aid of correction factors from the presetting e 4 determine v h rating curve with the aid of correction factors from the presettings and the v h measurement e 5 determine Q h from A h v h 20 3 Step by step procedure 0 0 0 1 The wizard for the creation of rating curves x gt e Start the rating curve wizard for the parameter Q A or v activate the lt Create normalized rating curve gt button What do you want to do xi A Create new rating curve ia Create normalized rating curve CS Open rating curve manager p Plot flow measurements E Show all rating curves Di Show all rating curve validities i Help Fig 322 Create a normalized rating curve Start SKED loads from the WISKI station basic data from the Cross section profile tab page the cross section profile type and the maximum height and width 470 SKED Creating Normalized Rating Curves TT Create new normalized rating curve xi Station name Jehannelt Station number 9986556 Profile type Esasen tC S Maximum height m a 000000 Maximum width m E 000000 Cross sectional area 28 000000 nF Next gt Ca
326. ply gt the dialog remains open allowing you to make further assignments Alternatively click on the desired rating curve the respective rating curve is marked in the assignment dialog Use lt Ctrl gt click to activate the entry When loading the rating curve the measured values are not loaded automatically However they can be selected in the Filter options form and thus they can be used also for calculation of the regression Since it does not matter how many measurements are selected for the assignment the selection may be ambiguous That means that the selected measurements do not belong to the same rating curves An example The measurements M1 M2 M3 are selected M1 and M2 belong to rating curve 1 and 2 M3 belongs to rating curve 2 and 3 When opening the Relation between rating curve and measurements form rating curves 1 and 3 appear in grey and rating curve 2 has a black check mark Rating curves 1 and 3 belong to some but not to all measurements By activating lt OK gt you delete the assignment to measurements for all rating curves without check mark and set it for rating curves with check mark SKED SKED CHAPTER 5 Assessing Rating Curves In this chapter you will learn how to check the accuracy of your rating curves Contents of this chapter Showing rating curve sections in different COIOUTS sessstessereees 227 Derivations siniriarssivetvii a aaia 229 Deviation rapns srine ninnnnona a R 230 Cum
327. ptation of the rating curves at their SKED Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method Prerequisites gauges we have implemented this method as the second target function in your special information system Both target functions allow you to calculate all three parameters However it is often advisable that the target function crosses the zero point This should be the case for example when you know that the gauge datum is identical with the discharge zero To calculate a rating curve with that behaviour only the coefficients a and b are to be determined optimally The coefficient c is set to O A widespread phenomenon that can be observed in hydrometry is that the gauge zeros of the staff gauge differ from that of the water stage recorder This may be caused on the one hand by inaccuracies in adjustment at the gauge or by different reference systems on the other hand Staff gauges in a local height system data loggers of the recorder in absolute height systems m A in Austria m NN in Germany Ordnance Datum in Ireland or Sea Level in th USA That means for the rating curve that it is calculated in the system of the staff gauge first Q measurements and readings from staff gauge and afterwards is transformed into the system of the water stage recorder Looking at the Extended power law this is a vertical parallel shift of the rating curve from the automatically calculated zero crossing c to a coefficient value c to
328. ptions e Activate the lt Rating curve comparison gt button The Rating curve comparison form is opened Specify here how to carry out the comparison o 240 SKED Assessing Rating Curves Comparing rating curves Rating curve comparison xi IV Show graph in new window Bating curve 01 migrated bad compare with 01 migrated z Increment for SG 10 mm IV Rating curve limits al fference J telative difference Fig 158 Comparing rating curves e Choose the rating curves you want to compare from the drop down lists e Set the increment for the stage e g 10 mm e Activate the check box Q over Q e Activate lt Next gt You will get a graph showing the discharge values of the selected rating curves on the x and y axis respectively The table below shows you an example of the graph s structure S Q RC1 Q RC2 10 0 8 0 8 20 1 2 1 2 30 1 3 1 35 SKED Tab 3 Comparison of rating curves Structure of the graph 241 I Assessing Rating Curves Comparing rating curves S Q RC1 Q RC2 500 7 7 3 510 7 8 8 4 520 8 2 9 Tab 3 Comparison of rating curves Structure of the graph The stage column contains the stages sorted in ascending order according to the previously set increment 10 mm Here is an example of a rating curve comparison Test the West FQ Graph LoL i t 0 100 200 3
329. r x times confidence areas Regression FQ m3 s f SG m olx Segment Regression r i P Correlation From To Type Degree Diff ec 1 Shifted Power Law m n p by log trans F Exclude T Link E 2 Shifted Power Law m n p by log trans 7 J Exclude T Link El 3 Shifted Power Law m n p by log trans y le F Exclude T Link en T Total correlation coefficient linear 0 797159 m Statistics Show no intervall 7 tod OK Apply Delete Cancel Help Fig 161 Specifying confidence intervals e Specify in the Regression form the regression functions for up to 10 segments e Choose the desired entry from the drop down list Show You can choose between standard error x times the 95 percentile and no interval e Activate the lt Apply gt button The desired statistical evaluation is started and the graph is updated accordingly 244 SKED D SKED Assessing Rating Curves Preview temporary snapshots Test the West Q Oy x Q mais Po Fig 162 Evaluations confidence intervals The graph shows a regression with confidence intervals where the measurements according to Student t Test 5 are correct Please note Activating the statistical evaluation by means of the corresponding button opens a report showing the statistical evaluation in list form 5 8 Preview temporary snapshots SKED al
330. r and the time series that is used to calculate the slope Select Fall as the parameter and the time series of the measured slope Parameter auswahlen E SF Basispegel N SF Basispegel wW Abbrechen Hite Fig 306 Calculate the slope from high resolution time series Select parameter SKED Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method Working in SKD Zeitreihe ausw hlen W hlen Sie die Zeitreihe SF Basispeqel Gefalle SF Basispeael Gefalle 15 qem 01 01 2000 18 01 2006 SF Basispegel Gef lle SF Basispegel Gefalle 15 theor 31 12 1999 18 01 2006 SF Basispegel Gef lle SF Basispegel Gefalle Exponent 31 12 1999 31 12 1999 Abbrechen Hite Fig 307 Calculate the slope from high resolution time series Select time series e Activating the icon you can view the calculation results in the gauging table of SKED the discharge measurements Beispielpegel SF Basispegel Q 2 SF Basispegel Q Kennwert Tabelle O xj dhjdt mis vw mis Sc afi Qei m3 s a Gefalle m J Fig 308 Calculate the slope from high resolution time series View results If the column Fall is hidden in the table you have to unhide it Open the context menu of the column heads with the right mouse button and activate the function Configure columns In the Fixing the selection and order of columns form opened now make sure that the column is shown under Displayed columns The
331. r dialog again by the w icon When having closed the dialog only the selected measurements are shown in the SKED graph and table m SKED 289 I Selection of Discharge Measurements by means of predefined Criteria rr Steps 16 10 1987 4 01 03 1990 16 02 1990 21 11 1996 28 021990 Qmeas a Standard Excluded from regression Forcing point Dummy point 98 12 1992 705 03 1990 07 03 198914 11 1996 4 1204 1989 28 02 1996 J 18 03 1989 28 02 1996 J 18 01 1989 145A 23 011989 4 1930 25 01 1984 8 051995 1 0118 07 1997 2408 406 041993 4 NA NS 1 008 11 07 1996 A 100 vooo 13 00 00 Fig 194 Filtering and showing discharge measurements Table 290 SKED SKED APPENDIX Editing Rating Curves Contents of this chapter Pr reqQuiSites iiare cera anevssiiiuentiel aad Steps Rating curve extrapolation eecssscssescescsessseessseesstesseeseeteeses Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve Step New rating curve With propOSal sescescssscsssscssesseesstesseteeseeees 291 Editing Rating Curves Task 7777m 8 Editing Rating Curves 8 1 Task e We take the Plochingen Fils gauge as example and want to extrapolate the rating curve 3 up to a stage of 560 cm e For the Plochingen Fils gauge we want to create a new rating curve in a way that it will be shifted by 7 cm upwards
332. r limit cm ko Neu Extrapolate and flag as beyc 7 Pt Validities Beyond limit Set as active version B E Hysteresis i Time series v E kK Hysteresis Q G augings Ci i kK Hysteresis Q Manual_values Q wW er J Hysteresis 60 om d produktora233 07 04 200 v Te 18 08 2008 Plot r eee gt Close ene Apply Fig 287 Rating curve management New rating curve version of type Free formula e In the rating curve manager select the gaugings time series and click the lt Plot gt button to load these values onto the SKED development screen SKED 427 I How to use the time related hysteresis rating curve method Actions Rating curve management x Z Test Hysteresis Q Selection Rating curves amp Hysterese ke Akima CubSpline Linear Parametric a Training lt Hysteresis Param Neu Station Vv Parameter fF Time series River F p Catchment area size Distance from confluence p 0 Station height in m OD Station number Cartesian Easting Cartesian Northing Pt Validities E Hysteresis ke v1 EY Time series BEB SF Hy steresis 0 Gauaings m z y U kK Hysteresis 60 va a w River amp A Stations F F 0704 200 x To 18 08 200 v Plot r Clos
333. ram version 6 4 on the previous types Table Spline Table linear and Table power law 8 Please read in this context also the hints in Appendix Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method on the pages 331ff Here the chapter Least square method of the logarithmic values on the pages 332ff explains in detail the background of this kind of rating curve development the Verbund specific method is described in Least square method according to the Verbund on the pages 332ff m SKED 43 m m Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 8 Q W Aa L e rectangular weir Q W p b J279 W Wo 2 b Wmax wW Wo 1 2 4 2 Overview instructions for your work with the rating curve types See the following table giving you an overview of the available rating curve types See the chapter links for a detailed description of the single types aie Descript Minimum Name see chapter or Remark measured flow points Descriptor points Interpolation Descriptor X Extrapolation beyond the first and the between 2 points on last point not possible copying from descriptor points Ithe pages regression always possible each 174ff 44 Tab 2 Overview of available rating curve and version types SKED Introduction am The SKED Rating Curve Editor Minimum pecups Name see chapter or Remark measured flow points Power law function 3 descriptor
334. rating curve is not used for calculation produces gap preliminary best status for new rating curves accepted rating curve is used for calculation released rating curve can no longer be edited and old rating curve can no longer be edited and is even no longer used in the wizard for new rating curves or assignment specifications S Please note SKED The units of the rating curve don t have to correspond to the time series When calculating Q first S is converted into the S unit of the rating curve then S into Q and finally Q into the unit of the time series Rating curves can work in three different height systems relative to the gauge datum dip measurement absolute height data usually height above mean sea level 91 I Managing Rating Curves r Creating a rating curve 92 One of these items must be chosen when creating a station This height system specification then applies also to new rating curves If you use the same height system for high resolution source time series and aggregated time series e g daily mean or totals time series SKED always calculates on the basis of the standard system However if you select relative height data for high resolution time series and absolute height data for time series from day level upwards as well as the rating curve SKED needs to know which height system is to be used for the rating curve calculation relative dip measurement or absolute During calculation each
335. ration functionality the regression curve s will be updated on the fly m SKED 37 I Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor Fig 13 Reference curve and regression curve in modified situation You are offered the possibility to apply the results of the re iteration regression curve s as an attempt and recover the regression from the attempt or as a new reference curve Fig 14 Applying re iterated regression curve s as attempt applied as attempt situation By repeating the regression the regression curve will be refreshed on the fly as in the modified situation ae 38 SKED Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor Fig 15 Reference curve attempt and re iterated regression curve s These steps can be repeated until the best fit is reached and the regression curve s is are applied as a reference curve Fig 16 Reference curve end of re iteration The regression analysis workflow as a whole is explained in the next figure m SKED 39 I Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor First iteration Regression curve s a Applied as reference le curve Re iteration necessary Use re iteration m gt functionality m e g Adding gaugings Apply as attempt Pagi Or end of iterative process to find the best fit Manual editing necessary Manual editing Save results
336. rd ausgeschlossen Zwangspunkt gt Hilfspunkt i a ta Vmess 01 01 2000 Standard ausgeschlossen aval Zwangspunkt 0 Hilfspunkt a W cm seeeeeeeeees fe 1300 PESE AERAN REEERE ZAIE AE EE T 100 4 0 J H Ki H H H omo J 9 H i H 0a Let to tp toh i E rit 7h a ee ae tp 5 10 15 Q m3 s o 1 2 3 VELO V m s Fig 326 Create a normalized rating curve Result 20 3 1 Possible functions for editing rating curves gt e Displaying the calibration measurement h v and h A h b h Q if existing _ SKED 473 I Creating Normalized Rating Curves e Copying of an automatically generated rating curve to a new editable version or curve e g as spline e Linking of derived rating curves by means of a formula e g Q A vcorrected 474 SKED SKED APPENDIX Creating a User defined Evaluation This example explains how to define an own report or evaluation This can be performed in SKED through KiBasic programs Contents of this chapter Theoretical background siririna 477 Generating a simple example repOrt esecssesceecseeeseseeseesseesseeeeeteeseeees 477 C mmand referenter ieat aa 479 Variables F nctionsaea na a divans aR E A 479 475 Creating a User defined Evaluation TT 21 Creating a User defined Evaluation 21 1 Theoretical background The SKED rating curve editor supports a lot of evaluations and reports In
337. re you have to enter the global access variable remanager e startts und endts define the time range for which the calculation is performed float rcratinggetyfrom lt x int rating float value Calculates the discharge for a stage using a specific rating curve version e rating here you have to enter the access object e value the stage for which a discharge is to be calculated If the value cannot be calculated errorvalue is returned float rcratinggetxfromy int rating float value Calculates the stage for a discharge using a specific rating curve version e rating here you have to enter the access object e value the discharge for which a stage is to be calculated If the value cannot be calculated errorvalue is returned float recalcgetyfromx int calcobject float time float value Calculates the discharge for a stage using the rating curve validities e rating here you have to enter the access object e time the time stamp for which the discharge is to be calculated e value the stage for which a discharge is to be calculated If the value cannot be calculated errorvalue is returned float rccalcgetxfromy int calcobject float time float value Calculates the stage for a discharge using the rating curve validities e rating here you have to enter the access object e time the time stamp for which the discharge is to be calculated e value the stage for which a discharge is to be calculated If the value cannot
338. red Optimise only by intersection point This option searches for intersections close to segment limits and sets the segment limits to an intersection found with the boundary condition that the formulae of the segments are not changed To meet the boundary condition the points of intersection are searched for only between the next lower and the next higher discharge measurement This option is meant for the adjustment of segment limits without having to edit them manually Tip The message window logs the improvement of the adaptation quality It informs you about the values of the regression coefficient the mean deviation and the remaining dispersion for each recalculated solution SKED Developing Rating Curves Creating rating curves manually 4 4 Creating rating curves manually The following rating curve types offered in SKED can be created manually e Descriptor points e Power law function These rating curve types are manually created and edited respectively by defining descriptor points Such points are defined either graphically or in a table in the 12 box How to develop rating curves of the types mentioned above is described in the following New rating curves can be created either via the rating curve manager see page 98 Rating curve management Eg Station JE Rating curve 1t vaidities Evi 3 02 migrated K Rating Curve Status l invalid he Rating Curve Num
339. rement that is used according to the gaugings time series Activate lt Next gt Spline construction for normalized rating curve xi Number of descriptor points 30 One third of the descriptor points in the lower js One third of the descriptor points in the next js Z The rest in the remaining value range Interpolation type linear he IV Display rating curve after creation IV Display gaugings lt Back Cancel Help Fig 325 Create a normalized rating curve Descriptor points interpolation type Specify the number and distribution of the descriptor points for the rating curve construction When creating normalized rating curves for the first time 30 is preset if you change this value and create a new normalized rating curve the new value is preset as default for the next rating curve SKED Creating Normalized Rating Curves TT e Activate the check box if you want to represent the calculated rating curves ina graph e Activate the check box if you want to show the discharge measurements as well e Activate the lt Finish gt button The rating curves are saved their status is preliminary SKED opens then the graph with up to three rating curves area velocity discharge IA Rudikanal Q Grafik oli A m g 33 1 g VELO 32 1 P of ABL i Qmess Standard ausgeschlossen Zwangspunkt Hilfspunkt EE gg a Bt TE Amess a Standa
340. rmined via a continuous measurement of the stage and a stage discharge relation S Q relation from single measurements discharge measurement results The stage S defines the position of the water surface above or below a fixed reference horizon e g the gauge datum The discharge Q is the volume of water flowing through the discharge cross section in unit time Regular discharge measurements taken over a large range of stages are required to generate and control the S Q relation The results of such measurements discharge at a certain stage appear then in an S O graph as a scatter plot Here measured discharges Q as x coordinates and associated stages S as y coordinates are entered in a right angled linear coordinate system A compensating monotonously increasing line the stage discharge relation general rating curve is drawn through the scatter plot of these value pairs Q S and extrapolated if necessary The curve represents the connection between the measured stage and the related discharge In the stage discharge table that is calculated from that curve each stage is assigned to a discharge T rating curve Q f S be Flow measurement result 0 S flow zero Fig 3 The rating curve Prerequisites for a clear rating curve are constant hydraulic conditions at the station such as a constant river bed an unchanging backwater and a flowing discharge over the whole measuring area 1 2 1 3 Singl
341. rof Tab 5 Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler known and unknown plots 14 2 Prerequisites S Please note You can activate the function switch Strickler only if the method Manning Strickler has been specified in the Settings form to be called by the main menu item Tools SKED 399 I Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler m Fig 270 The correct presettings for the extrapolation according to Manning Strickler x gt e Activate the option Manning Strickler as the method to calculate the profile value e Since your settings will become effective only after a new start you have to start the SKED anew m Method for calculation of the profile value Manning Strickler Rinsum m Flow year Start month of the water year November ha Rating table resolution C Automatically Optimised for single steps C Fixed distance fi Power law function I Force calculation No deviations Deviation according Nobilis Exact solution Graph settings g 7 OK Cancel Help 14 3 Starting extrapolation This is how to carry out the extrapolation according to Manning Strickler e Activate from the graph the Strickler function switch The function switch activates the logical interplay between area Vinegg k sqrt I and Q curve This is kept up as long as the switch is active The Extrapolation parameter form is opened showing you clearly the nec
342. row The head of the arrow is now the corrected value It can then be observed that the adjustment factor is shifted correspondingly This process can be continued until the adjustment factor scatter is minimised The next step is to create a suitable rating curve of the type Free formula This would firstly be done for the O parameter and would be carried out in the standard way It is also necessary to create a rating curve for the adjustment factor As the adjustment factor has been given an origin of Extended rating curve calculation it can be dealt with as a rating curve as a standard Q parameter The creation of an Adjustment factor rating curve is slightly different and is described below Ensure that the AF Adjustment factor values have been fitted with an appropriate regression Ensure a rating curve template from the AF parameter version free formula has been loaded onto the development screen SKED How to use the Boyer method Actions i Rating curve management ko New aj 4 Pt Validities El Time series fe Test the West AllgKennwerte i fe Test the West Kennwert Hf Test the West O Kennwert2 Hp Test the West 60 Ga Test the West Basisganglini ating curves Pt Validities H Test aining tehe West ar JahiMax b gt Test the West AF JahrMin f Test the West AF JahrMittel f gt Test the West AF Momentanwerte gt Test the West AF MonatMax f Test the West AF MonatMin ke Test the West AF MonatM
343. rting measured values according to table columns The table allows you to sort the values according to the single columns e Activate the J icon e When clicking on the arrow next to the icon you can choose the value column which is the basis for sorting The measured values contained in the table are rearranged according to the desired column This way you can sort e g flow measurements by any column you like stage number of measurement O size of profile area etc m SKED 127 I Managing Rating Curves Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series 128 3 6 7 Synchronising graphs and tables You may synchronise both table and graph to make the best use of the advantages of these types of representation When you click in this mode on a measured value in the graph the respective value will be shown and selected in the table This works also vice versa when clicking on a value in the table the respective value will be highlighted in the graph The synchronisation mode is activated and deactivated with the icon Such a synchronisation of table and graph can be carried out also for results of measurements When selecting a measurement all represented parameters of the measurement are synchronised as well Vmmeas Smeasr Omeas tc 3 6 8 Printing graphs and tables In SKED it is possible to print graphs and tables of the rating curves validities results of measurements etc When printing the graph t
344. ructure The present user manual describes in several main chapters in detail how to operate SKED e The chapter you are currently reading explains central features of the system in order to give you a rough survey of performance structure and operation of the system Central controls of the user interface you work with are explained as well e The further chapters of this user manual explain special system contexts with typical operations being described in addition The manual presents the basic functionalities and features of the following areas e Managing Rating Curves including creation of versions validities and information possibilities e Developing Rating Curves development using various methods including the regression analysis e Assessing Rating Curves rating curve check by various mathematical methods e g derivations deviation graphs x times the standard error analysis of fit comparison of rating curves or extrapolations e Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph with editing of descriptor points e The Appendices describe various problem oriented methods e Selection of Discharge Measurements by means of predefined Criteria e Editing Rating Curves e The Eta Method e Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method and here as a special case Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula e Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler e Editing Q and Reverse C
345. rve manager x gt e Set in the Rating curve management form the mouse pointer on the entry 108 Validities SKED SKED Rating curve management x NAUL Q Rating curves C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 E New New El Time series E NAUL 1 W NAULW 1 NSUL O Parameter 4 1241998 v until 11 25 1995 v Managing Rating Curves Specifying validities for rating curves Station Validities Valid since 00 00 00 C1 16 08 1979 00 00 00 C2 05 05 1980 00 00 00 C3 31 12 1985 00 00 00 C4 31 12 1987 00 00 00 CS 10 05 1991 00 00 00 C6 31 12 1994 00 00 00 C7 Show Cancel Epp Fig 56 Specify validity T Specify in the tab page Validities right part of the window the start of the validity and the rating curve you want to use To do so double click in the first table cell A validity period starts with its start date and ends automatically with the beginning of the next valid period of the following rating curve the last validity is valid indefinitely Select the desired rating curve from the drop down list of the table column Rating curve You may define different statuses between two rating curves in this column Start start date of a validity Failure gap is calculated or Transition results in interpolation between two rating curves see glossary topic transition on p 496 To do
346. s Elevation of RC ve to gauge U Unit for target time series m3 s x Selection function for Active version X extended rating curve calculation Corien lt Back Cancel Help Fig 238 Dialog to edit detailed information on the new rating curves e Choose the rating curve status e Indefinite construction editing of rating curve possible calculation of target value not possible e Preliminary construction editing of rating curve possible calculation of the target value possible e Accepted construction editing of rating curve possible calculation of the target value possible e Released construction editing of rating curve not possible calculation of target value possible e Allocate a number or a name to the rating curve mandatory field e Check the source parameter and the units the proposals are taken from the database and correspond to the units of the source and target time series involved Changes are necessary only in special circumstances e Example The database contains the stage in cm and the discharge in m3 s but the rating curve is to be created in mm and I s e If required enter a remark e Open the next page with lt Next gt e Here you can enter the start of the validity period for the rating curve and create a first version of the new rating curve 350 SKED Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula Creatin
347. s Qmeas e Choose in the Used styles list the desired style and e change the symbol style in the corresponding section by e Please note the restrictions applying to the symbol styles standard excluded from regression extrapolation point and dummy point see page 148 m SKED 149 I Developing Rating Curves r Loading selecting filtering measurements properties x Plots Style Regression sections Symbol styles Label Grid Axis Used styles Symbol style P l Style Standard pan Eo saint EE ktsqrt l dummy point Colour m automatically O Moan depth Fill automatically a alae w Symbol size 20 T VoM O VoMax Fig 89 Setting symbol styles via the plot properties 4 1 5 3 Examples of how to set graphic styles by In the following you will find two examples of how to set graphic styles Please note that you either specify the required plot styles first and then select the measured values or you define the time ranges first and insert the measured values and afterwards define the first style which can be applied to the selection 1 Example Specification of two plot styles for different time ranges e Activate in the Filter options dialog the lt Plot styles gt button The Styles for filtered measurements form is opened 150 SKED SKED Developing Rating Curves Loading selecting filtering mea
348. s 1 mm To preview the new thresholds in the graph the lt Apply gt button must be pressed Linking the thresholds will use one threshold as a common change point for the regression function of the upper and the lower segment Unlinking the thresholds will provide overlapping regression functionality where gaugings in the overlapping area will be used to evaluate the best fit for the upper and the lower segment All possibilities in this area are explained in Working with regressions on the pages 154ff 1 2 3 5 Apply modes for regression results If the regression yields the best fit the regression results are applied either as a SKED 35 I Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor 36 e reference curve or as an e attempt For non overlapping regressions the regression results are copied over as is 1 1 copy The one to one mode will not use any functionality to join the sections of a multiple segment rating curve The lowest and the upper section must extend to the regression threshold value The first time the regression results must be applied as a reference curve For overlapping regression segments the apply mode will use the intersection points of the regression results per segment as thresholds for the rating curve In this case the attempt or the reference curve is joined see Applying the regression results as attempt or as reference curve on the pages 215ff By applying the regression results as a refer
349. s 89 BIBER 25 26 Boyer method 27 29 Break points 260 C Calendar to specify the time range Caption plots 167 256 Confidence intervals 243 Consider the profile area 205 Context menus 32 Control bar 262 Coordinate system 23 Copy a rating curve 104 Copy a rating curve version 104 Copy rating curve 104 Copy rating curve version 104 Copy the function into the formula Copy version 104 Correlation coefficient 155 230 m SKED 88 124 125 213 401 193 499 I Index D 500 Course of the plot 267 Create cumulative deviation graphs 232 Create derivation graphs 15 22 30 227 229 Create deviation plots 15 22 30 86 227 230 Cross section profiles 203 Delete rating curves 103 Deletion of rating curves 103 Delta S time series 459 Derivations 229 Descriptor points 20 43 137 171 193 195 263 472 Deviation according to Nobilis 209 Deviation graphs 230 Deviations 26 Dialogs 31 Discharge 23 Discharge measurements 23 Display artificial data points with date and time stamp 34 Display gaugings with date and time stamp Distort 265 Double logarithmic view 130 dS time series 459 Envelope curve 25 94 202 ETA fixed 212 Eta method 178 21 24 26 ETA time series 64 Evaluation Create cumulative deviation graphs Create deviation plots 230 Evaluations Confidence intervals 243 Standard error x times 15 243 evaluations 477 232 SKED Index Extended power law 137 Extended po
350. s already known to you Anyway activate the check box to create a new version and click on lt Next gt to continue cf Fig 204 page 301 The fourth step is to define the new version cf Fig 205 page 302 First of all choose the type Usually the SKED proposes the type Table spline The check box Envelope curve is used for the ETA method In our example however we create a normal rating curve Enter a suitable name for the new version here 1 Upper and lower limits are optional The new version is defined as the active version Comments of change are optional 311 I Editing Rating Curves Step New rating curve with proposal e Activate the lt Next gt button e Inthe final step you should choose the second and the third option Show and edit the rating curve graphically and Filter and display measurements graphically cf Fig 206 page 302 Since you selected in the previous step the option Filter and display measurements graphically a filter dialog is opened now e Click on the lt Close gt button to select all discharge measurements or filter the measurements respectively To get a rating curve proposal from the program a simple regression is carried out through the discharge measurements e Todo so open the context menu and choose the function Regression D simple Synchronize chart s and table s a Zoom in i Zoom back Reticle a aR amp Special printou
351. s closed SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Adapting graph display 7 Plot properties x Plot properties Style symbol Label Grid WINAULAW1 act peti Linestyle l gt Line colour 8 Pink v Line width foo imm Base 0 00 Fill E Black X Fill pattern H Cancel Apply Fig 169 Editing the representation of plots 6 2 3 Editing the representation of the legend x gt e Select the desired plot e Activate the SJ icon or double click on the legend So X 0 1000 164 Fme Y 0 1000 947 Legend visible IV Save as standard j Cancel Apply Fig 170 Editing the representation of the legend e Specify in the Legend properties form the desired position of the legend enter the x and y coordinates between O and 1000 e If the legend shall be visible activate the special check box m SKED 257 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Adapting graph display 258 If requested you can save the legend position in order to use it in the next session to do so activate the lt save as standard gt button It is also possible to shift the legend with the mouse Confirm your selection with lt OK gt 6 2 4 Set units In the graph and in the table you can set the unit of the values to be shown Select the special plot Activate the i 7 icon Select the desired unit from the drop down li
352. s on pages 139 by e Please note The Display edit values graphically check box is deactivated if no gaugings exist or gaugings have already been loaded into the graph e whether to switch finally into the Rating curve construction perspective see uWindows dialogs and perspectives on pages 31 to learn all about perspectives dockable windows etc m SKED 95 I Managing Rating Curves The rating curve manager 96 e Activate the special check boxes e Finish the creation by activating lt Finish gt 3 4 The rating curve manager To calculate an S Q relation you can create and use several rating curves for different periods Here the use of the rating curves during calculation is determined by the validities You can create rating curves in different versions When you have created several versions that way the respective rating curve must always have exactly one active version If a rating curve has several versions only the active version is used for calculation Each rating curve is identified by its unique name and each version by its own version name Different statuses are allocated to rating curves indicating the state of editing e invalid rating curve is not used for calculation produces gap e preliminary best status for new rating curves e accepted rating curve is used for calculation e released rating curve can no longer be edited and e old rating curve can no longer be edited and is even no longer used
353. sassassesesseses Synchronisation mode ON 9 2 1911911119111101101101s1001n11ntrststentsnonntntentnoastsstsnenonntsttstenannrntsnnentenennnese Synchronisation mode OFF ssssssssssssscsscssssssssssssssssssssssssssnsnssssssssssssssesesssusussussssnsnsssceeceeeeeeeesesecesnss Selection of Discharge Measurements by means of predefined Criteria 285 Gee ea eee nn oR eR ean AE SN Oo OR 285 PEE UL AEE desert cee ace EA anon cee AEE E EA A 285 SIENS R E iia ee Reo ae ees 285 Editing Rating Curves SOOOSSOOSSOOSS OHSS OOOOH OOOH OOOH OHHH SOHH OOOH SHHOHSSHHSSOHHSSHHSHOHSHOHSHOOSSHHS OOOO OOOSS 293 Task e E a anaeatee 293 Be CSUN TN Sg eee e e E EE EEEE 293 Steps Rating curve extrapolation ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssecccccccccsscsssssssssssssnssnsssssssnssssssssssssssssses 293 Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve scsccssccccsscsscscssssssssssssssessssssssssssessssssssesssssssisntsnsesessed 297 Step New rating curve with proposal ccscscsscssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessessnsessessensseeeseees 310 The Eta Method osesosesosesossoosesosssosssoscsosesosssoscscssosoosessssosseosososssssssososssssssssss 319 Parameters and time series required s sssssssssssssscssssccscccscsccccesseccsccssssesssssssssssssssnsnssnsnssnssnsssse 319 Configuring the time series OFigins sccscssssssssessssssssssssssssssssssessssssssssssussssesessunsneenss
354. sdenentccaninciiaiuadiadmacdaincenrasiaane 266 Undoing restoring last cction osssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessssessssssssunsssssssassnsnseseesesceeceseeecssnet 266 Saving changes sta isdactastacid oe thducenrmaridiccantamuaacs ne Elna a tuieaees 266 Insert user defined graphical elements ssssssscsssssssssccsccsccccesccsecssesssssssssssssssssssstssssessssasee 267 Inserting a graphical CL EMEM oxi cictacndaadlaaeuiwaiedniceindanls ie adeudeanitetunnaailsieinawse 267 Editing a graphical element ssssosscscssssssssssssssssssssssssssssnsesssssssssssssssssunsssssnssnsnsesssssssessseeceeseceesenes 269 Graphical elements and their property tab pages ccccsssssssssscsssssssssssssssssssssssssnsssssesssseeceeseeeeesees 272 m SKED 7 I Contents Inserting editing a text clemeNt sooosccsssssssssssssssssssssssssssesesssssssssssssssssssessseessoninsssssssssssssesssssousnassensesee Inserting editing lines rectangles ellipses and arrows Inserting editing a bitmap file ssssssssssossssssssssssssssssssee Copying graphical elements ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssccsessssssssssssssnsnssnsssessesceceeesessunssssunsnsssnses List of all graphical lenmenits cssscsavaczcisssussaedanssusduesoebsaastovaveaccicsodsagatnnvssoavearsonaovensediquaionsmssassaasovnennnntis Synchronising graphs and tobles sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscccceccccccccccsecsesssnssssnssnssnsssss
355. sections tab page the line type for the single rating curve segments As for the setting of colours you can choose the actual colours and also the options automatically brighter and darker If you choose automatically the colour of the segment depends on the presettings see page 146 if you choose brighter and darker the colour will be like that selected in the Attributes section If you want to save the settings permanently activate the lt Save as template gt button If the changes shall apply only for the current session confirm them with lt Apply gt dialog remains open or lt OK gt dialog is closed The result of your specifications could be as follows SKED Assessing Rating Curves Derivations Fs4SKED Ahausen Q Grafik E ioj x Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Werkzeuge Regression Fenster 12 x SX B E 4 SeB 6SHQR TENERSE TAA a Q7 Potenz erug ar a 8 641 295 703 269 61 974 31 79 619 aaa 80 83 manuen i 2 anPotenz oorntanaen 10 15 20 25 30 GQ m3 s Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 31 17 2 33 Z Fig 146 Showing rating curve segments in different colours Result 5 2 Derivations You can create derivation graphs in order to check your rating curves Here the slope and bend of the rating curve are evaluated x gt e Select in the drop down list the desired rating curve fos z e Activate the Fal icon The derivation graph is created
356. selected descriptor points vertically click with the mouse on one of the selected points and move the range by 7 cm upwards with the left mouse button still kept pressed You can view the mouse or cross hair pointer coordinates at the graph border on the bottom right any time Use this information to shift the points by 7 cm 307 I Editing Rating Curves Steps Vertical shift of a rating curve o 308 asant me EEEE AEE a Ee 4 P E Romn IAEE TLIE E 4m BRSClREe Y be pa HE 0 e oF E E 7 e04 i i i t 0 100 200 30 400 500 600 Q m3 s Kurven ex sdtieren Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 7 100 00 2i7 3381 304 698 D nue Fig 214 Vertical shift of the rating curve Please note The example says 7 cm but to illustrate the procedure the shift made here was approx 30 cm To remove the offsets we select now the descriptor points of the new rating curve below 200 cm When clicking on the first descriptor point in the lower range without lt Ctrl gt key all values selected until then are deselected and only this special point is selected After that you can add further points again by clicking on them and activating the lt Ctrl gt key e To correct the offsets press the lt Ctrl gt key and move the first descriptor point below the 200 cm limit upwards in a way that it is brought into line with the upper range of the rating curve Since you have presse
357. sessesessnsees 405 Editing Q and Reverse Calculation into S ccsscersscsscessssessessessssessesscsesseeee 409 General hints sc seascape vis len bes as gas vs ns npaln cow ows ve anvandond vebnesocbnGe MecaaatGd 409 FCG OCHLDENS rine an a a tae eae tee 409 How to use the Boyer method scsscssssssssssssessssesessesessesesessesessesessssesessess 413 RedUiremenis meene e ane en A en 413 De finihoNS sarne ae AEE E A EEN E A 413 U E E A AE O E A EE T T EE 414 How to use the time related hysteresis rating curve method s szccssssssssesses 425 Requirements ccs acca sca a oh i as ee 426 IRR oee a man Tne ee aE Ie 426 SUMMON aiea etnies a cece AR ae 43 Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method ccsssccssssssssesssssseees 435 Technical background definitions sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssssscssceeescescescecessecessesees 435 FCT BTS ORIN Ns E E ETE E E EE E A EE 437 Requiremenis esc ca a A eee ala aeaeae ee 437 Step by step solion cs crcarassescsanasssszavasz ys toveanes iva astm esvigvescvansnlesgpnssninsesiPaseniomrestasasstesesserososeineses 437 A SKED Contents WISKI basie datd isecsisaiinnisisinsianiiabnannanini eei 437 Creating parameters and time series in WISKI scssssssssssssssscccccccccccsssssssssssssssssssnsssescessesessesssseesees 438 Working in SKED lt 5 55s einen dos evehecsgannc n n e apta a a thas asian ERES 446 Reiler A T 454 Recal
358. sgeschlossen Zwangspunit Hilfspunkt H Amess n OEE AE Serene 29101998 13 04 1994 O Standard Gausgeschlosser 17 03 1988 09 04 1983 C Zwangspunit O Hilfspunkt 2 4 Vmess Standard ausgeschlossen O Zwangspunkt Hilfspunkt rite SAA 02199 11 04 1983 Aprof Vreg X 13 04 1983 Qmess Aprof VregVQmess Qa F i E E Hos parie 19 TA a ee E Se a Ga See i et SSN LS LS LL A L 20 15 10 5 0 5 dQ 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 6 2 0 25 V ms Fig 156 Analysis of fit Result 5 6 Comparing rating curves One possibility of evaluating your developed rating curves is to overlay several rating curves in order to compare them An increment for the stage is specified here You can plot the absolute or percental difference between the compared rating curves This requires at least two existing rating curves e Open the rating curve wizard with The following dialog is opened m SKED 239 I Assessing Rating Curves r Comparing rating curves What do you want to do Eg 3 Create new rating curve g Open rating curve manager p Plot fow measurements J Show all rating curves tt Show all rating curve walidities hes Create graph Show flow measurements extended amp Further assistance Fig 157 How to carry out a rating curve comparison e Activate the lt More assistance gt button This switches to further o
359. shouldn t be overwritten By analogy with the above only those S values are overwritten the Q of which was edited before If necessary activate the icon 9 if you wish to undo the total Q value editing and the reverse calculation into S if you are not content with the result of your Q editing e Analogous to that you can restore your last Q editing with the e icon If you edit Q and perform a reverse calculation into S and then edit the recalculated S time series you can again switch to the Q time series and update it by the Recalculate icon SKED SKED APPENDIX How to use the Boyer method Contents of this chapter PRE OULFE MIMS isiin ianiai ainan 413 DTIC ONS serviierien niaaa Na ETELE NENEA 413 ACU ONS a hannar aaa E a Aaa 414 411 How to use the Boyer method Definitions 16 How to use the Boyer method This example will involve creating a stage discharge relation and a relation between stage height and an adjustment factor 16 1 Requirements e A freely defined parameter must have been created e it should have a sub daily time series with the same time series configurations as the water stage time series e g 60 minutes equi distant e The sub daily time series should have an origin of Rating curve Please refer to exisiting use cases and the comprehensive WISKI and SKED documentation online help 16 2 Definitions The following definitions are relevant for the Boyer rating curve method Qm
360. sing the original Using the mouse click in the graph e g on the horizontal dotted line and drag it upwards or downwards As the plot is changed the original regression is retained as a dotted line This assists when making comparisons and evaluations The regression is reloaded in the previously saved version 4 9 2 Recovering regressions from attempt If the regression parameters changed by you do not yield a better result but even a worse fit you can easily undo the changes Leave the graph open and activate from the main menu the function Curve fitting gt Recover regression from attempt Please note When restoring a regression or an attempt you restore also all symbol styles How to set symbol styles is explained in Changing the colours of regression segments on p 167 4 9 3 Applying the regression results as reference curve in the graph In the course of the rating curve development you can change the regression curve and save it then as rating curve The rating curve version which was previously empty will then have this curve assigned to it Proceed as follows Activate in the graph that rating curve which is assigned with the regression by selecting it in the drop down list of the toolbar Open the regression dialog by activating the regression icon of the toolbar If necessary change the regression parameters e g the regression type for a hydrologically relevant range Activate from the main menu the
361. sion analysis Further possible steps d 170 The full optimisation varies all segment limits until an optimal solution is found Only the number and the type of the regression segments remain unaffected All segment limits are overwritten during optimisation Here are the criteria for the search of an optimal solution The highest priority is given to the search for intersections with the boundary condition that these points are not found with overlapping but with adjacent segment limits The second criterion is the search for the maximum total regression coefficient At the search beginning the lower limit of the first segment is set to the lowest and the upper limit of the last segment is set to the highest measurement Intermediate segment limits are varied in a way that they are always located on or exactly in the middle of two adjacent discharge measurements An iteration is performed for all possibilities with the exception that segment limits that would lead to a worse regression coefficient are excluded right from the start If there is an intersection point between two adjacent measurements the segment limits are shifted to that point and the solution found that way is favoured This option is meant for the fully automatic search for segment limits Experience has shown that to favour intersection points may lead to slightly mostly minimally worse regression coefficients a manual re editing of the rating curve however is not requi
362. ssessseintsnvsnyisesensiuserecboordeboesersnrdereeedbevs 477 Generating a simple example report sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssssessessessesssessesseseessee 477 KDWP TUT CL POSEN Ns faccccfnatadacasastatan ores ctaestvo Gain ane epanad auueamaectae 479 Eln e A E cnet csp atiastacadch tacit EA 479 e ae E EAA EE AT T 419 GIO SSW Vc ccccacesnceaxcexescocsecosnastucnsdesaeusnsnid suits cossscsssaadstsescdstastanteiveusesessaaistaticcs 485 HIRD cases ceccecaccenscanccadnndencbaiuninbasinedendoatiiausceanseadeastacsodasensssisaiiucaessbecbestnicansiea 499 SKED 11 m Contents SKED SKED CHAPTER L Introduction In this chapter you will acquaint yourself with the SKED program system Contents of this chapter Notes ion this manual sisia aai 15 layout ard Structure ssecciccinvraiuaccnaatecantsaincatiraae 15 Hints concerning spelling and nomenclature 16 Hints concerning the optical design of this manual sssr 17 The SKED Rating Curve Editor sssssscsssssessessseesssesssessesseseeestesseeeeaees 18 Technical DaCkQrouUnd eessescsseescssesssessesssseecsetecstessaeessneesaeeesatessneesateesess 21 VSerintera Ces ionin asartat 27 A typical SKED Workflow sessssssscssesssssseescetesseessseeecntesssesaeeesntesseesaess 33 Your guide Overview of the rating curve tyPES scesseeee 42 SKED Introduction l T aI 1 Introduction 1 1 Notes on this manual 1 1 1 Layout and st
363. ssion methods 188 Test the North FQ Graph Fig 117 Result of a regression in two segments not overlapping Two flow values exist for one stage value this is corrected by extending the segments Activate the k icon The Manual editing form is opened SKED Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves with regression methods Bearbeiten Vorschau LL Baa SG m 0 20 40 60 80 100 Q m3 s Sektionsiibergang 1 4 0 7 Os tesla us Ua US U 1 TQ mds Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 65 14 70 64 Abbrechen bernehmen Fig 118 Manual editing Continuation of rating curve segments e Place the mouse on the red horizontal line and e with the right mouse button held down drag the threshold value downwards The anticipated point of intersection is shown by the black cross e Release the left mouse button at this point e Now drag the upper line to the lower cross point The illustration below shows the result of this operation The two segments of a regression have been connected by continuation This basically involves extrapolating one segment of the rating curve to meet the other In this case the upper regression segment has been extrapolated downwards However the lower segment could also be extended upwards to meet the segment above if the situation so demanded m SKED 189 I Developing Rating Curves Developing rating curves wit
364. sssccsccesssesssstnstssssssssnsnsssseseeeeee Printing graphs and tables lt sassasssasnncssaxesacsscascasodceseisdnnossnsnnsncivdavedsvadesednacsvassndsnvesnsbneeasvdavedenddstosedereivns Setting up your printer printer settings Copying graph contents cccsssssssssesceeeee Activating double logarithmic display ssssssscsssscscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssessssstsutssssssssnsnsssssseseeees Information on rating curves and results of measurements sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssseseeeeees Press Shift and click on a rating curve ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssccssssssssssssessssnsssussssssnsnsssssseesesecceeseeseeees Press Shift and dick on a validity css lt nsaveaveacdiasnassansasssbansacoeueieats arntaeaene sasiessenscsn RRNA Press Shift and click on a megsurement sssscsssssseseseeees General hints to the information windows Developing Rating Curves cccccsccccscssescssesessssessssessssessesessssesessesessesesscsesere 37 Loading selecting filtering measurements sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscesssssecsesssescescessesssssssssssee Loading measurements 2ctnseiicatrctcctutiaclas unctactas aataceneieiaene aatroraaS Selecting filtering measurements More filter options ccscscccscee Considering influence s ssssssssssseee Filtering showing artificial data points Gaugings according to BIBER Graph presettings for gaugings
365. ssseseees 319 Program technical requirements on the stage discharge relation scsscscccsscccsscessssssssssessee 320 Application of the Eta method exemplified by the Burgherg Ort station s sscsssssssscsccccccecceeees 321 Creating the envelope CUrVE ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssussssssssssescessessesssessessesssssssssssssssssssssssssasesesses 321 Configuring the time Series ssssssssssssssscsccsccccccsccessessecesssssesssssssessssesssssssessssnssasstsntsstsssessnsets 323 First results of the Eta method sscxcecsnizsssecacess evaclcesssasadtacastpbesiSdechaaaaiiasmasonatiasnidaemeeaacne 323 Manual interventions in the Eta P time series cccsssssssssssssssscsssssssssssssseseseescsesesessssssensesssssee 324 Calculating Rating Curves with the Extended Power Method scssssssseeee 331 The concept of the extended power method sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssecceseeseeccescecceeceeees 331 Least square method of the logarithmic values sssssssssssssscssssssssssssssssssnssssssssesessesssssesssensssssnensone 332 Least square method according to the Verbund sscsccssssscsssssssssesssssssssssssssssssessssesssssssessnsssessssnens 332 Prerequisites aa i aa 333 Creating and saving new rating CUrVES sscccscccsccscssesessssssssssssessesssssssesssssssssassnssnsusssssssusseseeees 334 Y 8 SKED Contents Calculating Rating Curves
366. ssssssssseesssssususassanseset 18 Siroighi line bits sssccszsisncsssccucsssscgussvstoossosstscacsdsstasvadsconnsossssecdugposgcteustansescassdebeissrguedteonssastessSebsiisteesasinass 182 COAST ODD asc A E EER TE 186 Extended power NOW ITBHNGN lt css cas04ssdceanensnassauaasooneoseronsvestouime coms nasenessssarnserenanrtvnnna anmenssasuenaentee 191 Using the regression for manual rating curve development cscsssssssssssssssssssscssessssesssssessesesssseses Formula in Sections ssssscsssssssssscsssssseseseeeeeesens Using theoretical approaches for the development Rectangular weir 12 191191091001001n10s1s1stenssorstestnennastantsntnonnannentenannennastsntntantantstentenanerntsnennennntanrnanne ALA OI EE E E E E EE EEA Formula rating curve Envelope COVES sisseoste e E EAEE EEE More options for the rating curve development ccscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessees Loading cross section profiles and viewing them in a graph Editing assessing a rating curve in velocity MOde ccssssssssssscscssssssssssssscssstsssssssssnsnssssecessscsseseessesenss Extrapolating the rating curves with profile and velocity data Regression and rating curve development via products Specifying settings for the representation of the cross section profile sosccsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssnssssssssee 208 Resolution of the rating table cssssssssecsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssee Power
367. ssssssssssssssessssssssssssssssssssssessssssusntnssssssssssssesssssssnsess 34 Regression analysis Setting regression Options sssssssssssscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssessstsssssssssssssssessssesssnnsssees 35 Modifying regression thresholds in the graph and or table cosccssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssussssssssssssssessessssee 35 Apply modes for regression results ssosccsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssuassssssnsssssesesssssonsaasssnsssssseees 35 Re iteration of the regression analysis sssvcoccsssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssssasssssnssssssssessessenusnsnnnnsssssessssesessssasssee 36 M n al 1B tQtbA Ic 2 sac ssececscsoScecscscsboagutexececdicedssScoSnsgu a aa A 4 Saving development information sssocssssscssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssnssseseesessesseuusnassnssssssessesssessssnsssee 4 Display of stored information scsscssssssosssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssasssnsnsssssesssssessosunnassnnssssssssssssesssasssee 42 Your guide Overview of the rating curve types we 42 Rating curve types ssscscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssnsssssssessssssssssssssssscessssessssssssunesssesesesssssssssssnsnsssessessssssssssnaesees 42 Overview instructions for your work with the rating curve types scsssssossssssscssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssessssssssee 44 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information SysteM ssccsssesserseseeseee 5 l Importi
368. sssssssssssssssssessssssessssescesceccesceccesseessssssesssssssnssnssee 232 Analysis ON Mi eetset asnan eE E AAEE EEEE L EAREN 237 Comparing rating CUrVES naeia ar eii iie a an 239 Standard error x times confidence OredS ccss sssssssssssssssssssessssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssssessessesssees 243 Preview temporary snapshots sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscsscsccssessesccsscessessssesssssessssssssssessee 245 Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph c scccorcessesssssessessessessessessesseseese 29 I Loading and showing MONS 5 lt s csscssccsecossssteasdiusssaspassisiassesiaesectseoantistaduesiceetandeaataceancntes 251 Hiding Plolniiesiinnsiniaeinirenn ninna anhi ii 252 DE E O sc dcop densi soem Paste casiesste tous ote niocevvcsetesin teoesivsionrs mannsie eseratenetta 252 Specific feature measured value curves sssssscsssssssssessssssssssssssssnsssssssssssesessssssssnstsussssessnsnsnsesseeceseee 253 Specifying plot ranges ssscscsssssssssssssnsssssssscssssssssssssssssssssssssnssnssssssseccecseseseunussussnsnsnssessseeseeceseeee 253 Adapting graph display on csdseaapteoacdasvanancesceesunptardevxnsnanssehsten east naatsansdesesioiaMtanmemseavaiians 255 Editing the representation of axes sssssssssssssssssssssssssssnsssssssssssssssssssessunssssssnsnsnssssssseesssceeceeceesectees 255 Editing the representation of plots sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssesssssnssssssssns
369. st You are offered those units that have been grouped in the key list Units The unit group is identified by the unit in which the current time series is displayed The caption of the selected axis will be adapted automatically When a table with the same measured values is opened the units in the table column for the values will be adapted automatically SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Use cross hairs 7777mm 6 3 Use cross hairs The cross hair feature facilitates reading the values at the axes In addition you can activate a search function for particular points within a settable snap range 6 3 1 Activating the cross hair The cross hair is activated via the context menu of the graph x gt e Open the context menu of the graph with the right mouse button and choose the function Cursor The Cross hair form is opened I Show cross hair IM Use search function Snap radius E 0 4 mm m Search criteria Priorities Snap to gaps righ z Snap to local extremes medium gt Snap to break points righ z OK Fig 171 Use cross hairs e Activate the check box Show cross hair to switch it on e You can activate the cross hair for your current graph either by lt Apply gt the dialog remains open or by lt OK gt the dialog is closed m SKED 259 I Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Use cross hairs 6 3 2 Activating search function snapping
370. st the West 60 WiTest the Westw 60 f Taski i 1 2 Q m3 s 01 01 1998 21 01 1998 10 02 1998 Fig 135 Evaluations Cross section profiles representation 4 8 5 Calculating rating curve for a fixed Eta Rating curves can also be calculated for a fixed ETA e Select the envelope curve or 212 SKED Developing Rating Curves More options for the rating curve development e create a new curve For how to create a new one please read Creating new rating curves on p 98 Compare also the information about how to develop rating curves via envelope curves see page 202 e Activate the toolbar icon e The Rating curve generation with fixed ETA form is opened Evaluation of rating curve with fixed ETA value g x Time range of layout Please enter the ETA value Normally the ETA value is between 0 ad 1 but can E exceed these boundaries You can select the time stamp also o Automatically will be searched for the fiting ETA value cmos Fig 136 Rating curve calculation with fixed Eta specifications Enter here e either a fixed ETA value usually this value is between 0 and 1 but it can also be outside this range or e enter a point of time or choose it respectively for which the Eta value is automatically selected from the respective Eta time series and used e Use the SKED calendar see page 125 for this e Confirm your specifications with lt OK gt The di
371. steresis rating curve method Summary e From the main menu Regression select the option Save regression as reference curve e Confirm the following message box by clicking lt Yes gt The formula of the hysteresis curve can now be viewed e Click the 12 icon to open the free formula dialog The formula is displayed in the upper field of the dialog In the lower field Time dependent formula a measurement grid can be entered in seconds This will influence the display of the curve j i i i pm 1 E r Formula 2011998 function CalcS float Ri float Si float Ti float Yi float Y eE float S be float S Ceil 00000 RR I ee float S_ Floor float DeltaY pameti float DeltaY_Ceil Ai float DeltaY_Floor float Y_Floor E float Y_Ceil float Y_AtS fez float allowedError 0700000 X a p oft ye Lower limit 25 0812 fom em Example Formula 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 oF Upper limit 224 049 em y m s Example KiBasic Script result 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 O m Integration Deviation i I integrate lower limit o cm veee il O jei View result formula Genis T deviate pre m Time dependent formula Fi Vv Ind dent variable is the ti idi 0 Formula example ndependent variable is the time Measurement atid in fs eet H Valid from 0470171998 To zan 998 result sinft ip ee f Convert to KiBasic OK Cancel Apply Help ee E ee ral Fig 293 Formula of the hyster
372. story 92 Shift 264 504 SKED Index l Toi Show discharge measurements 238 Ameas 89 238 Mean depth 89 Pmeas 89 Qmeas 89 Vmeas 89 128 238 Show gaugings 238 Single curve 23 Specify rating curve type 42 94 96 102 174 177 179 191 195 197 198 199 451 Specify symbols 167 256 Specify time range 88 124 125 213 401 Specify validities for rating curves 107 Specify validities in the rating curve management 108 Set status 109 SQ graph 23 SQ relation 23 Stage correction 462 Stage discharge table 23 Stage fall method 21 435 Standard error x times 15 243 Statistical evaluations 220 Status of a rating curve 91 96 336 Statuses 99 Student t Test 245 Surface run off 23 Synchronisation of graph and table 281 Graph Synchronise 494 Synchronise 128 T Table Print 128 Table with linear interpolation 43 137 171 174 175 Table with power law function log log 43 137 171 174 175 Table with spline interpolation 43 137 171 174 175 Time dependent hysteresis 21 Time ranges 124 m SKED 505 I Index U 506 time related 425 426 Toolbars 29 Top edge of pipe ROK 494 Tree view 59 unknown origin 442 Use cross hairs 259 Search function 260 User administration 33 V V notch weir 43 137 v S representation 205 Version 96 Versions 101 Vmeas 89 128 238 w Water stage 23 Web browser 220 Weed growth 24 Window area 27 Wizard for curve validities 110 X x axis values 23 Y y
373. surements 7 Style for filtered measurements x Style r Symbol style Style fs tandard excluded from regression Forcing point Symbol automatically dummy point Colour automatically z Fill automatically Symbol size E 00 y OU fel New Delete IL ox Cancel Save as template Fig 90 Styles for filtered measurements Existing symbols are present for standard points and excluded gaugings for example However the next step is to add a new template to represent a range of gaugings Activate the lt New gt button Enter a name in the Style field e g 1993 1994 like in our example Assign a suitable symbol e g a star and a colour e g red Afterwards activate the lt Save as template gt button Please note Otherwise your settings are valid only for the current session Activate again the button lt New gt This time create another template in the same way but call it 1995 Give it a different symbol and colour blue for example Activate lt OK gt to return to the filter dialog First specify in the filter dialog the first time range here from 1993 to 1994 Choose from the drop down list Apply plot style for selected points the entry 1993 1994 Then apply the related gaugings with the lt Select gt button into the graph The specified values have been plotted with a red symbol The newer gaugings can now be added to the plot in the same way Specify in the filter d
374. t lt floatl gt lt float2 gt Brief description Arguments Return value Example Note See also 12 2 0 7 int lt float gt Brief description Arguments The function if lt intBool gt lt float1 gt lt float2 gt yields lt floati gt if the expression lt intBool gt is true otherwise lt float2 gt if true false expression real number real number lt intBool gt is a logical argument For lt float1 gt and lt float2 gt you can use functions or real numbers float if value 1 gt 30 value 1 25 3 If the value of the time series defined under 1 is greater than 30 it is written into the result time series otherwise the constant 25 3 is entered If one of the three function arguments yields an invalid status the function will also yield an invalid status Example if 1 lt 2 0 1 0 Here the function does not return the value 0 as you may have expected the result is an invalid status since the expression 1 0 is also evaluated This makes the total result invalid value logical operators The function int lt float gt yields the integer part of a real number int real number The input value can be any real number SKED Return value Example See also 12 2 0 8 In lt float gt Brief description Arguments Return value Example See also 12 2 0 9 log lt float gt Brief description Arguments Return value Example TT OO
375. t button The Format settings form is opened Define here the export more exactly and enter if necessary the path for the XLST stylesheet schema generated during the export see also the following chapter Importing and exporting rating curves in the XML format on the pages 56ff bs Please note Rating curve export can also be performed from the rating curve management e When the treeview Rating curves entry is selected all rating curves are exported corresponds to the menu item File gt Rating curve export e When a particular rating curve is selected only this rating curve and its versions will be exported e Or select only a version of a rating curve to export only this version NSS Please note Rating curves are always exported with all existing decimal places This cannot be changed Zeros AFTER the decimal separator however are cut off m SKED 55 SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Exporting rating curves 56 2 2 1 Importing and exporting rating curves in the XML format One of the frequently used formats is the XML format You can import rating curve data from XML files There are four different subtypes e XML files e XML files with DTD e XML files with schema e XML files with namespace corresponds to the referencing of the schema Which file type you select depends on whether the XML file to be imported references a schema file or a DTD document type definition You can
376. t Create new rating curve or new version gt button in the wizard see Fig 40 p 85 starts the creation of a new rating curve or version by means of the wizard by Please note New rating curves or versions can also be created via the rating curve manager see page 98 New rating curve or new rating curve version x rating curve includes as many versions as you like but at least one There is always one active version Rating curve versions can be used to try different variants What d like to create g C Rating curve version Rating curve fi 1 g Zamuch Abbrechen Fig 42 Creating rating curves The wizard x gt e Activate the respective option button to create a new rating curve e Activate lt Next gt ae 90 SKED Managing Rating Curves Creating a rating curve i amp New rating curve Ea Status preliminary z Number Name 1234 Source parametername Wo Marking of the Y Axis Unit of source m be Unit of target hs The units do not have to be identical to the units of time series There is a automatically conversion Remark tesi lt Zur ck Abbrechen Fig 43 Creating rating curves The wizard II e The second step is to specify status number name of source parameter and units for the source and target time series as well as the height system of the rating curve You can choose between the following statuses for the new rating curve invalid
377. t OK gt 6 1 1 Hiding plots X gt Activate the icon e Remove in the Plot properties dialog the check mark in front of the special plot Plot properties Style symbol Label Grid aad gt Attributes Linestyle H Line colour Pink X Line width o0 imm Base 0 00 Fill E Black X Fill pattern 7 Fig 164 Showing hiding plots NS Please note If you hide the currently active plot settable via the drop down list E oskav 7 the rating curve available next is automatically activated in the graph 6 1 2 Deleting plots e Select in the drop down list the desired plot Mavskiv1 sh e Activate the Bl icon 7 252 SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph TT 6 1 3 Specific feature measured value curves When you represent a measured value curve in SKED the single gaugings are made available in several gauging time series e Activate the special square brackets in the drop down list to display these gauging time series in SKED e To remove a measured value curve from SKED remove each single gauging time series with the E icon 6 1 4 Specifying plot ranges The rating curves and time series shown in SKED are divided into two ranges NAUL Q olx 01 1993 01 07 1993 Fig 165 Specifying plot ranges To display several rating curves and several time series in several ranges e activate the icon function Plo
378. t OK gt to close the dialog and to evaluate the regression line graphically You can adapt this regression further by including or excluding discharge measurements Excluded discharge measurements are not considered for regression To exclude discharge measurements e click on the amp icon e Select all discharge measurements you do not want to use for regression e To do so press the lt Ctrl gt key and e click on each special measurement To exclude the selected discharge measurements definitely from the calculations e click on the icon To include values again that have once been excluded m SKED 313 I Editing Rating Curves Step New rating curve with proposal e click on the OJ icon Excluded discharge measurements can be identified in the editing mode by a cross x whereas included measurements are displayed with a plus t t o 2 4 6 Q ma s Fig 220 Including excluding discharge measurements If the adaptation of the regression is satisfactory you can start creating a new rating curve by taking this proposal as basis e To do so select the new rating curve in the list e Activate the insertion mode to set the new descriptor points in the graph e Add new descriptor points for the new rating curve and use here the regression curve as guide line 314 SKED Editing Rating Curves Step New rating curve with proposal
379. t range and define in the context menu the desired range configuration 253 Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph ss Plot range I zl al Only one plot range Rearrange Separate ans Separate veais E Fig 166 Specifying plot ranges Configuration e With that the active plot will be shifted into the specified range A NAUL Q olx feen j _ 01 07 1993 weqeetenne as ae T 3 Q m3 s A Riess s 3 Q mas Fig 167 Specifying plot ranges Result ae 254 SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Adapting graph display 7 6 2 Adapting graph display To represent time series in the graph window you can individually configure settings for e axes see the page 255ff e plots see the page 256ff and e legend see the page 257ff Furthermore you can set the units of the measured values see the page 258ff 6 2 1 Editing the representation of axes x gt e Select the desired plot SKED e Activate the icon or double click on an axis or choose from the context menu of the graph to be opened with the right mouse button the function Axis properties e Specify in the Axis properties form the type scaling and visibility In the zooming status the automatic scaling cannot be deactivated 02 FO m3 s m Scale T Define range From p End fiso I Define grid Step s Z use rounded start values Type Linear Axis 7 I Reflect axis
380. tatistical evaluation Of FEGreSSION sessssessssessseesssstesestessntesentetsaes 220 Assigning GAUGINGS tO a rating CUIVE seessseeecsseessstessseteeentesenteeesnees 222 136 SKED Developing Rating Curves 4 Developing Rating Curves Which tools are available for your rating curve development depends on which method you have chosen for the generation i e which type of rating curve do you remember the chapter Your guide Overview of the rating curve types on p 42 For a spline interpolated rating curve for example the development tool is the direct editing of the descriptor points of the actual rating curve On the other hand for mathematical rating curve development approaches such as the power law method the best fit can be applied as the reference rating curve Therefore you will find in the following a description of the worksteps for all available rating curve types e Descriptor points see page 174 e Power law function see page 177 e Power law in sections see page 179 e Extended power law method see page 191 e Rectangular weir see page 197 e V notch weir see page 198 e Formula in sections see page 194 e Free formula see page 199 All these development methods can also be used to create an envelope curve see page 202 Rating curve development requires access to specific gaugings e g flood gaugings low flow or mid range gaugings at any time of the development process For this the
381. tch we Last change Mittwoch 2 August 2000 Comment Comment w m Q m3 On 8 0 15 0 7 0 100000 tan 90 000000 360 0 pi sqnf2 0 9 810000 aw 0 000000Y5 0 2 0 Fig 78 Press Shift and click on a rating curve Result The appearance of this information window may vary depending on the rating curve type m SKED 131 I Managing Rating Curves m Information on rating curves and results of measurements Q Eta Potenz Schlisselkurve Ba Version Potenz Letzte Anderung Montag 29 Mai 2000 Kommentar Berrerkung Korrrrentar Anderungskomrentar H er amp r amp s Qo Eta P otenz 33 146386 lt H 156 830322 Q H 0 001001 H 33 146386 2 031321 Qz Eta P otenz 6 195057 lt H 100 361754 Q H 0 000110 H 59 324203 2 4 46955 100 361754 lt H 157 137889 Q H 0 047427 H 16 2787 95 1 431296 G ltigkeiten f r QHaPotenz G ltig ab G ltig bis Qbergang bis Nach 20 02 1998 17 00 00 20 02 1998 18 00 00f0 02 1998 19 00 00 20 02 1998 20 00 00 von Obergang ab Test 20 02 1998 16 30 00 3 7 2 Press Shift and click on a validity Please note Validities are shown automatically if the rating curve version is active and has validities The information window for validities contains a systematic list of rating curves if you have entered long term mean values in your special information system The lower part of the information window will be hidden w
382. tegrate Tower imt p em View result formula I deviate m Time dependent formula I Independent variable is the time Measurement grid in s 0 Formula example P grid in j T 29701221 Valid from 29 01 2008 To 0 result sinft Convert to KiBasic OK Cancel Apply Help Fig 126 Formula rating curve Edit the formula as desired Enter in the fields Upper limit and Lower limit the limits for the total plausible range for which the rating curve will be valid Use the check boxes in the Integration Derivation section to create a mathematical integration or derivation Here a calculation script is generated which can be opened with the lt View result formula gt button This dialog can also be used to specify a time dependent formula see the description in How to use the time related hysteresis rating curve method on p 425 Please note It is possible to import regression results and calculation formulae from any loaded rating curve irrespective of the type into that rating curve type Activate the funcion Edit gt Copy rating curve The Copy from rating curve dialog is opened SKED Developing Rating Curves Using theoretical approaches for the development r Copy from rating curve Source Q 001 b Targ 02001 23 OK Cancel Help Lok f caret f Her Fig 127 Copy rating curves in formulae e Select the rating curve from which you want to import
383. ten into the result time series value The function arctan lt float gt returns the arc tangent of lt float gt Input value can be any real number float arctan value 1 The arc tangent of the time series defined under 1 is written into the result time series value sin cos The function cos lt float gt returns the co sine of lt float gt Input value can be any real number float cos value 1 The co sine of the time series defined under 1 is written into the result time series value sin SKED 12 2 0 4 exp lt float gt Brief description Arguments Return value Example See also 12 2 0 5 frac lt float gt Brief description Arguments Return value Example See also Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve ne OT The function exp lt float gt returns the power with the Euler s number e as basis and the argument lt float gt as exponent Input value can be any real number float exp value 1 The power of the Euler s number of the time series defined under 1 is written into the result time series Constant e The function frac lt float gt yields the decimal part of a real number frac real number The input value can be any real number float frac 10 25 A constant number with the value 0 25 is written into the result time series int 367 m m 368 Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve 12 2 0 6 if lt intBool g
384. th the Free Formula r Creating and saving new rating curves Regression Q m3 s iW cr x Rlegressionserntellungen ven be Typ GradMersch Kovelatonr 1 faz jz 70 0 2383 Linewer Korels orakoelizient fir den gesamen Datenbereich 0E Statitk I Kentidenzintervale dariteten Ssintnche Ausmeturo Ubemetmen L schen _ Abbrechen Hile Fig 245 Settings for the regression through the gaugings e Choose as regression type the entry Shifted Power Log transf e With that the shifted power function is created by the linearized logarithmisation or according to the Lauffer method described above e Enter as regression settings under from and until the stage range for which the regression is calculated e Enter under Degree Diff the zero shift coefficient c that is valid for regression only for logarithmic transformation e When calculating the regression coefficients according to the Lauffer method the coefficient c is determined by calculation and thus cannot be preset e Apply the settings by lt Apply gt e SKED calculates now automatically the regression through the gaugings and shows the result in the graph The shifted power function is shown as formula in the regression window as well in our example value O m3 s 3 12985e 008 value S cm 2388 3 48449 356 SKED Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula Creating and saving new rating curves i
385. the function Additional information Control bar Now there is a control bar displayed at the bottom edge of the graph that marks areas with non plausible values with a red line and white triangles for beginning and end If there are several time series in one graph it is specified first for which time series the control bar shall be shown e When moving the mouse pointer on the control bar a window containing a brief description is opened e With the mouse pointer on the control bar you can open a context menu with the right mouse button offering you functions to insert change and delete remarks tasks for the current time series e Using the context menu you can also view e the plausibility check results in the time series display e the name of the active plausibility check e g Check for completeness and e the limits for the Min Max plausibility check e You may hide the control bar either via the context menu of the graph activate again the function Additional information gt Control bar or via the context menu of the control bar function Hide control bar SKED Functionalities of the Rating Curve Graph Inserting editing descriptor points 6 6 Inserting editing descriptor points Descriptor points of the rating curve can be edited in a graph or table using the 12 box and also added for the following rating curve types e Descriptor points see the page 174ff e Power law 3 descriptor points each form
386. the rating curve type Descriptor points for example a section is defined by two adjacent descriptor points The formula yields a straight line crossing the two descriptor points For the rating curve type Power law in sections formula coefficients are specified instead of points For the rating curve type Power law function the formulae are automatically generated from the descriptor points Three adjacent descriptor points each form one section formula The section is always defined by adjacent descriptor points with odd gt even gt odd descriptor point number Descriptor points 1 2 3 Section 1 Descriptor points 3 4 5 Section 2 Descriptor points 5 6 7 Section 3 etc Extrapolation points are heavily weighted with 100 000 so that they force the regression curve to join these points Artificial data points and dummy gaugings are weighted as real gaugings artificial data points are saved in the database dummy gaugings are only saved with the regression rating curve so that the course of the regression analysis can be recapitulated later SKED Introduction The SKED Rating Curve Editor The rating curve management allows you to assign the created rating curve with validity periods In case of two successive rating curves one can determine a transition period see glossary entry transition on page 496 Here the rating curve editor offers you extensive features to create and manage rating curves SKED also supports the f
387. they are not saved in the database With that they can be used to recover a regression as for the recovery see page 218 Creation of dummy gaugings in SKED requires that the measurements of the station are represented in the graph with a corresponding regression x gt e To do so follow the instructions in Loading selecting filtering measurements on 164 p 139 e Ensure that the plotted gaugings are clear If not change the plot properties to ensure that the cross is black and displayed without a label A Test the West FQ Graph Mm Ei Fig 99 Adding dummy gaugings Basis e If not yet done calculate a regression curve through these measurements If the curve does not look like as you want it to e activate from the main menu the function Curve fitting Add dummy gaugings e Set the new points in a way that the course of the regression curve is changed as desired e g above the curve in order to shift the curve a little more upwards e In order to change the position of the newly added points SKED Developing Rating Curves Regression analysis Further possible steps e activate from the main menu the function Curve fitting Edit dummy gaugings or e activate the toolbar icon e Shift the dummy gaugings by the mouse 4 3 3 Setting extrapolation points For an area sparsely occupied by measured data the course of the regression curve can be adapted by setting up to two extrapolation p
388. ting Curves Regression analysis Further possible steps Modify Regression Options x m Shifted Power Law Bren OK tom 0 124 ok Apply ema Cancel B 5 32431 no fo 803717 Fig 102 Change coefficients for regression e Change the values for m n and p from the general rating curve equation d f as required If a stage discharge relation is concerned the formula is as follows T Z d Z f e Confirm with lt Apply gt or lt OK gt respectively e The result of the changed regression is shown in the graph e If it is satisfactory to you you can save the regression curve as attempt see page 215 4 3 7 Automatic break point optimisation The optimisation variants can be configured so as to ensure an optimal break point optimisation e Activate the lt Optimise limits gt button and e choose between full optimisation and an optimisation only by intersection point e choose between full optimisation and Optimize only by intersection point Please note e The break points are immediately optimised e The further procedure editing in the graph is as usual Specifying the behaviour at the limits of the branches manually connecting the regression segments manually with the icon see page 181 should no longer be necessary See the following paragraphs describing the two options of break point optimisation e Full optimisation 169 I Developing Rating Curves Regres
389. ting curve sections Simply start the plot properties to change the colour settings If you want to display the segments of a rating curve in different colours e choose in the graph window the rating curve from the drop down list Q SKI V1 gt e Activate the E icon or choose from the context menu of the graph to be opened with the right mouse button the function Plot properties The Plot properties form is opened e Open the tab page Style 227 I Assessing Rating Curves Showing rating curve sections in different colours Plots z Line style Symbol Label Grid Axis Ctsqrtth r Rating curve a i Line Line width 00 imm width Standard E Red X Mean depth e Perimeter r Colours for sections O Specific fow p 8 F O vom Section 1 m darker Section6 MN automatical ae aK Section 2 E brighter Section MM automatical P C sqrtil Section 3 Orange Section Ml automatical FQs01 migrated 1 Section 4 Gam Green X Section3 Ml automatical Section 5 gt Section 10 Samm sutomatical Save as template 228 Cancel Apply Fig 145 Rainbow regression Showing rating curve segments in different colours Choose from the drop down lists in the Attributes section the line type line width and line colour for your rating curve representation Specify that way in the Regression
390. tion If digitized it is a rating table specific discharge The specific discharge is the discharge referring to one square kilometre of the catchment area usually the specific discharge along a river is a typical one and with the catchment area becoming bigger it is more and more reduced Since the plausibility of the runoff value can be checked better by the relation of runoff and catchment area one can switch between the value columns in the graphical display of measured data However this is possible only if there are several value columns in the measured value tables arithmetic mean Sum of a set of values x4 X2 Xn divided by their number n 486 SKED SKED Glossary compensating reservoir compensating reservoir Secondary reservoir reducing discharge fluctuations due to peak load operation of the principal reservoir autocorrelation Internal correlation between members of a series of observations ordered in time or space autocorrelation coefficient Measure of the autocorrelation between pairs of a series given by their covariance divided by the variance of the series automatic station Station at which instruments make and either transmit or record observations automatically the conversion to code form if required being made either directly or at an editing station bar Bank of sediment e g sand or gravel deposited on a stream bed or at its mouth which obstructs flow or navigation b
391. tions for status determination if functions for data determination from source time series status constants 375 Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve m 12 3 3 4 or Brief description The operator or links two or more true false expressions The operator returns the result true 1 if one of the conditions is true otherwise the result is false 0 The operators and and or can also be combined thus allowing complex differentiation Example if value 1 lt 100 and value 2 lt 50 or value 2 gt 200 value 1 value 2 The condition checks whether a value of the time series defined under 1 is less or equal 100 and a value of the time series defined under 2 less or equal 50 If this is the case the condition is true The total expression is also true if the value of the time series 2 is greater than 200 In these cases the value of the time series 1 is saved in the target time series otherwise the value of the time series 2 See also value if 12 3 3 5 not Brief description The operator not negates a true false expression Example not value 1 2 The condition becomes true for all values unequal 2 of the time series defined under 1 See also value 376 SKED SKED APPENDIX The rating curve type Formula in sections This appendix explains how to construct polynomial rating curves in sections Contents of this chapter Display of inflection points for polynomial functions s 38
392. tive format KRCIF KISTERS Rating Curve Interchange Format or in XML format For the XML import we recommend to use always the automatic format recognition e Activate from the main menu the function File gt Rating curve import You will get the import dialog where you choose the import file e Select the desired file from the list e Format group Selection according to those format groups configured in WISKI see the WISKI documentation In case you cannot open your file e change the file type set by default to the automatic format recognition in the drop down list of the same name e Alternatively you can select one of the available file types in order to open the file you want to view with a special import filter e If you want the XML import to perform a stylesheet transformation activate the lt Other format settings gt button The Format settings form is opened Enter here the XML settings and optionally the path for the XLST stylesheet used during import see the following chapter Importing and exporting rating curves in the XML format on the pages 56ff 10 The file to be opened is compared with formats which are provided with a quick check This quick check searches for concurrences of striking information file header for example If the format is not identified by that the file is not opened SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Importing rating curves i i Format setting Eg AIS
393. ts Q parameter e Activate the function Wizard from the context menu e The rating curve wizard is opened How to use it is explained in The rating curve wizard on p 85 m SKED 139 I Developing Rating Curves r Loading selecting filtering measurements 140 e Activate the lt Plot flow measurements gt button e Please note This button corresponds to the selection of a gauging time series in the rating curve manager plus activation of lt Show gt by button or context menu i e it shortens the procedure e Use the Filter options form to filter the gaugings to be shown if necessary 4 1 2 Selecting filtering measurements e Otherwise open the filter dialog by the icon iJ or e activate the main menu entry Curve fitting D Filter gaugings Filter options x r Selection all visible and included points selected Range Derived data points Influence BIBER Time range 14 06 1971 e E to 03 01 2005 Source parameter SG m T Upper limit B T Lower limit 122 02400 Target parameter FO m37s T Lower limit T Upper limit I Season 2nd half of calendar year h T Rating curve oii iigrated z Select Add selection Remove selection Select all Deselect all IV always display selection m Selection include selection for regression Include selected only Apply plot style for selected points Standard Plot styles Pot es
394. ts eee Copy graphic to clipboard Save graph in file Insert graphical element o lj t Edt graphical elements j o 1 2 List of al graphical elements 5 Q mars Fig 218 Starting simple regression e You can enter a range W axis in the regression dialog and specify the function type for regression As for rating curves we recommend the following function types e Power law Q a 9 if gauge zero discharge zero e Shifted Power Log transf Q a S c if gauge zero t discharge zero and the shift is known i 312 SKED Editing Rating Curves Step New rating curve with proposal e Shifted power according Lauffer Q a S c if gauge zero t discharge zero and the shift is unknown e Click on lt Apply gt to view the result Regression FQ m3 s f SG m ioi x Segment Regression Correlation coefficient From To Type Degree Dif Shifted Power Law m n p by log trans J Exclude T Link J 2 Shifted Power Law m n p by log trans x l F Exclude T Link J Exclude F Link Total correlation coefficient linear l 0 797159 m Statistics Show no intervall x fi told Help Fig 219 Specifying the regression parameter You can adapt the type or the range as often as you like You can also choose different regression types for the various ranges After having specified your regression e click on l
395. tton e When you have created several versions that way define exactly one version as the active version of the respective rating curve by the lt Set as active version gt button That version appears then in bold letters S Please note The active version is the basis for the calculation of the discharge If a rating curve has no active version the corresponding Q time series cannot be calculated 3 4 4 Deleting rating curves and versions Rating curves and inactive versions can be deleted e by selecting a rating curve in the tree view of the rating curve management and e choose in the context menu the function Delete e Versions are deleted the same way bs Please note e Deleting a rating curve deletes also all versions also the active one e When deleting rating curves having related validities you can decide whether to delete or replace the related validities IF you delete this rating curve all associated versions will be deleted as well This action can not be undone Do you want to continue Cancel Rating curve with validity Help You are about to delete a rating curve with one or more validities Please choose how the associated validities should be dealt with ci C Replace assigned validity with No Rating Replace assigned validities by following rating curve Fig 53 Deletion of rating curves Delete validities as well e Activate the respective option depending on whether you
396. u to be opened with the right mouse button the function SKED e The rating curve editor will be started SKED establishes a connection to the database and the start up dialog is opened What do you want to do E 3 Create new rating curve g Open rating curve manager p Plot flow measurements Show all rating curves tt Show all rating curve yalidities hes Create graph Show flow measurements extended Fig 57 Selection dialog of the rating curve editor SKED e Activate the lt More assistance gt button m SKED 111 I Managing Rating Curves Specifying validities for rating curves What do you want to do xi Rating curve comparison Analysis of fit i User defined evaluation lt Further assistance Cancel Help Fig 58 Selection dialog to start the wizard for curve validities e Activate the lt Assistant for graph validities gt button The Wizard for setting of range limits form is opened The wizard guides you now step by step through the process of assignment e First of all enter the editing range Wizard for setting of yalidities x r Editing range 0671971 te 1071672002 Attention In case of accepting the validities later all current validities in this time range will be overwritten This action cannot be undone Fig 59 The wizard for curve validities Specifying editing range
397. ually e none Interpolation according to selection below e Log Log domain Transformation of values in a double logarithmic view og log with subsequent linear interpolation S e Please note f with interpolated descriptor points the first descriptor point is specified with any desired stage and a discharge of zero and if the domain selected is Log Log it is always interpolated between the discharge zero and the second descriptor point irrespective of the defined interpolation type e Power 2 5 Interpolation through a power law function with a fix exponent of 2 5 Corresponding to the hydraulic base equation according to Manning Strickler the relation between S and 0 2 5 is a straight line If all gaugings are transformed analogously the rating curves can be constructed by means of straight lines or through a linear regression calculation accordingly For the calculation of discharge the backwards transformation of the constructed straight line with the exponent 5 2 is carried out e Section Interpolation Interpolation between the descriptor points is carried out by the following methods e Akima spline e cubic spline e inear interpolation e parametric spline e step e Specify the offset for the log log representation alpha value for the coordinate conversion is deducted in the graph prior to logarithmization See Activating double logarithmic display on p 130 e If you activate the check box Fit graph axes automatically
398. uction mass curve Curve of an accumulated quantity versus time tide Periodic rise and fall of water in the seas or in large lakes due to the gravitational attraction of the moon and the sun tidal range Difference in height between high tide and a consecutive low tide storage gauge Storage gauges are precipitation meters which collect the precipitation over more than one day since a daily reading is not possible When evaluating this storage gauge measurements monthly sums of the precipitation are determined tracer Easily detectable material which may be added in small quantities to flowing surface water or groundwater to depict the path lines or to serve in the measurement of characteristics of flow e g velocity transit times age dilution etc m 495 Glossary m 496 transition bank stage transition The idea of transition curves is to interpolate the flow calculated from two rating curves One valid before the transition period e g RC1 one after e g RC2 For interpolation a weighted mean of the both flows Q1 t f S t RC1 and Q2 f S t RC2 is used Q t a t Q1 t 1 a t Q2 t The weight a t is estimated for a transition period from a start time t_s to an end time t_e with a linear weighting formula a t te t te t_s For t t_s the weight a will be 1 This means only RC1 is used For t t_e the weight a will be 0 This means only RC2 is used In the
399. ulative deviation graphs seescssessssessstessseessseessnessnessnessnenetes 232 Analysis of fit iiiiinsiaiin ii 237 Comparing rating CUIVES cesccseeccsecsescseessetecsesesseesseteesteessteesateesteeeateesaeees 239 Standard error x times confidence areas u 243 Preview temporary SNapShOts sssssccssssssssssecsssssssesescsssssssssesesssssssseeeesesses 245 225 SKED Assessing Rating Curves Showing rating curve sections in different colours 5 Assessing Rating Curves There are various temporary options available to control the effects of changes at your rating curve development immediately e statistical evaluations e deviation graphs e derivation graphs e analysis of fit e the option to overlay several rating curves comparison of rating curves e preview of calculated flow time series e determination of cross section profiles or e the balancing module For multi segment rating curves power law and power law in sections there is the possibility of Showing rating curve sections in different colours so as to allow a better visual control These options to check the quality of your rating curve are described in the following 5 1 Showing rating curve sections in different colours For multi segment rating curves power law and power law in sections the points of intersection can hardly be identified if the overlapping segments are displayed in the same colour SKED allows you to change the colour of ra
400. ult value 1 7 10 endif elseif value 1 lt 5 then result errorvalue result value 1 20 Lower limit jo em om Upper limit fi cm y m s m Integration derivation I integrate lower limit I deviate m Time dependent formula J7 Independent variable is the time Example Formula 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 Example KiBasic Script result 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 P im Formula View result formula Measurement arid in tif fons example Valid from 2370172008 z To 2370172008 z i sin t Convert to Kibasic OK Cancel Apply Help Fig 269 Editing of formulae used for rating curve definition SKED SKED APPENDIX OT e e Extrapolation according to e e Manning Strickler Contents of this chapter Explanations in terms Of CONtEN scssecseesceessesesteessteecatesseeesetessees 399 PRE TEQUISITOS issii aeiiaaie 399 Starting e XtrapolatiONrssrenn nanain 400 Specifying prorilesess siscsscout scacseieratdieaaceascateten dinates ltl 401 Selecting extrapolation parameters scsssescssesssecsesssseesceeessteeseesseeees 402 Specifying the rating CUIVE ecsesessessseecsesssstesssesseeesseteeseteesteesntesateesaeeee 402 Example of the Manning Strickler extrapolation csseseee 403 Intermediate saving of the extrapolation calculation results 404 Specifying graph SettingS sseecsssscssecssecseesceeessescstsecateseateesee
401. umber The input value can be any real number integer sign 125 35 Result 1 sign 0 Result O sign 1523 40 Result 1 The function sin lt float gt returns the sine of lt float gt sin real number SKED Return value Example See also 12 2 0 13sqrt lt float gt Brief description Arguments Return value Example See also value 12 2 0 14tan lt float gt Brief description Arguments Return value Example TT OO Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve The input value can be any real number float sin value 1 The sine of the time series defined under 1 is written into the result time series value arctan cos The function sqrt lt float gt returns the square root of lt float gt sqrt real number The input value must be a positive real number float sqrt value 1 The root of the time series defined under 1 is written into the result time series The function tan lt float gt returns the tangent of lt float gt tan real number The input value can be any real number float tan value 1 371 Functions available for the Formula Rating Curve m The tangent of the time series defined under 1 is written into the result time series See also value arctan cos sin 372 12 2 0 15yearday lt int gt Brief description The function yearday lt int gt yields the number of days since the beginning of the year for a number of
402. ured this is depth to groundwater level MPH GOK with the stage measured GOK MPH stage i e in terms of figures exactly the other way round Please see also the glossary entries gauge datum SGZ top edge of pipe ROK and measuring point height MPH groundwater Subsurface water occupying the saturated zone main station Hydrological station established in any country or natural area to collect consecutive series of hydrological observations that are relatively uninfluenced by previous or future artificial changes table of primary values Tabular list of primary values historical data Hydrological and meteorological data of events which occurred in the past flood 1 Rise usually brief in the water level in a stream to a peak from which the water level recedes at a slower rate 2 Relatively high flow as measured by stage height or discharge 3 Rising tide flood crest Highest peak elevation of the water level during a flood altitude Vertical distance of a level a point or an object considered as a point measured e g from mean sea level SKED Glossary enveloping curve i enveloping curve Smooth curve which represents the boundary within which all or most of the known data points are contained hydrological year Continuous 12 month period selected in such a way that overall changes in storage are minimal so that carry over is reduced to a minimum annual runoff Total volume of water t
403. urve versions are not printed In addition an overview of all validities can be printed 3 6 1 Showing rating curves As an alternative to the rating curve wizard by activating the lt Show all rating curves gt button all active versions of all existing rating curves are displayed in a graph see Fig 40 p 85 you can have displayed also single rating curves x gt e Set in the Rating curve management form the cursor on the desired rating curve version m SKED 119 I Managing Rating Curves Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series Rating curve management 3 NAULG 1 E NAUL G Parameter Fig 66 Selecting rating curve for the display Activate the lt Show gt button If you open a new or an empty rating curve and if neither a suitable x axis nor a suitable y axis is shown in the graph before the Axis settings form is opened first Axis settings Fig 67 Specifying axis settings 7 120 SKED Managing Rating Curves Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series e n order to set descriptor points in the course of your session much easier without the axes automatically being adapted to your rating curve you can configure the dimensions of the axes and afterwards fix these settings You may reset that mode later in SKED with the icon e If you want to have firm axis settings specify here the special settings for the x and y axis e Activate
404. urves Choose here the function New SKED Managing Rating Curves The rating curve manager Rating curve management x Kvi a Station JE Rating curve t vaidties H 02 migrated kw Rating Curve Status invalid x a RC Rating Curve Number New le v1 a 5 RC zero flow Active version number Kyi Source parameter name sc RC2 T K formula Unit of Source fin ke New Unit of Target mazs z I New 1 Select function for enhanced active version Z ko New 2 rating curve calculation Z New 3 For selected function not equal to the active version the kw names of the versions must be numerical p 2 formula Remark et Validities a New Last changed by Time series xl 01 01 195 To 19 01 2005 i ea IP e cows ae Fig 49 Creating new rating curves Specify data e Specify on the tab page Rating curve e the status e the number name e the name of the source parameter and e the units for the source and target time series e The following statuses of a rating curve can be chosen e invalid rating curve is not used for calculation produces gap e preliminary best status for new rating curves e accepted rating curve is used for calculation e released rating curve can no longer be edited and e old rating curve can no longer be edited and is even no longer used in the wizard for new rating curves or assignment s
405. urves validities and time series Rating curve management xi NAUL Q Rating curves Station Parameter Time series Unit Validities Time range since Tuesday December 01 1992 C1 1 unti Thursday April 14 1994 H New El Time series EE NAUL O 1 W NAULW 1 NSUL G Parameter 127 37199 unti f 47147199 Show Cancel Apply Fig 71 Selecting the time series for the display e Specify the desired time range at the bottom e For this use the SKED calendar how to use it is explained in Setting time range on pages 125 e To apply the data range automatically as editing range open the context menu in the Rating curve management dialog Show Apply time range New Delete Bapy Fig 72 Showing time series e and choose the function Apply time range e Activate the lt Display gt button afterwards bs Please note When selecting a gauging time series the Filter options form will be opened first by default here you can filter the discharge measurements See Loading selecting filtering measurements on pages 139 for more information 124 SKED Managing Rating Curves Showing and printing rating curves validities and time series The time series will be shown in the graphics window A NAUL Q olx 01 01 1993 01 04 1993 01 07 1993 01 10 1993 01 01 1994 Time t Fig 73 Viewing time series in a graph 3 6 4
406. urves of a station the validities and different rating curve versions These versions can be used to reflect the development approach to the best and final rating curve A powerful filter dialog can be used to select the collected measured values for the rating curve development The following selection criteria are offered in this filter e Time range of the measurements e Limitation by value range e Season summer and winter half year e Limitation by assignments to curves e ete You can also view additional information when creating a rating curve like dry and wet profiles for example The collected measured values can be analysed in SKED with different regression methods e Linear regression e Power law function solution via logarithms and Lauffer method e Logarithmic regression e Polynomial of 1st to 5th order e Shifted power law function solution via logarithms and Lauffer method e Exponential function The regression analysis can be divided into up to 10 value ranges segments of the source parameter The ranges may also be connected with each other or overlap The above mentioned regression functions are available for each segment For an area Sparsely occupied by measured data the course of the regression curve can be adapted by setting up to two extrapolation points For the rating curve creation the extrapolation point can be used for example for the extrapolation in the flood range and the low flow range respectively
407. valid further on SKED SKED in Interaction with your Special Information System Starting SKED 2 6 Starting SKED In your special information system there are various ways to start SKED e from the basic data e from the Gauge Wizard and e from the Explorer of your special information system Which possibilities can be used depends among others on the personal configuration of your system In the following you will learn how to operate SKED independent of your special information system e g WISKI see the page 76ff 2 6 1 Starting SKED from the basic data maintenance x gt e Activate the toolbar icon al e Select in the Stations dialog the desired station e Open the tab page Parameter m Stations BEES Station name X Name avery Catchment area 0 River z Gage datum 1 000 a Avery1 11294500 Castle Hill 20100800 G Demo A111 Denver 200000 M Eagle Creek Eagle101 Eureka 342423 Indiana 200002a lowa 2000031 KisPrecip 300001 Kisters 20000 Madrid 200004 Maine 200012 Malad River near Bliss 13153501 Memphis 200001 Pine Creek at Oxbow 13290190 G Portland 73242342 Powder River nr Richland 1328 Powder Test 349423 PrecipAvery 11294501 M Roma 200011 Sactamento 199999 Snake River nr Heise 13037500 G South Fork Kyburz A 12 G Temp01 2338 G Template Shifts 004 Template Surface Water 001 Filter Cancel Help Number p1a32
408. ve definition After rating curve construction using manual editing has been completed the functions used for rating curve definition can be shown and edited e To open the window with the formulae click on the _Fj button 394 SKED The rating curve type Formula in sections Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections Test the West 01 FQ FQ 1 1 m Rating curve sections tem correlation coeff result 0 666 01315997167 x 1 0 0009 69 4 100 rem correlation coeff result 12 85980935 0 4639538333 x 1 0 004694 100 121 19 25237976 0 2364994984 x 0 0003188852826 x 2 1 824188517e 00 121 170 rem correlation coeff result 225 4003276 5 386990298 x 1 0 0425731 Add formula Edit Delete formula wey omea Fig 268 Formulae used for rating curve definition e In the window a listing of the formulae used for the individual sections is shown In this window you have the option to either add a formula delete a formula or to edit an existing formula or the limits of the formula e When an existing formula is to be edited click on the lt Edit gt button m SKED 395 The rating curve type Formula in sections Functionality to handle crossovers transition between sections 396 r Formula if value 1 gt 500 then result value 1 500 elseif value 1 gt 250 then I result value 1 250 else res
409. ve fitting gt Regression 156 or the context menu function Regression simple directly from the graph SKED Developing Rating Curves Working with regressions e The Regression form is opened e Complete the first two regression settings as follows e 1 From 0 To 0 7 Type Shifted power law log trans e 2 From 0 6 To 1 Type Shifted power law log trans e Activate then the lt Apply gt button to test the regression and to leave the Regression form open e When activating lt OK gt the regression dialog is closed e You should now see 2 horizontal dashed lines across the graph at 0 6 and 0 7m at the height of the regression thresholds for each segment NewByBridge FQ Graph _ o x i r 14 Q m3 s y gt A Fig 94 Result of a regression with two segments e The next step is to reopen the regression dialog box and link the regression sections e Please note Linking regression segments includes that the upper limit of the lower segment and the lower limit of the upper segment are set to the same value This procedure is useful if the threshold is known e g with an exactly measured and unaltered cross section profile e Activate again the icon El e The Regression form is opened e Now delete possibly entered values in the Degree Diff box e Activate the check box Link in the first regression segment a SKED 157 I Developing Rating Curves Working
410. velopment Rating curve types in SKED using theoretical approaches for the development are e Rectangular weir e V notch weir e Formula rating curve 4 6 1 Rectangular weir x gt e Specify for the new version the rating curve type Rectangular weir formula e After you have entered the necessary data activate lt Next gt e Activate in the next dialog the check box Enter rating curve data manually this opens automatically the 12 box where you can manually enter data for the new rating curve in the table Rating curve for Rectangular weirs x r Formula 3 pb J2 g W Wy mars 3 b fem b Wmax amp 381 mwa Wo p cm wW Hp m Wimax fi cm Cancel Apply Fig 124 Theoretical approaches for the development Rectangular weir formula e Edit the formula as follows m SKED 197 I Developing Rating Curves Using theoretical approaches for the development AW p b 2 g W Wo 4 b Wmax wW Wo e Apply your changes or close the window with lt OK gt 4 6 2 V notch weir x gt e Specify for the new version the rating curve type V notch weir formula e After you have entered the necessary data activate lt Next gt e Activate in the next dialog the check box Enter rating curve data manually this opens automatically the 12 box where you can manually enter data for the new rating curve in the table Rating curve for notch weirs Thomson x r Formula
411. view it does not yield much information but often serves as auxiliary point when measuring the well in the field First of all the top edge of pipe is measured by the levelling instrument instead of the ground level Afterwards the distance between top edge of pipe and ground level is measured by a meter rule This is the easier way from the technical view Furthermore measuring point heights are often determined relatively to the top edge of pipe since measurement is carried out with standardized extensions or baffles That means that the measuring point height is calculated as follows ROK n cm of the extension or ROK n cm of the baffles The top edge of pipe can be entered as text only for stations of type groundwater Hence it cannot be collected for other station types Any natural or man made body which is supported and partly or fully immersed in water its vertical motion indicating the changes in water level or its horizontal movement indicating the velocity of water at the surface or at various depths SKED SKED Glossary bed profile 777 bed profile Shape of a stream bed in a vertical plane it may be longitudinal or transversal heavy fall of rain Rain of a high precipitation rate compared with its duration and thus occurring rarely e g max twice a year on average backwater curve Longitudinal profile of the water surface upstream in a stream where the water surface is raised by a natural or artificial obstr
412. w you can recalculate this rating curve with changed settings of the coefficients e by opening the rating curve table again to edit it with Fm or or save the result in the database with File D Save e Close SKED or the graph if you do not save your changes before the system will ask you whether to save There are two ways to select the data record in case you do not want to calculate the rating curve with all measurements e One way is to select and include the desired gaugings via the filter dialog J in the graph Only these gaugings are applied then for regression calculation e Another way is to apply and include all measurements in the filter dialog E and exclude single measurements in the graph afterwards from calculation with the function Exclude single measurements E3 e Furthermore you can also insert an extrapolation point for the regression calculation E When calculating the regression it is possible to calculate different regressions for different stage ranges For this purpose you can specify the partial ranges in the dialog for regression calculation Q m3 s f S cm m SKED 359 I Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula Creating and saving new rating curves In our example the first partial range of the shifted power function according to Lauffer includes the stages from 2420 to 2500 The regression for the second stage range from 2500 to 2570 is calculated b
413. wer law method 43 Extrapolation 15 Extrapolation according to Manning Strickler 399 Extrapolation point 79 152 165 Fix axes 127 Flip 265 Flow 437 flow 425 426 Force a zero crossing 43 191 192 Formula in sections 43 137 193 194 379 Free formula 43 137 193 G Gap beginning 260 Gapend 260 Gauge datum 23 493 Gauge Wizard 69 Gauging time series 139 253 Gaugings 59 60 General editing 30 Geo history 92 GOK 489 Graph Insert a bitmap file 276 Insert graphical elements 267 Print 128 Set units 258 Use cross hairs 259 Ground level 489 Height system 92 Historical data 60 m SKED 501 I Index l 502 History 92 HTML document 220 Hysteresis 27 hysteresis 425 429 431 Impoundage value curve 24 Impoundage value method 24 Insert a bitmap file 276 Insert user defined graphical elements 267 Interpolated descriptor points 472 L Least square method of the logarithmic values 43 191 192 Legend display 256 Save position 258 List view 59 Local extremes 260 Long term values 492 Main menu 28 Manning Strickler 209 400 Extrapolation 399 Mean depth 89 Mean values long term 492 Measuring point height 492 Modifying values 24 MPH 492 Normal values 492 0 Optimisation of break points 155 169 SKED Origin Rating curves enhanced 441 Single curve 64 Origin Delta SQ 459 Index Origin Extended rating curve calculation 409 Origin Rating curve 409 Origin Rating curve enhan
414. x One calibration is valid for one point of time each The following applies to the calibration parameters Smin and Qmin as well as Smax and Qmax e Smin When Smin is edited Qmin is automatically calculated according to the valid rating curve and vice versa e Smax When Smax is edited Qmax is automatically calculated according to the valid rating curve and vice versa The calibration values are each valid for one point of time Between two sets of calibration values the calibration results are linearly interpolated over the time The calibration time series can be opened in WISKI in the table as well as in the graph like all other time series e Open the new time series for the respective time range in the table Enter in the table the date time and the parameters of the calibration equation by double clicking in the table entry via keyboard e Save the changes on closing the table The time series of the flow to be published TestNE Q 60 gets now the origin Recalibration with the source time series arithmetical flow TestNE Q 60 calculated and calibration factors TestNE Q Q related correction e Configure at the time series to be published the new origin Recalibration m WISKI 463 Recalibration of Q e Walid from Active calculate automaticall pooocon ooa A r Recalibration Name Recalibration Source iGre S Stage shifted correction i l oe Calibration No entry x Fig 321 Creatin
415. y FE EASRA AAA MASAMISAA BAR 0 100 200 300 400 500 Q m3 s 0 2 4 Ein Ausschlieen Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 100 Fig 313 Regression relation for slope I TO Now apply the results of the regression analysis for the construction of the rating curve In our example a rating curve of the type Descriptor points was constructed by setting spline points How to construct rating curves is described in detail in Developing Rating Curves on pages 137 Save the rating curve 451 I Calculating the Discharge by the Stage Fall Method Working in SKED E44 SKED Beispielpegel SF Basispegel Q Grafik E 101 xj E Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Werkzeuge Kurvenanpassung Fenster 18 x yeH eSa LE omess z ELSA AAIR EEE O E BB om Tan a a standard ausgeschiossen m r Zwangspunkt Hilfspunkt i o 1 E y o Gef lle l1 Pa Gef lle stanari ausgeschiossen Bl x lt gt Zwangspunkt gt Hilfspunkt gl 4 QmvQr Q 1 ber FrvFr Gefalle l 1 B Qmv Or FmFr 0 6 E pts pe a ae Ov d O 21 12 1993 us calle intel Ngai tees pa 07 04 1987 iy oe Fi 03 04 1986 e ae Herri T m m r 0 100 200 300 400 500 Q m3 s 6 0 6 2 64 6 6 Gef lle m ie Zoom Faktor x y 100 00 100 717 77 344 28 yum Fig 314 Stage fall method Constructing the fa
416. y in time Volume of water flowing through a river or channel cross section in unit time Falling tide SKED SKED Glossary real time processing real time processing Concurrent processing of data upon their reception calibration tank Tank containing still water through which a current meter is moved at a known velocity for calibrating the meter catchment Drainage area of a flowing water or lake abstraction Removal of water from any source either permanently or temporarily extreme value series Hydrological series which includes the largest or smallest values with each value selected from an equal time interval in the record cross section of a stream Section of a stream at right angles to the main average direction of flow hydrograph Graph showing the variation in time of some hydrological data such as stage discharge velocity sediment load etc area precipitation Precipitation in a specific area expressed as the average depth of liquid water over this area ground level GOK Height of the natural area at the measuring station the measured area at the groundwater sounding pipe where the surface of land meets the sounding pipe For example to find out whether plant roots do still reach the groundwater GW the distance between GW and surface of the ground the so called depth of groundwater level is of interest With the 489 Glossary groundwater 490 depth to groundwater level meas
417. y means of the logarithmic transformation von bis Typ Gead Mensch ien ce ee kauen maa 6278012019 fva W omy 2276 617 757142 2 50 z570 Verschobane Potenz Log Transf i 2453 auena fenat 000515339 value W orf 2463 7 1 27127 I o_o O m ao 4 reine Regression O a E sf E a N A Lineater Konelationskoelfiziert fur den gesamten Datenbereioh Statistik T Korfidenzirtervails darstelen Stanstische Auswestung ox _tremehmen _ L schen _ Abbrechen Fig 250 Regression calculation result of the shifted power function with two partial ranges and different methods If the formulae are copied from the regression into the rating curve as described above the formula changes accordingly 360 SKED Calculating Rating Curves as multi part shifted Power Function with the Free Formula Creating and saving new rating curves Free formula rating curve x r Formula x gt 2420 and x lt 0 6 27801e 019 x 2276 13 0p 57142 if x gt 2500 and iS lt 25703 0 00615939 x 2463 1 27127 P Lower limit 2420 cm om Example Formula 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 Upper limit 12570 cm y m s Example KiBasic Script result 1 5 0 21 x 1 5 Integration derivation Formula kee re nes B ica result formule T deviate r Time dependent formula J Independent variable is the time Measurement
418. you can set which and how discharge measurement results validities and time series are to be shown in the graph S gaugings activate the Gaugings over time S check box to show the stage values of the source time series e g S 15 Q gaugings activate the Gaugings over time Q check box with that the point by point discharge measurements are displayed designation in SKED Qmeas in a new graph or in the open one in the latter case keep the check box New graph window deactivated show source and target time series activate check boxes with validities in a certain time range activate check box set time range Please note The time range can be restricted only here Working in the wizard see Fig 40 p 85 all validities of all time ranges would be shown How to set the time range by using the SKED calendar is explained in Setting time range on pages 125 show measurements S over Q activate check box show all rating curves activate check box Please note The last option corresponds to the button of the same name in the wizard see Fig 40 p 85 SKED Managing Rating Curves The rating curve wizard i e Finally activate lt Finish gt The graph is composed you can also have the base time series displayed NS Please note Position of the windows is saved on closing and restored during re opening 3 2 2 Extended specification options for the display of discharge measurements The analysis of flow m

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

SKED_GB WISKI_UserGuide

SKED_GB-WISKI_UserGuide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents